As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 19, 2025.

Registration No. 333-284826

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_____________________________________

Amendment No. 3 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_____________________________________

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its constitutional documents)

_____________________________________

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

_____________________________________

Cayman Islands

 

6770

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3rd Floor, 166 Yongsan
Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362
+82-10-8781-0823
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
_____________________________________

Sung Hyuk Lee
Chief Executive Officer
3
rd Floor, 166 Yongsan
Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea
+82-10-8781-0823

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_____________________________________

Copies to:

Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Ze’-ev D. Eiger, Esq.
Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building
666 Third Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Tel: (212) 451-2908

 

Michael J. Blankenship, Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
800 Capitol Street, Suite 2400
Houston, TX 77002
Tel: (713) 651-2600

_____________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

☐

 

Accelerated filer

 

☐

Non-accelerated filer

 

☒

 

Smaller reporting company

 

☒

       

Emerging growth company

 

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED September 19, 2025

$180,000,000

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

18,000,000 Units

_____________________________________

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability for the purpose of effecting into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share, of a par value of $0.0001 each, or “Class A ordinary shares”, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. Each one right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of our business combination. We will not issue fractional shares upon the conversion of the rights. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of ten in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon the consummation of a business combination.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

We have granted D. Boral Capital, or “D. Boral”, the representative of the underwriters of this offering, a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,700,000 units (over and above the 18,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We will provide the holders of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares that were sold in this offering, or the “public shares,” with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in a trust account, maintained in the U.S. by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee (“Trust Account”), including interest (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares that were sold in this offering, no matter if they vote “for”, “against,” or abstain from voting on the business combination proposal. Except for income taxes, the proceeds placed in the trust account and the interest earned thereon are not intended to be used to pay for possible excise tax or any other fees or taxes that may be levied on the Company pursuant to any current, pending or future rules or laws, including without limitation any excise tax due under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 on any redemptions or stock buybacks by the Company. The redemption rights for the public shareholders are subject to certain limitations, including that (i) under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering; and (ii) as our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we may not consummate an initial business combination if we cannot maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001 upon such business combination, we may redeem up to such number of public shares that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001. If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the redemption threshold may be further limited. For further information, see “Prospectus Summary — Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote” on page 33 and “Risk Factors — The ability of a large number of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights may not allow us to consummate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.” on page 68 of this prospectus.

However, if the business combination is not approved or consummated, the redeeming public shares will be returned to the respective holders, brokers or banks. In addition, holders of the units sold in this offering, or the “public units” (except with regard to the public shares underlying the public units), and holders of the rights sold in this offering, or the “public rights,” have not been provided with the opportunity to redeem their public units or public rights in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination.

We have 18 months from the closing of this offering to consummate our initial business combination (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time). In addition, after the closing of this offering, we may also hold a shareholder meeting to seek shareholders’ approval for an

 

Table of Contents

amendment to the then existing memorandum and articles of association, as amended, to modify the amount of time we have to consummate an initial business combination (as well as to modify timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the time periods described herein or with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity), provided that we provide the holders of public shares the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with such amendment. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the time period described in this prospectus, unless we extend such period pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), pro rata to our public shareholders, by redeeming 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, as described in this prospectus and thereafter cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein.

We have two sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partner Ltd. The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which is 100% owned and managed by its sole director Mr. Hongbo Xing. However, we expect that three institutional investors, none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investors, to become non-managing members of Copley Square LLC simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partner Ltd., and we currently do not expect there to be any additional members of Northlake Partner Ltd. For more details of our sponsors, see ‘‘‘‘Summary — Sponsors’ Information” on page 4.”

Prior to this offering, our initial shareholders, including our sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partners Ltd., either directly or indirectly, collectively own 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares, of par value $0.0001 each (including the underlying Class A ordinary shares on an as-converted basis, the “insider shares”), including (i) 4,241,454 insider shares owned by Copley Square LLC (up to 900,000 insider shares of which are subject to surrender for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), (ii) 2,438,546 insider shares owned by Northlake Partners Ltd.; (iii) 100,000 insider shares owned by our CEO and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, (iii) 60,000 insider shares owned by our CFO and Director, Hoon Ji Choi; and (iv) 60,000 insider shares owned by our independent director nominees. The insider shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares. Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares (i) will have the right to vote to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). On any other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, holders of the Class B ordinary shares and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will vote together as a single class, except as required by law. See “Summary — Sponsors’ Information” on page 4, “Summary — The Offering — Insider Shares” on page 21, “Summary — The Offering — Transfer restrictions on insider shares, private placement units, and restricted Class A ordinary shares” on page 26, “Summary — The Offering — insider shares conversion and anti-dilution rights” on page 24, “Summary — The Offering — Appointment and removal

 

Table of Contents

of directors and continuing the Company outside of the Cayman Islands; voting rights” on page 24, “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “ — We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59 and “Proposed Business — Sponsors’ Information” on page 96 for more information.

The insider shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares of the Company issued in this offering, except that (i) they will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein; (ii) they are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (iii) prior to our initial business combination, only holders of the insider shares have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of a member of the board of directors for any reason; (iv) our sponsors and each member of our management team have entered into a letter agreement with us to waive their redemption rights, rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Accounts and other shareholder rights enjoyed by holders of the ordinary shares. For further information on the transfer restrictions, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Insider Shares, Private placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares” on page 133 of the prospectus; for other information, see “Description of Securities — Insider Shares” on page 142 of the prospectus.

In addition to the insider shares, our sponsors will subscribe to purchase an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares shall be subject to certain restrictions until the consummation of the initial business combination (each, a “restricted Class A ordinary share”) for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in separate private placements (referred to herein as the “Initial Private Placement”). Among the 339,964 private placement units to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Among the 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Pursuant to the private placement subscription agreements, the sponsors have contractually agreed to waive certain voting and transfer rights of the restricted Class A ordinary shares until the consummation of the business combination. We refer to the removal of such restrictions as “vesting” throughout this prospectus. We refer collectively to the units included in the private placement securities throughout this prospectus as the “private placement units.” The private placement units are identical to the units sold in this offering, subject to certain limited exceptions as described in this prospectus; each private placement unit consists of one private Class A ordinary share, and one private right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. The private placement units shall be subject to the transfer restrictions as described under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of Insider Shares, Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares”.

Certain institutional investors (none of which are affiliated with any member of our management, our sponsors or any other investor), which we refer to as the “Copley non-managing members” throughout this prospectus, have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC, reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security, in the Initial Private Placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members at the closing of this offering reflecting indirect interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

 

Table of Contents

For each $10.00 invested in the Initial Private Placement, through investment in Copley Square LLC, Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which we refer to as the “Copley managing member” throughout this prospectus, will receive indirectly through its membership interests in Copley Square LLC (i) approximately zero point seventy-eight (0.78) private placement units (in aggregate, 116,501 private placement units) and (ii) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares (the “private placement Copley managing securities”), and the Copley non-managing member will, indirectly through their membership interests in Copley Square LLC, receive (i) one and one-half (1.5) private placement units and (ii) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares (the “private placement Copley non-managing securities”, together with the private placement Copley managing securities, the “private placement Copley securities”). For each $10.00 invested in the Initial Private Placement by Northlake Partners Ltd. will receive directly and its sole member and director Mr. Tian Wang will receive indirectly through his interest in Northlake Partners Ltd, (i) approximately zero point seventy-eight (0.78) private placement units (in aggregate, 66,017 private placement units) and (ii) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares (the “private placement Northlake securities,” together with the private placement Copley securities, the “private placement securities”), as compared to a public investor in this offering, who will receive only one unit for each $10.00 invested in this offering and no restricted Class A ordinary shares. These terms were offered to the investors in the Initial Private Placement in order to incentivize participation in the Initial Private Placement, as the private placement units (and underlying securities) and the restricted Class A ordinary shares have no redemption rights and will expire worthless if we fail to complete an initial business combination. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement securities will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing, $180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement securities (and the underlying securities) will expire worthless.

The interests of the members of Copley Square LLC are denominated in three classes of membership interest units: (i) Class A membership units representing interests in the insider shares on a one-for-one basis, (ii) Class B membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) Class C membership units that will represent an interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The class B membership units are further subdivided into two series: (i) Class B-1 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will be subject to forfeiture and amendment to preserve membership interest in Copley Square LLC, and (ii) Class B-2 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will not be subject to forfeiture and amendment to reflect the fixed economic terms entered into by holders of Class B-2 membership units. The institutional investors will receive Class B-2 membership units and Copley Square Sponsor Limited, the managing member of Copley Square LLC, will hold Class B-1 membership units. Any Copley non-managing member that may join Copley Square LLC concurrently with this offering will hold certain Class A membership units representing their proportional interest in the insider shares, certain Class B-2 membership units representing their proportional interest in private placement units, and certain Class C membership units representing their proportional interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Class A membership units will collectively represent an interest in 4,241,454, insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), the Class B-1 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 116,501 private placement units, the Class B-2 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 157,446 private placement units, and the Class C membership units will collectively represent an interest in 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley non-managing members will hold 1,417,014 Class A membership units collectively representing an interest in 1,417,014 insider shares, 157,446 Class B-2 membership units collectively representing an interest in 157,446 private placement units and 314,892 Class C membership units collectively representing an interest in 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley managing member will hold Class A membership units representing an interest in 2,824,440 insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), Class B-1 membership units representing an interest in 116,501 private placement units, and Class C membership units representing an interest in 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Copley managing member has agreed to loan us up to $800,000 to be used to pay formation costs and a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $395,739 drawn on this promissory note. The loan is payable without interest on the earlier of December 31, 2026, or the date on which we consummate our initial public offering. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid. Commencing on the effective date of this registration statement through the earlier of consummation of our initial Business Combination and liquidation, an affiliate of our sponsors shall be allowed to charge us up to $10,000 per month for our use of its offices, utilities and personnel. The insiders shall also be entitled to reimbursement from us for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a business combination. Additionally, in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole

 

Table of Contents

discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per working capital unit. If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. Other than the foregoing, our sponsors or their affiliates have not received and will not receive any other form of compensation upon the closing of the offering. For further information about compensation received or to be received by our sponsors, their affiliates or promoters, the amount of securities issued or to be issued to our initial shareholders, see “Prospectus Summary — Sponsors’ Information” on page 4, “Prospectus Summary — The Offering — Limited Payments to Insiders” on page 28, and “Proposed Business — Sponsors’ Information” on page 96 the prospectus. For discussions on actual or potential material conflicts of interest between our sponsors, their affiliates or promoters on the one hand, and the investors in this offering on the other hand, see “Prospectus Summary — The Offering — Conflict of Interest” on page 37, “Management — Sponsors’ Information” on page 116, and “Certain Transactions” starting on page 134” of this prospectus.

Because of the nominal consideration of $25,000 the sponsors paid for the insider shares, upon the closing of this offering, your public shares will be significantly diluted. To illustrate, the table below shows possible sources of dilution and the extent of such dilution that non-redeeming public shareholders could experience in connection with the closing of this offering, which we have assumed the issuance of one-tenth of a share for each right outstanding as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration and the sale of the private placement units in connection with the closing of the offering: Scenario A) 25% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario B) 50% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario C) 75% of our public shares are redeemed, and Scenario D) maximum of our public shares are redeemed:

As of June 30, 2025

   

Without Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(1)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(2)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(3)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(4)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.78

 

 

4.82

 

 

3.29

 

 

0.49

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.31

 

$

4.27

 

$

5.80

 

$

8.60

____________

(1)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,251,167 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(2)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 8,502,335 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(3)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 12,753,503 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(4)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 17,004,671 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

As of June 30, 2025

   

With Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(5)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(6)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(7)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(8)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.83

 

 

4.86

 

 

3.31

 

 

0.44

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.26

 

$

4.23

 

$

5.78

 

$

8.65

(5)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,911,652 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(6)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 9,823,305 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(7)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 14,734,958 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(8)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 19,646,611 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

 

Table of Contents

For further information on the dilutive effect of the insider shares and additional issuances on our public shareholders, see “Private Placement” on page 16, “Dilution” on page 86, “Risk Factor — The conversion of any working capital notes or extension notes into private placement units may result in significant dilution to your public shares.” on page 60, “Risk Factor — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, and “Risk Factor — We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.” on page 45 of this prospectus.

Each of our sponsors, any affiliate of our sponsors, our directors or officers, may have interests that may be different from, in addition to or in conflict with yours. As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” starting on page 126 of the prospectus, if any of our initial shareholders become aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under the Cayman Islands law, prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us.

One of our sponsors, Copley Square LLC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the other sponsor, Northlake Partners Ltd, is incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Some of our insiders, including our sponsors, officers and directors are located outside of the United States and will collectively own 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. As a result, we may be considered a “foreign person” under rules promulgated by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), and may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as CFIUS, or ultimately prohibited. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited. See “Risk Factors — We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.” on page 79 of this prospectus.

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, certain of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States. For instance, our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our company, executive officers and directors, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our company, executive officers and directors. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. There is uncertainty, however, as to whether after the closing of this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or in connection with and following the consummation of our initial business combination, all officers and directors of the post-combination entity will be located in the Unites States. If we or post-combination entity has management members outside the United States either before or after the business combination, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon them and our sponsors, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws. See “Risk Factors — Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is also uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management members located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or

 

Table of Contents

their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or its sole member, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.” starting on page 76 of this prospectus.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our units, Class A ordinary shares, or rights. We have applied to have our units listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “HAVAU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day after the closing of this offering unless D. Boral informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our satisfaction of certain conditions. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be traded on NASDAQ under the symbols “HAVA” and “HAVAR” respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 42 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

Price to Public

 

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
(2)

 

Proceeds, before
Expenses, to us

Per Unit

 

$

10.00

 

$

0.40

 

$

9.60

Total

 

$

180,000,000

 

$

7,200,000

 

$

172,800,000

____________

(1)      Assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(2)      Includes $1,800,000 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). Also includes $0.30 per unit, or $5,400,000 (or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.30 multiplied by the number of public shares sold as part of the units in this offering, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. If no business combination is consummated, such deferred commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred commissions.

Upon consummation of the offering, $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option has been exercised in full or part) will be deposited into the Trust Account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee. Such amount approximately includes $5,400,000, or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period.

The underwriters are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Delivery of the units will be made on or about __________, 2025.

_____________________________________

Sole Book-Running Manager

D. Boral Capital

The date of this prospectus is _______________, 2025

 

Table of Contents

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to:

•        “we,” “us” or “our company” refers to Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

•        “amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” refer to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be adopted immediately prior to or upon effectiveness of this prospectus;

•        “Class A ordinary shares” refers to our class A ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each;

•        “Class B ordinary shares” refers to our class B ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each;

•        “Companies Act” refers to the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time;

•        “directors” are to our directors (including our director nominees named in this prospectus);

•        “equity-linked securities” are to any securities of our company which are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, ordinary shares of our company, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt;

•        “insider shares” refers to the 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares or the underlying Class A ordinary shares on as-converted basis held by our insiders prior to this offering, including (a) 4,241,454 insider shares owned by Copley Square LLC (up to 900,000 insider shares of which are subject to surrender for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), (ii) 2,438,546 insider shares owned by Northlake Partners Ltd.; (iii) 100,000 insider shares owned by our CEO and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, (iv) 60,000 insider shares owned by our CFO and Director, Hoon Ji Choi; and (v) 60,000 insider shares owned by our independent director nominees;

•        “initial shareholders” refers to our sponsors and the other holders of our insider shares prior to this offering, including our directors, officers, and their permitted transferee;

•        “letter agreements” refer to the agreements to be executed among us, our officers, directors and other insiders on the date that the registration statement is declared effective;

•        “management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

•        “ordinary shares” refer to our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, collectively;

•        “Initial Private Placement” refers to the purchase by our sponsors of an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company;

•        “private placement rights” are to the rights underlying the private placement units;

•        “private placement Copley managing securities” refer to the private placement securities received indirectly by the Copley managing member., each consisting of (a) approximately zero point seventy-eight (0.78) private placement units and (b) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares, for $10.00 invested in the Initial Private Placement;

•        “private placement Copley non-managing securities” refer to the private placement securities received indirectly by the Copley non-managing member, each consisting of (a) one and one-half (1.5) private placement units and (b) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares, for each $10.00 invested in the Initial Private Placement;

•        “private placement Copley securities” refer to private placement Copley managing securities and private placement Copley non-managing securities collectively, which consist of private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares;

1

Table of Contents

•        “private placement Northlake securities” refer to the private placement securities received by Northlake Partners Ltd, each consisting of (a) approximately zero point seventy-eight (0.78) private placement units and (b) three (3) restricted Class A ordinary shares, for $10.00 invested in the Initial Private Placement;

•        “private placement securities” refer to private placement Copley securities and private placement Northlake securities collectively, which consist of private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares;

•        “private placement shares” are to the Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the private placement units;

•        “private placement units” refer to the 339,964 private placement units issued (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised by underwriters), of which (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing member), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd., in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering;

•        “public rights” are to the rights sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are subscribed for in this offering or acquired in the open market);

•        “public shares” refer to Class A ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

•        “public shareholders” means the holders of the Class A ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this public offering, or “public shares,” whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket, including any of our insiders to the extent that they purchase such public shares (except that our insiders will not have conversion or tender rights with respect to any public shares they own).

•        “public units” are to units sold in this offering, each consisting of one public share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share;

•        “restricted Class A ordinary shares” are to 1,019,892 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, which would vest only upon the consummation of our initial business combination (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised by underwriters); of which, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd.

•        “rights” are to our rights, which include the public rights as well as the private placement rights to the extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the private placement units or their permitted transferees;

•        “Trust Account” are to a trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee, in the U.S. for the benefits of the public shareholders;

•        “US Dollars” and “$” refer to the legal currency of the United States;

•        “sponsors” refers to (i) Copley Square LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, with Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, being the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited; and (ii) Northlake Partners Ltd., a British Virgin Island company, with Mr. Tian Wang being its sole member and sole director.

•        “Copley managing member” refers to Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

•        “Copley non-managing members” refer to three institutional investors (none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investor) that have expressed an interest in purchasing non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and

2

Table of Contents

(ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security; in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members at the closing of this offering reflecting indirect interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares. While there is no limit on the number of units in this offering that may be purchased by any of the Copley non-managing members, none of the Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest in purchasing more than 9.9% of the units to be sold in this offering;

•        “underwriters’ option to purchase additional units” are to the underwriters’ 45-day option to purchase up to an additional units to cover over-allotments, if any; and

•        “working capital units” are to units issuable upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, at $10.00 per unit, upon our consummation of the initial business combination.

Except as specifically provided otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

All references in this prospectus to our insider shares being forfeited shall take effect as surrenders for no consideration of such shares as a matter of the Cayman Islands law.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

General

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 15, 2024 as an exempted company with limited liability (meaning that our public shareholders have no liability, as shareholders of our company, for the liabilities of our company over and above the amount paid for their shares). We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.” Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.

Our Insiders and Management

Our insiders include our sponsors, which are (i) Copley Square LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, which was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering; The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company of which Mr. Hongbo Xing, a Chinese national located in China, is the sole director and shareholder; and (ii) Northlake Partners Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company, which was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering, with Mr. Tian Wang, a Chinese national located in China, being its sole member and a director.

The other insiders are officers and directors of the Company. We believe that with their experience and skillsets in sourcing, investing, and value-enhancement, we are well positioned in pursuing opportunities that will offer risk-adjusted returns.

Our officers, directors and director nominees are as follows:

Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer and Director, has extensive experience in corporate finance, financial advisory and business consulting. Since May 2021, Mr. Lee has served as CEO of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between June 2016 and March 2021, Mr. Lee served as Senior Managing Director at DTR Partners (Seoul office). Mr. Lee holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science from Yonsei University, Korea, and an MBA from Hass School of Business, California.

3

Table of Contents

Hoon Ji Choi, Chief Financial Officer and Director, has more than a decade of experience in investment management. Since May 2021, Mr. Choi has served as Managing Director of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Choi served as Managing Director at Qing Shan Investment’s Seoul office. As a senior leader of Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi was engaged on various buy-side and sell-side cross-border M&A advisory deals. Prior to joining Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi served as Asia Regional Director at Deesse AG (Seoul office), from April 2012 to October 2014, where he was responsible for sales and promotion for Asia market, especially for South Korea. Earlier in his career, Mr. Choi served as an Associate with Colony Capital Inc. from October 2010 to March 2012, where he assisted in analyzing and researching investment strategies and targets. Mr. Choi holds two bachelor’s degrees in Real Estate Finance and Accounting from the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business and the Levanthal School of Accounting, respectively.

Qing Tong, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced investor. Currently, Mr. Tong serves a Managing Director of Plutus Partners’ China office. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Tong served as President at Qing Shan Investment. Prior to joining Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Tong was an Investment Manager at Han Hong Private Equity (China) Mr. Tong holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance from the University of Southern California, Marshall School of Business and a Master’s Degree in Finance from University of San Francisco. We believe that Mr. Tong’s experience as a seasoned investor makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Gary Dvorchak, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced director and advisor. From 2003 till present, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Founder and Managing Partner of Channel Island Partners, a hedge fund that manages large cap growth and growth-and-income funds. Additionally, since 2015, he has served as the Managing Partner of the Blueshirt Group, a company specializing in capital markets advisory and Investor Relations. Prior to that, from 2010 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Senior Vice President of Integrated Corporate Relations, a company that advises on Investor Relations, From 2003 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak was also a contributing writer to thestreet.com’s Real Money Pro premium subscription service, where the site features leading money managers offering real time commentary to market developments. Mr. Dvorchak also served as Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Aviance Capital Management from 2003 to 2009, Senior Portfolio Manager of EGM Capital in 2002, Senior Vice President of Provident Investment Counsel from 1998 to 2001, and an Analyst of Hambrecht & Quist from 1992 to 1993. Prior to his work in Finance, Mr. Dvorchak was a Software Engineer at Prime Computer from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Dvorchak earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of Iowa and has an MBA from Kellog Graduate School of Management from Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Dvorchak’s extensive experience serving on boards and working with various investment companies makes him a qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Benjamin Berry, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced entrepreneur and business manager with more than 20 years of experience. Since 2010, he has served as the Chief Operating Officer and Partner of Trellis Hospitality group, managing restaurants and consulting contracts for other Minnesota restaurants. Since 2019, he also served as CEO off Synergy Group Management, consulting and providing advisory services to a diverse range of public companies From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Barry was a Regional Director of various restaurants. Mr. Barry has a business management degree from Ramussen College. We believe that Mr. Barry’s broad networks and senior management experience makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, and the collective experience of our officers and directors with blank check companies like ours is not significant. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). The past successes of our executive officers and directors do not guarantee that we will successfully consummate an initial business combination. In addition, the members of the management team may not remain with us subsequent to the consummation of a business combination.

Sponsors’ Information

We have two sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partner Ltd. Each of our sponsors was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering and our sponsors’ businesses are focused on investing in our company.

4

Table of Contents

The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company of which Mr. Hongbo Xing, a Chinese national located in China, is the sole director and shareholder of 100% of its issued and outstanding shareholding. Mr. Hongbo Xing has more than a decade of experience in sales. Since July 1990, Mr. Xing has served as a Sales Manager in Shanxi, China for Shanxi Weiye Technology Development Co. In addition to Mr. Xing, we expect that three institutional investors, none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investors become non-managing members of Copley Square LLC simultaneously with the closing of this offering (the “Copley non-managing members”). Other than Mr. Xing, none of the members of Copley Square LLC will participate in our Company’s activities.

Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., and therefore holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the insider shares held of record by Northlake Partners Ltd. We do not expect any additional non-managing members of Northlake Partner Ltd. in connection with the offering. Mr. Tian Wang is a Chinese national located in China, who has been specialized in venture capital investment, and in particular, REITs fund data management and disclosure, since 2024.

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC, reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security; in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members at the closing of this offering reflecting indirect interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

Because (i) none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will hold voting interests in our sponsor nor have any rights to control our sponsor or to vote or dispose of any securities held by our sponsors, (ii) each of the Copley non-managing members is an institutional investor that is able to bear the complete risk of loss of the proposed investment in our sponsors, and (iii) no individual Copley non-managing member or independent director would indirectly own a significant percentage of any of the securities held by our sponsors, none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will have a direct or indirect material economic interest in our sponsors.

As of the date hereof, other than the Company, Mr. Xing, Mr. Wang, and the sponsors have not been involved in any other special purpose acquisition companies.

Prior to the offering, the insiders collectively hold 6,900,000 insider shares, including (i) 4,241,454 insider shares owned by Copley Square LLC (up to 900,000 insider shares of which are subject to surrender for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised), (ii) 2,438,546 insider shares owned by Northlake Partners Ltd.; (iii) 100,000 insider shares owned by our CEO and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, (iv) 60,000 insider shares owned by our CFO and Director, Hoon Ji Choi; and (v) 60,000 insider shares owned by our independent director nominees. Immediately after the offering, the sponsors are expected to collectively hold 6,680,000 insider shares, or 96.8% of the issued and outstanding insider shares (assuming the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full). Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, prior to our initial business combination, only holders of a majority of our Class B ordinary shares may remove any director of the Company. Accordingly, from the time hereof to the initial business combination, the sponsors have the exclusive authority to appoint or remove our directors.

In addition, our sponsors have agreed and will enter into a letter agreement with us immediately prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus pursuant to which, (A) to vote their insider shares (as well as any public shares acquired in or after this offering) in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into

5

Table of Contents

the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

Additionally, our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider shares will be released from the lock-up if (i) the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after our initial business combination commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination or (ii) if the post-combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until at least 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination (except to certain permitted transferees). We refer to such transfer restrictions on insider shares, private placement units, units issuable upon the conversion of certain working capital loans (including any underlying securities) throughout this prospectus as the lock-up.

We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or member of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares, private placement units, or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors, Mr. Hongbo Xing, or Mr. Tian Wang removes themselves as our sponsors before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that Mr. Hongbo Xing, Mr. Tian Wang, and our sponsors and their affiliates, may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Mr. Xing and Mr. Wang. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination. See “Risk Factors — The ownership interest of our sponsors may change, and our sponsors may divest their ownership interest in us before identifying a business combination, which could deprive us of key personnel and advisors”, “— We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or member of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors remove themselves as our sponsors before identifying a business combination, which may deprive us of key personnel.”, and “— The letter agreement with our sponsors, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval” on page 54 of this prospectus.

Our sponsors, officers and directors will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our sponsors, officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsors and their affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsors or their affiliates:

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Copley Square LLC(1)

 

4,241,454 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$15,269.2

   

273,947 private placement units and 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares(4)(5)

 

$2,549,640 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

Up to $800,000

 

Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering-related and organizational expenses

6

Table of Contents

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

Northlake Partners Ltd.(7)

 

2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$8,778.8

   

66,017 private placement units and 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

$850,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

100,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CEO and Director

Hoon Ji Choi

 

60,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CFO and Director

Gary Dvorchak

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Benjamin Berry

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Qing Tong

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

__________

(1)      Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Copley Square LLC.

(2)     The Class B ordinary shares and the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the nominal price of $0.0036 per share at which our sponsors purchased the Class B ordinary shares and/or the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Our sponsors, directors and officers and their affiliates may receive additional compensation and/or may be issued additional securities in connection

7

Table of Contents

with our initial business combination, including securities that may result in material dilution to public shareholders. See “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(3)      If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

(4)      The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase Copley non-managing membership interests reflecting interests in (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised). Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

(5)      Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing the non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of 157,446 private placement non-managing securities.

(6)      After the completion of this offering, our board of directors may approve additional working capital loans for the purpose of funding working capital, which loans may be converted into our private placement units, shares, or rights. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the private placement units and rights, as well as any Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with conversion of working capital loans into additional private placement units (as described in this prospectus), may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. See “Description of Securities — Private Placement Units” on page 141; see also “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(7)      Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Northlake Partners Ltd.

(8)      These shares are held directly by certain of our officers and directors. The directors and officers will have the ability to vote and dispose of the shares, subject to applicable transfer restrictions.

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares may significantly dilute the implied value of your public shares in the event we consummate an initial business combination, and our sponsors and other initial shareholders are likely to make a substantial profit on their investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline materially. Further, our public shareholders may experience material dilution if the $3,000,000 in working capital loans is fully advanced by the sponsors and the sponsors elect to convert the working capital loans into private placement units at $10.00 per unit, resulting in the sponsors receiving an additional 300,000 Class A ordinary shares. Our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may also loan us funds in support of our potential extension to allow additional time for us to complete an initial business combination which will be evidenced in extension notes to be repaid in cash or converted into private placement units at $10.00 per unit at the closing of our initial business combination. See the sections titled “Risk Factors — Risks Associated with Our Business — The nominal purchase price

8

Table of Contents

paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58 of this prospectus, “ — The conversion of any working capital notes or extension notes into private placement units may result in significant dilution to your public shares” on page 60 of this prospectus, and “Dilution” on page 86 of this prospectus.

The insider shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering, plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination, our sponsors may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our insider shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

While there is no current intention to do so, and the members of our management team and sponsors have not done so with any previously formed special purpose acquisition companies, we may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or members of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors removes itself as our sponsors before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that our sponsors and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution. This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the insider shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the insider shares at the time of our initial business combination or additional Class B ordinary shares.

9

Table of Contents

Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our initial shareholders, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on their ability to transfer, assign, or sell the insider shares and private placement units (and the underlying securities), and restricted Class A ordinary shares as summarized in the table below.

Types of Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

 

Lock-Up Terms

Insider Shares

 

Earlier of six months after completion of our initial business combination; or if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per Class A ordinary share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, Northlake Partners Ltd., non-sponsor investors, Sung Hyuk Lee, Hoon Ji Choi, Gary Dvorchak, Benjamin Berry, Qing Tong

 

Transfers are permitted: (i) among the insiders or to the Company’s insiders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent).

Private Placement Units

 

30 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

90 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Any units, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any units, ordinary shares, or insider shares

 

180 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

The representative in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, other than in the case of the officers and directors, which shall be with notice. Our sponsors, officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their insider shares and private placement units pursuant to the letter agreement described in the immediately preceding paragraphs.

10

Table of Contents

The insider shares, the private placement units, and the restricted Class A ordinary shares, as applicable, held by the sponsors will only be distributed to the members of the sponsors (including the Copley non-managing members) after consummation of our initial business combination, at which time such Copley non-managing members would become subject to the applicable transfer restrictions with respect to such securities.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes, or the “working capital notes,” may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit, or the “working capital units.” If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. The terms of such loans by our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our insiders or an affiliate of our insiders as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account, but if we do, we will request such lender to provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

Other than the foregoing, the sponsors do not have any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with the Company regarding any compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests in relation to our initial business combination, nor is there any agreement between the sponsors and any unaffiliated shareholders of the Company regarding redemptions, payments, compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests.

One of our sponsors, Copley Square LLC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the other sponsor, Northlake Partners Ltd, is incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Some of our insiders, including our sponsors, officers and directors are located outside of the United States and will collectively own approximately 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. As a result, we may be considered a “foreign person” under rules promulgated by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), and may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited. See “Risk Factor — We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.” on page 79 of this prospectus.

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, certain of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our company, executive officers and directors, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our company, executive officers and directors. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. There is uncertainty, however, as to whether after the closing of this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or in connection with and following the consummation of our initial business combination, all officers and directors of the post-combination entity will be located in the Unites States. If we or post-combination entity has management members outside the United States either before or after the business combination, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon them and our sponsors, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws. See “Risk Factors — Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United states, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is uncertainty as to whether

11

Table of Contents

after this offering, we will appoint new management members located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.” starting on page 76 of this prospectus.

As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under the Cayman Islands law, prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Most of our officers and directors currently have certain pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations.

Background and Competitive Strengths

We will seek to leverage our management team’s proprietary network of relationships with corporate executives, private equity, venture and growth capital funds, investment banking firms and consultants in order to source, acquire, and support the operations of the business combination target. For example, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, our CEO and Director, has extensive experience in private equity, corporate finance, and financial advisory. Mr. Choi, our CFO and Director, is an experienced investment management professional. The background of Mr. Lee and Mr. Choi will be instrumental in guiding our business combination search.

In addition, several members of our management team have extensive track record in corporate finance, with unique perspectives on evaluating and analyzing the financial health, strength, and potential of target companies. Both of our CEO and CFO have extensive experience in advising corporate and capital markets transactions involving valuation, due diligence, transaction structuring and fundraising functions across different sectors and jurisdictions. Mr. Qing Tong, our director nominee, has over ten years of experience in investment management. Mr. Gary Dvorchak, our director nominee, has over 20 years of financial advisory and investment experience, which gives him unique perspective in evaluating financial performance, business projections, and operational strength. Mr. Benjamin Berry, our director nominees, is an experienced entrepreneur and business manager with more than 20 years of experience. They will contribute in providing unique and professional insights with regards to valuation of potential target(s), negotiation of transaction terms, and solicitation of transaction financing.

We believe that this combination of extensive relationships and expertise will make us a preferred partner for and allow us to source high-quality business combination targets. However, none of our management team is obligated to remain with the company after an acquisition transaction, and we cannot provide assurance that the resignation or retention of our current management will be a term or condition in any agreement relating to business combination. Moreover, despite the competitive advantages we believe we have, we remain subject to significant competition with respect to identifying and executing a business combination.

Business Strategy and Acquisition Criteria

The main ambition of our management is to create value for our shareholders by completing a business combination with a target business where we would potentially utilize our experience by working with management of target business to attract market attention and interests, generate access to capital and fund-raising, improve the operating efficiency, implement revenue-driven and/or profit-engagement strategies and increase profit potential through additional acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are essential in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we consider it appropriate to do so:

•        Strong Management Team

The strength of the management team will be an important component in our review process. We will seek to partner with a management team that is operationally strong and has demonstrated the ability to scale, but is also well-incentivized and aligned in our future vision for creating long term shareholder value.

12

Table of Contents

•        Long-term Revenue Visibility with Defensible Market Position

In management’s view, the target companies should be close to an anticipated inflection point, such as those companies requiring additional management expertise, those companies able to innovate by developing new products or services, or companies where we believe we have ability to achievement improved profitability performance through an acquisition designed to help facilitate growth.

•        Benefits from Being a U.S. Public Company (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities)

We intend to search target companies that we believe will help offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. Amount other criteria, we expect to evaluate financial returns based on (i) the potential for organic growth in cash flows, (ii) the ability to achieve cost savings, (iii) the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions, and (iv) the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives. We also plan to evaluate potential upside from future growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure.

•        Niche Deal Size with Growth Potential

We intend to seek target companies that have underexploited expansion opportunities. This expansion can be accomplished through a combination of accelerating organic growth and finding attractive add-on acquisition targets. Our management team has significant experience in identifying such targets and in helping target management assess the strategic and financial fit. Similarly, our management has the expertise to assess the likely synergies and to help a target integrate acquisitions.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria and guidelines in our shareholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials that we would file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

We will either (i) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed business combination, into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses) or (ii) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We will have until 18 months from the effective date of this registration statement to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 18 months from the effective date of this registration statement, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period

13

Table of Contents

of time to consummate a business combination two times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 24 months to complete a business combination), provided that our sponsors or their designee must deposit into the Trust Account for each three months extension, $1,800,000, or $2,070,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per unit in either case), up to an aggregate of $3,600,000 or $4,140,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. There is no obligation for us or our sponsors to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. In the event that the time to complete an initial business combination is extended and our sponsors or their affiliates or designees make the payments necessary for such extension, they will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note in the amount of any such deposit, which will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close an initial business combination unless there are funds available outside the Trust Account to do so. We intend to issue a press release announcing any intention to extend the time to consummate an initial business combination at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release or file a Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the necessary funds had been timely deposited. Our public shareholders will not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our extension of time to consummate an initial business combination from 18 months to up to 24 months described above or redeem their shares in connection with such extensions. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period, unless we extend such period pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will, as promptly as possible but not more than ten (10) business days thereafter, redeem 100% of our issued and outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us or necessary to pay our taxes, and then seek to liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the public rights will expire and will be worthless.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within this time period, we will liquidate the Trust Account and distribute the proceeds held therein to our public shareholders by way of redeeming their shares and dissolve. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the Trust Account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation.

Nevertheless, if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the period as provided in our governing documents then in effect and we do not seek or complete an extension of such period, we will be forced to liquidate the Trust Account and wind up. As a result, the insider shares, the private placement units, and the restricted Class A ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders including our sponsors will become valueless and will not be entitled to any liquidating distribution from our Trust Account and thereby become valueless, and our sponsors have contractually agreed pursuant to a written agreement with us to be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that we owe money to. For more information regarding the consequences to our sponsors if we do not complete a business combination timely or fail to extend the period under which we must complete a business combination, see “Proposed Business — Automatic Liquidation of Trust Account if No Business Combination” on page 110 of the prospectus.

Pursuant to the NASDAQ listing rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the Trust Account balance. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from NASDAQ.

14

Table of Contents

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the Trust Account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates.

We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interest or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such target business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.

We have not selected any specific business combination target but intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement securities. As a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the Trust Account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemption by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Further, we may be required to obtain additional financing in connection with the closing of our initial business combination for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, or to fund the purchase of other companies. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our rights will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. In addition, the amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

Emerging Growth Company Status and Other Information

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to herein as the JOBS Act). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive

15

Table of Contents

compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1,235,000,000, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Private Placements

On September 19, 2024, (1) we issued 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each to Copley Square Sponsor Limited for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and (2) Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered one ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from us. On July 14, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held, and on August 14, 2025 transferred the remaining 6,680,000 Class B ordinary shares to Copley Square LLC in exchange for becoming the managing member of Copley Square LLC. In addition, on September 16, 2025, Copley Square LLC transferred 2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares to Northlake Partners Ltd. at $0.0036 per share. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares.” The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 insider shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). None of our insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

In addition, our sponsors have committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 339,964 private placement units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $3,399,640, whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). The sale of the private placement unit will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from the private placement will be placed in the Trust Account. The proceeds from the private placement of the private placement units will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in the Trust Account.

Following this offering, our sponsors will collectively own a total of 6,680,000 insider shares, representing 23.9% of the issued and outstanding shares following this offering, assuming full exercise of over-allotment option. In addition to the insider shares, our sponsors will subscribe to purchase an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares shall be subject to certain restrictions until the consummation of the initial business combination for an aggregate purchase

16

Table of Contents

price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in separate private placements. Among the 339,964 private placement units to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Among the 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. However, other than the foregoing, our sponsors or their affiliates have not received or will receive any other form of compensation upon the closing of the offering. For further information about compensation received or to be received by our sponsors, their affiliates or promoters, the amount of securities issued or to be issued to our initial shareholders, see “Proposed Business — Sponsors’ Information” on page 96 of the prospectus.

Because of the nominal consideration of $25,000 the sponsors paid for the insider shares, upon the closing of this offering, your public shares will be significantly diluted. To illustrate, the table below shows possible sources of dilution and the extent of such dilution that non-redeeming public shareholders could experience in connection with the closing of this offering, which we have assumed the issuance of one-tenth of a share for each right outstanding as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration and the sale of the private placement units in connection with the closing of the offering: Scenario A) 25% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario B) 50% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario C) 75% of our public shares are redeemed, and Scenario D) maximum of our public shares are redeemed:

As of June 30, 2025

   

Without Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(1)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(2)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(3)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(4)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.78

 

 

4.82

 

 

3.29

 

 

0.49

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.31

 

$

4.27

 

$

5.80

 

$

8.60

____________

(1)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,251,167 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(2)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 8,502,335 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(3)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 12,753,503 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(4)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 17,004,671 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

As of June 30, 2025

   

With Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(5)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(6)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(7)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(8)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.83

 

 

4.86

 

 

3.31

 

 

0.44

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.26

 

$

4.23

 

$

5.78

 

$

8.65

____________

(5)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,911,652 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(6)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 9,823,305 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

17

Table of Contents

(7)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 14,734,958 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(8)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 19,646,611 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001

For further information on the dilutive effect of the insider shares and additional issuances on our public shareholders, see “Private Placement” on page 16, “Dilution” on page 86, “Risk Factor — The conversion of any working capital notes or extension notes into private placement units may result in significant dilution to your public shares.” on page 60, “Risk Factor — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, and “Risk Factor — We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.” on page 45 of this prospectus.

We will provide the holders of our issued and outstanding public shares with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in a trust account, maintained in the U.S. by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee (“Trust Account”), including interest (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares.

The proceeds from the private placement units will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in a Trust Account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement units will be included in the liquidating distribution to the holders of our public shares.

Additional Financing

We have not selected any specific business combination target but may enter into agreements with a target with enterprise values that are greater than what we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units. As a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the Trust Account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemption by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. Such additional financing may consist of one or more private investment in public equity (“PIPE”) transactions, whether in the form of equity, debt or convertible debt. These financing transactions would be designed to ensure a return on investment to the investor in exchange for assisting the company in completing the business combination or providing sufficient liquidity to the post-combination company. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders. These financing transactions may be significantly dilutive to the post-combination company, and represent the type of financing risk that is not associated with traditional initial public offerings. We cannot assure you that financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. None of our initial shareholders, directors or officers or their affiliates or designees are obligated to provide any such financing to us. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target.

In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our directors, officers or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.

Corporate Information

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on August 15, 2024. Our principal executive office is located at 3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro, Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea.

18

Table of Contents

The Offering

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these, and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 42 of this prospectus.

Securities offered

 

18,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, and one right. Each right entitles the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination.

Listing of our securities and proposed symbols

 


We anticipate the units, and the Class A ordinary shares, and rights, once they begin separate trading, will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbols “HAVAU,” “HAVA,” and “HAVAR,” respectively.

   

Each of the Class A ordinary shares and rights may trade separately on the 52nd day after closing of this offering unless the underwriters determine that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will the underwriters allow separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.

   

Once the Class A ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading Class A ordinary shares and rights. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole rights will trade. Unless you purchase ten units, you will not receive an ordinary share underlying the rights upon the consummation of the business combination.

   

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if the underwriters has allowed separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, and rights prior to the 52nd day after the closing of this offering.

19

Table of Contents

Units:

   

Number outstanding before this offering

 

0 unit

Number outstanding after this offering and private placement

 


18,339,964 units(1)

Ordinary shares:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placement

 

6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering

 

18,339,964 Class A ordinary shares and 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares(1)(3)(4)(5)

Rights:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering

 


0 rights

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering

 

1,833,996 rights(1)(6)

Terms of Rights

 

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each right will automatically be converted to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each Class A ordinary share underlying each whole right is entitled to upon consummation of the business combination subject to any dissenter rights under the applicable law. We will not issue fractional shares in connection with a conversion of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of ten in order to receive shares for all of your Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

____________

(1)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised.

(2)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders that are subject to surrender for no consideration if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters.

(3)      Insider shares are classified as Class B ordinary shares, which shares automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, in each case, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described below adjacent to the caption “Insider shares conversion and anti-dilution rights.”

(4)      Includes 18,000,000 public shares, 6,000,000 insider shares, and 339,964 Class A ordinary shares underlying private placement units.

(5)      Does not include 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares, which would vest only upon the consummation of the initial business combination.

(6)      Includes 1,800,000 public rights and 33,996 private placement rights underlying the private placement units.

20

Table of Contents

Insider Shares

 

On September 19, 2024, (1) we issued 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each to Copley Square Sponsor Limited for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and (2) Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered one ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from us. On July 14, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held, and on August 14, 2025 transferred the remaining 6,680,000 Class B ordinary shares to Copley Square LLC in exchange for becoming the managing member of Copley Square LLC. In addition, on September 16, 2025, Copley Square LLC transferred 2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares to Northlake Partners Ltd. at $0.0036 per share. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares.” The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 insider shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). None of our insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares, 157,446 private placement unit, and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares held by Copley Square LLC.

The insider shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that (i) they will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, (ii) they are subject to certain transfer restrictions; (iii) prior to our initial business combination, only holders of the insider shares have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of a member of the board of directors for any reason; and (iv) our sponsors and each member of our management team have entered into a letter agreement with us to waive their redemption rights, rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Accounts and other shareholder rights enjoyed by holders of the Class A ordinary shares (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame).

21

Table of Contents

 

In addition, our insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, (A) to vote their insider shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their Class A ordinary shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

The Copley non-managing members are not granted any shareholder or other rights in addition to those afforded to our other public shareholders, and will only be issued membership interests in Copley Square LLC, with no right to control Copley Square LLC or vote or dispose of any securities held Copley Square LLC, including the insider shares, the private placement shares or the restricted Class A ordinary shares held by Copley Square LLC. The Copley non-managing members are not required to (i) hold any units, Class A ordinary shares or, public unit or rights they may purchase in this offering or thereafter for any amount of time, or enter into a lock-up agreement with us or the underwriters with respect to any units or Class A ordinary shares, (ii) vote any Class A ordinary shares they may own at the applicable time in favor of our initial business combination or (iii) refrain from exercising their right to redeem their public shares at the time of our initial business combination. The Copley non-managing members will have the same rights to the funds held in the trust account with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the units they may purchase in this offering as the rights afforded to our other public shareholders. However, if the Copley non-managing members purchase any of the units for which they have expressed to us an interest in purchasing, then the Copley non-managing members will potentially have different interests than our other public shareholders in approving our initial business combination and otherwise exercising their rights as public shareholders because of their indirect ownership of insider shares and private placement securities as further discussed in this prospectus.

22

Table of Contents

 

The interests of the members of Copley Square LLC are denominated in three classes of membership interest units: (i) Class A membership units representing interests in the insider shares on a one-for-one basis, (ii) Class B membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) Class C membership units that will represent an interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The class B membership units are further subdivided into two series: (i) Class B-1 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will be subject to forfeiture and amendment to preserve membership interest in Copley Square LLC, and (ii) Class B-2 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will not be subject to forfeiture and amendment to reflect the fixed economic terms entered into by holders of Class B-2 membership units. The institutional investors will receive Class B-2 membership units and Copley Square Sponsor Limited, the managing member of Copley Square LLC, will hold Class B-1 membership units. Any Copley non-managing member that may join Copley Square LLC concurrently with this offering will hold certain Class A membership units representing their proportional interest in the insider shares, certain Class B-2 membership units representing their proportional interest in private placement units, and certain Class C membership units representing their proportional interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Class A membership units will collectively represent an interest in 4,241,454, insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), the Class B-1 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 116,501 private placement units, the Class B-2 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 157,446 private placement units, and the Class C membership units will collectively represent an interest in 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement of all members of Copley Square LLC, the management and control of Copley Square LLC is vested exclusively with the managing member, without any voting, veto, consent or other participation rights by any non-managing members regardless of their unit ownership. All matters submitted to a vote by the managing member will require the affirmative vote of the class A membership units held only by the managing member, without regard to any membership interests held by any non-managing members. As a result, Copley non-managing members will have no right to control Copley Square LLC, or participate in any decision regarding the disposal of any security held by Copley Square LLC, or otherwise.

Private placement at time of offering

 

Our sponsors have committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 339,964 private placement units at $10.00 per private placement unit in a private placement that will close simultaneously with this offering, whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. The sale of the private placement unit will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from the private placement will be placed in the Trust Account. The proceeds from the private placement of the private placement unit will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in an account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee.

23

Table of Contents

Transfer restrictions on insider shares

 

Our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider shares will be released from the lock-up if (i) the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after our initial business combination commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination or (ii) if the post-combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property.

Insider shares conversion and anti-dilution rights

 


The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, and (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

Appointment and removal of directors and continuing the company outside of the Cayman Islands; voting rights

 



Except as set forth below, holders of record of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Unless specified in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or as required by the Companies Act or stock exchange rules, an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company is generally required to approve any matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions

24

Table of Contents

 

requires a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as specified below) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting, and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, meaning, following our initial business combination, the holders of more than 50% of our ordinary shares voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will (i) have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors and (ii) be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to adopt new constitutional documents as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on these matters during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended if approved by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company.

   

With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of the insider shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive approval by way of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsors, officers and directors have agreed to vote their insider shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination (not including restricted Class A ordinary shares, which will not have any voting rights prior to completion of our initial business combination, and excepting any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction). As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ insider shares, we would need 5,320,073, or 29.6%, of the 18,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved, assuming all outstanding shares are voted, the over-allotment option is not exercised and the parties to the letter agreement do not acquire any Class A ordinary shares.

25

Table of Contents

 

Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any public shares in addition to our insider shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination.

Private placement units and underlying securities; restricted Class A ordinary shares

 



Our sponsors will subscribe to purchase an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares at a combined price of $10.00 per private placement security for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised) in private placements to that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Among the 339,964 private placement units to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Among the 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd.

The private placement units are identical to the public units sold in this offering, except that the private placement units (including the underlying shares) are subject to certain transfer restrictions and the holders thereof are entitled to certain registration rights, as described herein, and will not be redeemable by us. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement units will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing $180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement units (and the underlying securities) will expire worthless.

   

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing member reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

26

Table of Contents

 

The private placement units are identical to the units sold in this offering except that private placement units (including the underlying securities) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and will be entitled to registration rights. The restricted Class A ordinary shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 90 days after the completion of our initial business combination and will be entitled to registration rights. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months if the completion window is extended as described herein), the proceeds of the sale of the private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement securities will expire worthless. For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Insider Shares, Private placement Units and Restricted Class A ordinary shares.”

The holders of the Class A restricted shares have contractually agreed that the Class A restricted shares will not have voting rights until the completion of our initial business combination and therefore will not be entitled to vote to approve our initial business combination.

Transfer restrictions on private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares

 



Subject to certain exceptions, pursuant to a letter agreement entered into with us, our initial shareholders will agree not to transfer, assign or sell the private placement units (including the private placement shares, private placement rights, the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement rights) until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and the restricted Class A ordinary shares will not be transferable assignable or salable until 90 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Insider Shares, Private placement Units and Restricted Class A ordinary shares”).

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

 

The rules of NASDAQ provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units be deposited in a Trust Account. An aggregate of $180,000,000 (or an aggregate of $207,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) from the proceeds of this offering and the sales of the private placement units, or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering, will be placed in a Trust Account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. Such amount includes $5,400,000, or up to $0.30 per unit sold to the public in this offering (or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The remaining $800,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the Trust Account.

27

Table of Contents

 

Except as set forth below, the proceeds in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination within the required time period or our entry into liquidation if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until an initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the Trust Account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.

   

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be released to us from the Trust Account any interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations (other than excise tax). With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the Trust Account (estimated to initially be $800,000); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account are insufficient, or to extend our life, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates/designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available.

Limited payments to insiders

 

Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:

•   repayment at the closing of this offering of an aggregate of approximately $800,000 of loans made by the Copley managing member;

•   payment to an affiliate of our sponsors of a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services;

•   repayment at the closing of this offering of loans which may be made by our insiders, officers, directors or any of its or their affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined; and

•   reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations.

28

Table of Contents

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Conditions to completing our initial business combination

 


Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If we are no longer listed on Nasdaq, we will not be required to satisfy the 80% test.

If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm as to the fair market value of the target business. We will complete our initial business combination only if the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses.

Potential revisions to agreements with insiders

 


We could seek to amend certain agreements made by our management team disclosed in this prospectus without the approval of shareholders, although we have no intention to do so. For example, restrictions on our executives relating to the voting of securities owned by them, the agreement of our management team to remain with us until the closing of a business combination, the obligation of our management team to not propose certain changes to our organizational documents or the obligation of the management team and their affiliates to not receive any compensation in connection with a business combination could be modified without obtaining shareholder approval. Although shareholders would not be given the opportunity to redeem their shares in connection with such changes, in no event would we be able to modify the redemption or liquidation rights of our shareholders without permitting our shareholders the right to redeem their shares in connection with any such change. We will not agree to any such changes unless we believed that such changes were in the best interests of our shareholders (for example, if such a modification were necessary to complete a business combination).

29

Table of Contents

Shareholder approval of, or tender offer in connection with, initial business combination

 



In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares.

   

If enough shareholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, or we are unable to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of the proposed business combination, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

However, if we seek to consummate a business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the Trust Account upon consummation of such business combination, the net tangible asset requirement may limit our ability to consummate such a business combination and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.

30

Table of Contents

 

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors, have agreed (i) to vote their insider shares and any public shares purchased in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination and (ii) not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve, or sell their shares to us in any tender offer in connection with, a proposed initial business combination. The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 insider shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). As a result, for purpose of seeking shareholder approval for our initial business combination, in addition to our insider shares, we would need additional 1,093,429 public shares to vote in order to obtain a quorum which will be, pursuant to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we will adopt immediately prior to or upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, one third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Once a quorum is obtained, (i) assuming only a quorum is present and voted at such meeting held to vote on our initial business combination, we do not need any additional vote from public shareholders to approve the initial business combination, or (ii) assuming all issued and outstanding shares are present and voted, we need additional 5,320,073, or 29.6%, of the 18,000,000 public shares sold in this offering are needed to be voted in favor of a transaction (none of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or Class A ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private placement units). Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed transaction (subject to the limitation described in this prospectus). However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be purchased by the insiders. Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including the fact that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Redemption rights

 

In connection with a business combination, public shareholders will have the right to convert their public shares into an amount equal to (1) the number of public shares being converted by such public holder divided by the total number of public shares multiplied by (2) the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share), which includes the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions plus a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account less any amounts necessary to pay our taxes. At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may elect to convert their share regardless of whether or not they vote to approve the business combination.

31

Table of Contents

 

Whether we elect to effectuate our initial business combination via shareholder vote or tender offer, we may require public shareholders wishing to exercise redemption rights, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender the

   

certificates they are seeking to convert to our transfer agent or to deliver the shares they are seeking to convert to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $120 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. The foregoing is different from the procedures used by traditional blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many traditional blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise its redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for it to deliver its certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which it could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, it could sell its shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become an “option” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the closing of the shareholder meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is completed.

   

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders.

   

Please see the risk factors titled “In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights” and “If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply

32

Table of Contents

 

with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.”

Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under the Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Members to reflect all conversions.

Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote

 




Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against, or abstain from voting on, our business combination.

Redemption rights in connection with proposed amendments to our articles of association

 



Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain charter provisions. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of at least two thirds of our ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the Cayman Islands law, or the Companies Act, or applicable stock exchange rules. Corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of two thirds of our ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon. We may not issue additional securities that can vote on amendments to our amended and restated articles of association or in our initial business combination

33

Table of Contents

 

or that would entitle holders to receive funds from the Trust Account. Our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own approximately 25% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (not including the private placement shares and restricted Class A ordinary shares, and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us (filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part), that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) that would modify the timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (ii) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares. Our initial shareholders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any insider shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to their insider shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity.

Release of funds in Trust
Account on closing of our initial
business combination

 



On the completion of our initial business combination, all amounts held in the Trust Account will be released to us. We will use these funds to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights,” to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting compensation, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt instruments, or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other assets, companies or for working capital.

34

Table of Contents

Automatic liquidation if no business combination

 


As described above, if we fail to consummate a business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as If we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Act. Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

The amount in the Trust Account (including the deferred underwriting compensation) under the Companies Act will be available for distribution under the Companies Act provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business, and the value of the Company’s assets exceed its liabilities. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the Trust Account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses).

Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as voidable transaction in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target

   

business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the Trust Account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

The holders of the insider shares will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such securities.

Our sponsors have contractually agreed pursuant to a written agreement with us that, if we liquidate the Trust Account prior to the consummation of a business combination, it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the Trust Account, our sponsors would not have any obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds. However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to our sponsors’ obligations to pay such claim

35

Table of Contents

 

would be if the party executed an agreement waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind it has in or to any monies held in the Trust Account. We cannot assure you that our sponsors will be able to satisfy these obligations if it is required to do so. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share redemption price from the Trust Account, if we liquidate the Trust Account because we have not completed a business combination within the required time period, and assuming that we do not extend our life beyond 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) prior to a business combination, will not be less than $10.00.

We will pay the costs of liquidating the Trust Account from our remaining assets outside of the Trust Account. If such funds are insufficient, our sponsors have contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than approximately $100,000) and has contractually agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions held in the Trust Account in the event we do not consummate a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) and in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

Indemnity

 

Our sponsors have agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsors to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsors’ only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsors would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

36

Table of Contents

Audit Committee

 

Subject to phase-in rules, we will establish and maintain an audit committee, which will be composed entirely of independent directors to, among other things, monitor compliance with the terms described above and the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to immediately take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management — Audit Committee.”

Conflicts of Interest

 

•   Our initial shareholders will directly or indirectly own 6,900,000 insider shares (up to 900,000 insider shares of which are subject to surrender for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised) and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

•   The $0.0036 per share price that our initial shareholders paid for the insider shares creates an incentive whereby our sponsors, directors and officers could potentially make a substantial profit even if the company selects an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public investors.

•   In the event we do not consummate a business combination within the proscribed period, the insider shares and their underlying securities, the private placement securities will expire worthless, which could create an incentive our initial shareholders to complete any transaction, regardless of its ultimate value.

•   Each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

•   Each of initial shareholders presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity.

•   Our sponsors, officers and directors may in the future sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination.

37

Table of Contents

 

•   Our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting a business combination target and monitoring the related due diligence.

•   Our sponsors, officers and directors, or their affiliates may receive certain reimbursement or repayment of loans that may be dependent on the closing of our initial business combination. For more details, see “Prospectus Summary — Limited payments to insiders” on page 28 of this prospectus.

•   We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition. Accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination.

38

Table of Contents

RISKS FACTORS SUMMARY

We are a blank check company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these, and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 42 of this prospectus.

Such risks include, but are not limited to:

Risks Associated with Our Business

•        If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) before receiving liquidation distributions.

•        We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

•        Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.

•        Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

•        Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

•        The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our public shares at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

•        Our outstanding rights may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

•        You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.

•        The excise tax included in the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 may decrease the value of our securities following our initial business combination, hinder our ability to consummate an initial business combination, and decrease the amount of funds available for distribution in connection with a liquidation.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

•        Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

•        Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

39

Table of Contents

•        If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

•        Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.

•        We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.

40

Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, and accordingly only balance sheet data is presented.

 

June 30, 2025

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted

Working capital (deficiency)(1)

 

$

(401,789

)

 

$

446,709

 

Total assets(2)

 

$

326,446

 

 

$

180,676,109

 

Total liabilities(3)

 

$

450,337

 

 

$

5,629,400

 

Value of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption(4)

 

$

—

 

 

$

180,000,000

 

Shareholders’ (deficit)(5)

 

$

(123,891

)

 

$

(4,953,291

)

____________

(1)      The “as adjusted” calculation includes $800,000 of cash held outside the Trust Account, including $250,000 to be used to pay for director and officer liability insurance premiums, less over-allotment liability of $229,400, plus $123,891 of actual shareholders’ deficit on June 30, 2025.

(2)      The “as adjusted” calculation equals $180,000,000 of cash held in trust from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units, plus $800,000 in cash held outside the Trust Account, including $250,000 to be used to pay for director and officer liability insurance premiums, plus $123,891 of actual shareholders’ deficit on June 30, 2025.

(3)      The “as adjusted” calculation equals $5,400,000 of deferred underwriting commissions, assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, and $229,400 for the over-allotment liability.

(4)      The “as adjusted” calculation equals to 18,000,000 ordinary shares at $10.00 per ordinary share.

(5)      Excludes 18,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in the public market which are subject to conversion in connection with our initial business combination. The “as adjusted” calculation equals the “as adjusted” total assets, less the “as adjusted” total liabilities, less the value of ordinary shares that may be converted in connection with our initial business combination ($10.00 per share).

41

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the continued effects of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the status of debt and equity markets, as well as protectionist legislation in our target markets.

Since late 2019, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused substantial disruption to global economies and markets and the virus has continued to spread on a global scale. A significant outbreak of the COVID-19 and other infectious diseases, including the resurgence or variants thereof, could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally and could have a material adverse effect on the business of any potential target business with which we complete a business combination. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner or even to conduct requisite due diligence. In addition, countries or supranational organizations in our target markets may develop and implement legislation that makes it more difficult or impossible for entities outside such countries or target markets to acquire or otherwise invest in companies or businesses deemed essential or otherwise vital. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity and new variants of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. While vaccines for COVID-19 have been developed, there is no guarantee that such vaccines will be durable. The treatment or vaccine for COVID-19 and any potentially emerging variants may be ineffective or underutilized. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected. In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Finally, the outbreak of COVID-19 may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

42

Table of Contents

Recent increases in inflation in the United States and elsewhere could make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

Recent increases in inflation in the United Stated and elsewhere may be leading to increased price volatility in publicly traded securities, including ours, and may lead to other national, regional and international economic disruptions, any of which could make it more difficult for us to consummate a business combination.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern”.

As of June 30, 2025, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of this offering as well as our acquisition plans following this offering respectively. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering are discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our plans to raise capital and to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. The report of our independent registered public accountants on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern. Moreover, there is no assurance that we will consummate our initial business combination. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within prescribed time frame, we may further extend the time period that we need to complete the initial business combination provided that we have sought and obtained an approval from our shareholders for such extension by amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and provided public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with such extension.

We will have 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) from the consummation of this offering in which to complete a business combination. If we cannot complete our initial business combination within prescribed time frame, we may seek to further amend our then existing amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the time period under which we may complete our initial business combination. As provided in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may be amended if approved by holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution, and that our public shareholders shall be provided with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon the approval of any such amendment, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to complete our initial business combination within the time period given by our current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and, if not, predict the length of the extended time period that we may seek under the amendment to our then existing charter, as that may depend on the nature and complexity of the initial business combination, the progress we will have made with regard to the initial business combination by the time we seek additional extension, and other factors (including regulatory factors that may delay our initial business combination) beyond our control.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) before receiving liquidation distributions.

We will have 18 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.

43

Table of Contents

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within the completion window. An increasing number of SPACs have liquidated beginning in the second half of 2022 due to an inability to complete an initial business combination within their allotted time period. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of permitted withdrawals), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share. In certain circumstances, our public shareholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See “— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific period of time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

We have 18 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) to complete an initial business combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limits referenced above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and require us to complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of the offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time). Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of a business combination and we may have more time to complete an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of this offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.”

44

Table of Contents

We may issue additional ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our memorandum and articles of association currently in force authorize the issuance of 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, 90,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, and 10,000,000 preferred shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we will adopt immediately prior to or upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, we will be authorized to issue 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, 90,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, and 10,000,000 preferred shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each. Immediately after this offering, there will be 19,359,856 Class A ordinary shares and 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares (assuming, in each case, that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option and 900,000 insider shares have been surrendered for no consideration as a result) issued and outstanding. As a result, there will be 380,640,144 unissued Class A ordinary shares, 84,000,000 unissued Class B ordinary shares, and 10,000,000 unissued preferred shares available for issuance, respectively, which amount does not take into account the Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of any outstanding rights. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, there will be no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

We have not selected any specific business combination target but may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than what we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units. We may need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, or to fund the operations or growth of the target business, in the form of equity, debt or convertible debt financing. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares or debt securities, or a combination of thereof, to complete a business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination (although our amended and restated articles of association will provide that we may not issue securities that can vote with ordinary shareholders on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity). However, our insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, (A) to vote their insider shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their Class A ordinary shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares may:

•        significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•        subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

•        cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

•        have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

•        adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

45

Table of Contents

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

•        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

•        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes; and

•        other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.00 per share or lower, or at a price that approximates the per-share amounts in our Trust Account at such time. While these arrangements result in costs particular to the de-SPAC process that would not be anticipated in a traditional IPO, the purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. Such PIPE transactions, if any, would ensure a return on investment to PIPE investors in return for funds facilitating our and our sponsors’ completion of the business combination, as well as providing sufficient liquidity and capital to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders.

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of a special resolution which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of not less than two-thirds of the voting rights held by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote at a general meeting of the Company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to the rights of a company’s shareholders, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the sale of private placement units into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein), may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning a special resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the voting rights held

46

Table of Contents

by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote at a general meeting of the Company for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given, or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares; provided that the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination, may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than 90% of our shareholders which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given, or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. Our sponsors and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, approximately 25% of our Class A ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsors, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination as long as we have Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Prior to our initial business combination, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, only holders of Class B ordinary shares, or insider shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors as long as we have Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. In addition, prior to our initial business combination, only holders of a majority of our Class B ordinary shares may remove any director of the Company. Accordingly, holders of Class A ordinary shares may not have any say in selecting management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination as long as we have Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Since we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash (or purchase in any tender offer) a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional

47

Table of Contents

financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

The redemption of a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with your exercise of redemption rights until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption price received by shareholders may be less than $10.00.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the Trust Account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders. If we liquidate the Trust Account before the completion of a business combination, our sponsors have agreed that it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, it may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share redemption price from the Trust Account in such a situation may be less than $10.00, plus interest, due to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, or if we otherwise enter compulsory or court supervised liquidation, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we may not be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims

48

Table of Contents

of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of approximately $18,000 and imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the funds held in the Trust Account, the rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the rights.

We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem and distribute the funds held in the Trust Account, the rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the rights.

Because each unit contains one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. Accordingly, you must hold rights in multiples of ten in order to receive shares underlying the rights upon the consummation of our initial business combination. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share, and one right to receive one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the rights upon completion of an initial business combination since the rights will be converted in the aggregate for one-tenth of the number of shares compared to units that each contain one right to receive one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a right to receive one whole share.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

We are not limited to those locations and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a company in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

49

Table of Contents

The requirement that the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete such a business combination with.

Pursuant to the NASDAQ listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us for our taxes) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account.

If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the Trust Account.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place or be hired after consummation of the business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

As our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region, we may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have the most experience, our management may retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination. However, our management is not required to engage consultants or advisors in any situation. If they do not engage any consultants or advisors to assist them in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. Even if our management does engage consultants or advisors to assist in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, we cannot assure you that such consultants or advisors will properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.

50

Table of Contents

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors may allocate their time to other businesses and may become officers or directors of other special purpose acquisition companies, thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs and whether to present a target to us instead of our competitors. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to dedicate substantially all their business time to their respective affairs and their respective portfolio companies. However, this responsibility does not require any of our officers or directors to commit his or her full time to our affairs in particular, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses, including other business endeavors for which he or she may be entitled to substantial compensation. Furthermore, our officer and directors may become an officer or director of another special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act even before we enter a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Our independent directors also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs; or if they have fiduciary duty to present a target company to our competitor instead of us, which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management — Conflicts of Interest.”

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies, including other companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Accordingly, our officers and directors may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see the section titled “Management — Conflicts of Interest.”

Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our officers and directors have waived their right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer) their insider shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although none of these insiders have indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions with respect to their insider shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination.

51

Table of Contents

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

Our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or rights from public holders, which may influence a vote on a proposed initial business combination and reduce the public “float” of our public securities.

Our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public rights or a combination thereof, in privately-negotiated transactions or in the open market, either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so and they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. Moreover, none of the funds in the Trust Account would be used to purchase shares or public rights in such transactions. See “Proposed Business — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how our sponsors, directors, officers or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately-negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public rights could be to reduce the number of public rights outstanding. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our ordinary shares or public rights and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. However, in the event our sponsors, directors, officers or their affiliates were to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, such purchases would by structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:

•        the Company’s registration statement/proxy statement filed for its business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or rights from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases;

•        if the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or rights from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through the Company’s redemption process;

•        the Company’s registration statement/proxy statement filed for its business combination transaction would include a representation that any of the Company’s securities purchased by the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction;

•        the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers or their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to the Company’s securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and

52

Table of Contents

•        the Company would disclose in its Form 8-K, before to the Company’s security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items:

i.       the amount of the Company’s securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, along with the purchase price;

ii.      the purpose of the purchases by the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates;

iii.     the impact, if any, of the purchases by the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved;

iv.      the identities of Company security holders who sold to the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of Company security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to the Company’s sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; and

v.       the number of Company securities for which the Company has received redemption requests pursuant to its redemption offer.

Members of our management team may in the future be involved in governmental investigations and civil litigation relating to the business affairs of companies with which they are, were or may in the future be affiliated with.

Members of our management team may in the future be involved in governmental investigations and civil litigation relating to the business affairs of companies with which they are, were or may in the future be affiliated with. Any such investigations or litigations may divert our management team’s attention and resources away from searching for an initial business combination, may be detrimental to our reputation, and thus may negatively affect our ability to complete an initial business combination.

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we believe that we have meritorious claims or defenses. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future.

Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Members of our management team have significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. Certain of those persons have been, are, or may become, involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including related to those companies or otherwise. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming and could divert our management’s attention, and may have an adverse effect on us, which may impede our ability to consummate an initial business combination.

During the course of their careers, members of our management team have had significant experience as founders, board members, officers, executives or employees of other companies. As a result of their involvement and positions in these companies, certain of those persons have been, are or may in the future become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings, including relating to the business affairs of such companies, transactions entered into by such companies, or otherwise. Individual members of our management team and board of directors also may become involved in litigation, investigations or other proceedings involving claims or allegations related to or as a

53

Table of Contents

result of their personal conduct, either in their capacity as a corporate officer or director or otherwise, and may be personally named in such actions and potentially subject to personal liability. Any such liability may or may not be covered by insurance and/or indemnification, depending on the facts and circumstances. The defense or prosecution of these matters could be time-consuming. Any litigation, investigations or other proceedings and the potential outcomes of such actions may divert the attention and resources of our management team and board of directors away from identifying and selecting a target business or businesses for our initial business combination and may negatively affect our reputation, which may impede our ability to complete an initial business combination.

Our insiders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our insiders or their respective affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The ownership interest of our sponsors may change, and our sponsors may divest their ownership interest in us before identifying a business combination, which could deprive us of key personnel.

Our sponsors are (i) Copley Square LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, with Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, being the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited; and (ii) Northlake Partners Ltd., a British Virgin Island company, with Mr. Tian Wang being its sole member and a director. Mr. Xing and Mr. Wang indirectly holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the insider shares held of record by the sponsors. The letter agreement we will enter into with our sponsors, directors and officers restricts transfers of insider shares until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (the “lock-up”). Consequently, the insider shares will be held by the sponsors until the expiration of the lock-up. We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or member of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares, private placement units, or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors, Mr. Hongbo Xing, or Mr. Tian Wang removes themselves as our sponsors before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that Mr. Hongbo Xing, Mr. Tian Wang, and our sponsors and their affiliates, may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Mr. Xing and Mr. Wang. Additionally, there can be no assurance that any replacement of our sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or member of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors removes itself as our sponsors before identifying a business combination, which may deprive us of key personnel.

We may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or members of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors removes itself as our sponsors before identifying a business combination (for more information, also see “— The letter agreement with our sponsors, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval”). As a result, there is a risk that our sponsors and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors, which would likely result in our loss of certain key personnel, including Mr. Hongbo Xing and Mr. Tian Wang. There can be no assurance that any replacement of our sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

The letter agreement with our sponsors, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.

The letter agreement to be entered into with us by our sponsors, officers and directors, which contains provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our insider shares and private placement units, indemnification of the Trust Account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the Trust Account, may be amended or modified with our written consent as well as the written consent of the sponsors, our directors and officers and the other parties to the letter agreement. While we do not expect our board of directors to approve any amendment to the

54

Table of Contents

letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board of directors, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities.

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we expect to meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of NASDAQ, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that NASDAQ will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

•        reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

•        a determination that our ordinary shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;

•        a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

•        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

•        solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

•        dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

55

Table of Contents

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise their redemption rights or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public shareholders may exercise redemption rights or seek to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the Trust Account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. In the event that the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the Trust Account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents available at the time of closing. If the number of our shareholders electing to exercise their redemption rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) in order to be able to receive a pro rata portion of the Trust Account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the Trust Account for their shares and suffer an entire loss on your investment.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We intend to hold a shareholder vote before we consummate our initial business combination. However, if a shareholder vote is not required, for business or legal reasons, we may conduct conversions via a tender offer and not offer our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its public shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the right to have his, her or its public shares converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against, or abstain from voting on, such proposed business combination. Furthermore, we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their redemption rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination. This is also different than other similarly structured blank check companies where there is a specific number of shares sold in the offering which must not exercise redemption rights for the company to complete a business combination. The lack of such a threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

56

Table of Contents

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against, or abstain from voting on, such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert its public shares into a share of the Trust Account. Such conversion will be effectuated under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as a redemption of the shares, with the redemption price to be paid being the applicable pro rata portion of the monies held in the Trust Account. We may require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. It is also our understanding that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System. However, this too may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

Investors may not have sufficient time to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our limited resources and structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction, a risk a target business may not be willing to accept. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

57

Table of Contents

Our insiders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon consummation of our offering and the private placement, our insiders will collectively own approximately 25.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (not including the private placement shares and restricted Class A ordinary shares, and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our memorandum and articles of association. None of our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if our initial shareholders purchase any units in this offering or if our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to assist us in consummating our initial business combination, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our ordinary shares. In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination.

There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Accordingly, shareholders would not have the right to such a meeting or election of directors. As a result, it is unlikely that there will be an annual general meeting to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights for up to 18 months (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time). If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our insiders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our insiders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.

The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are offering our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and the amount in our Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.00 per public share. However, prior to this offering, our insiders paid a nominal aggregate purchase price of $25,000 for 6,900,000 ordinary shares, or the insider shares, at approximately $0.0036 per share. As a result, your public shares will be significantly diluted. Upon closing of this offering, you and the other public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 94.61% (or $8.60 per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering of $0.49 (assuming a maximum redemption scenario) and the effective initial offering price of $9.09 per share included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights). For example, the following table shows the dilutive effect of the insider shares on the implied value of the public shares upon fully conversion of the insider shares at the discretion of the holders or the consummation of our initial business combination assuming that our equity value at that time is $174,600,000, which is the amount we would have for our initial business combination in the Trust Account assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised, no interest is earned on the funds held in the Trust Account, and no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination, and without taking into account any other potential impacts on our valuation at such time, such as the trading price of our public shares, the business combination transaction costs (excluding payment of $5,400,000 of deferred underwriting commissions), any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers or other third parties, or the target’s business itself, including its assets, liabilities, management and prospects. At such valuation, each of our ordinary shares would have an implied value of $6.88 per share upon the conversion of all of our insider shares, which is a 31.2% decrease as compared to the initial implied value per public share of $10.00.

58

Table of Contents

Public shares(1)

 

 

18,000,000

Insider shares(2)

 

 

7,359,856

Total shares

 

 

25,359,856

Total funds in trust available for initial business combination (excluding payment of $5,400,000 of deferred underwriting commissions)

 

$

174,600,000

Initial implied value per public share

 

$

10.00

Implied value per share upon the conversion of insider shares

 

$

6.88

____________

(1)      Includes 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights issuable upon the consummation of our initial business combination.

(2)      Assumes the surrender for no consideration of 900,000 insider shares for the underwriters electing to not exercise their over-allotment option

The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, our insiders will have invested in us an aggregate of $3,424,640, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the insider shares and the $3,399,640 purchase price for the private placement units. Assuming a trading price of $10.00 per share upon consummation of our initial business combination, the 7,359,856 insider shares (assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised), and 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights issuable upon the consummation of our initial business combination would have an aggregate implied value of $73,598,560. Even if the trading price of our ordinary shares was as low as $0.47 per share, the value of the insider shares would be equal to the sponsors’ initial investment in us. As a result, our sponsors are likely to be able to make a substantial profit on its investment in us at a time when our public shares have lost significant value. Accordingly, our management team, may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsors had paid the same per share price for the insider shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares.

Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The insider shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, and (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsor (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. Our public shareholders may incur immediate and substantial dilution upon such adjustment. This is different from some other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholder will only be issued an aggregate of 25% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination. Additionally, the aforementioned adjustment will not take into account any Class A ordinary shares redeemed in connection with the business combination. Accordingly, the holders of the insider shares could receive additional Class A ordinary shares even if the additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued solely to replace those shares that were redeemed in connection with the business combination. The foregoing may make it more difficult and expensive for us to consummate an initial business combination.

59

Table of Contents

Our outstanding rights may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing rights that will result in the issuance of up to 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares as part of the units offered by this prospectus. The potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon the conversion of the rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when converted, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the rights could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these rights are converted, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

The conversion of any working capital notes or extension notes into private placement units may result in significant dilution to your public shares.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes, or the “working capital notes,” may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit, or the “working capital units.” In addition, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may loan us funds in support of our potential extension to allow additional time for us to complete an initial business combination which will be evidenced in extension convertible notes, or the “extension notes,” to be repaid in cash or $10.00 per unit, or the “extension units,” at the closing of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. Our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may but are not required to convert such working capital notes or extension notes into working capital units or extension units.

The amount of working capital loans or extension loans our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may provide to us is uncertainly, and it is even less certain the amount of such loans may be converted into working capital units or extension units by such lender. The conversion of such loans and the issuance of such working capital units or extension units, including the issuance of the ordinary shares and rights underlying such working capital units or extension units may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering; may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares.

If our shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our insiders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their insider shares 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares, including up to an aggregate of 900,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to surrender for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part) at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from lock-up. Additionally, our initial shareholders, officers and directors are entitled to demand that we register the resale of any securities our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans after we consummate a business combination. The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our ordinary shares.

60

Table of Contents

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

There is currently uncertainty concerning the applicability of the Investment Company Act to a special purpose acquisition company such as the Company, and we may in the future be subject to a claim that we have been operating as an unregistered investment company.

On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted the final rules (the “SPAC Final Rules”), relating to, among the others, the extent to which special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act. The SPAC Final Rules provide that whether a SPAC is an investment company subject to the Investment Company Act is a fact specific inquiry. A specific duration period of a SPAC is not the sole determinant, but one of the longstanding factors to consider in determination of a SPAC’s status under the Investment Company Act. A SPAC could be deemed as an investment company at any stage of its operation. The determination of a SPAC’s status as an investment company includes analysis of a SPAC’s activities, depending upon the facts and circumstances, including but not limited to, the nature of SPAC assets and income, the activities of a SPAC’s officers, directors and employees, the duration of a SPAC, the manner a SPAC holding itself out to investors, and the merging with an investment company. The SPAC Final Rules will become effective 125 days after publication in the Federal Register. As of the date hereof, the SPAC Final Rules have not been published in the Federal Register yet.

If we are deemed to be an investment company for the purposes of the Investment Company Act, we might be forced to abandon our efforts to complete an initial business combination and instead be required to liquidate. If we are required to liquidate, our investors would not be able to realize the benefits of owning stock in a successor operating business, including the potential appreciation in the value of our stock and rights following such a transaction, and our rights would expire worthless.

The funds in the Trust Account will be held only in U.S. government securities within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in United States Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. However, to mitigate the risk of us being deemed to have been operating as an unregistered investment company (including under the subjective test of Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act), we may, in our own discretion, instruct Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the trustee with respect to the Trust Account, to liquidate the U.S. government securities or money market funds held in the Trust Account and thereafter, until the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination or liquidation, to hold all funds in the Trust Account in an interest bearing bank demand deposit account, which may earn less interest than we otherwise would have if the Trust Account had remained invested in U.S. government securities or money market funds. This may mean that the amount of funds available for redemption would not increase, or would only minimally increase, thereby reducing the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company.

In addition, the longer that the funds in the Trust Account are held in short-term U.S. government securities or in money market funds invested exclusively in such securities, there is a greater risk that we may be considered an unregistered investment company, in which case we may be required to liquidate. Accordingly, we may determine, in our discretion, to liquidate the securities held in the Trust Account at any time and instead hold all funds in the Trust Account in an interest bearing bank demand deposit account, which may earn less interest than we otherwise would have if the Trust Account had remained invested in U.S. government securities or money market funds. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure in future filings with the SEC to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time-consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time. For example, On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted the SPAC Final Rules, requiring enhanced disclosure for initial public offerings for SPACs and for business combinations involving SPACs. These and other changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

61

Table of Contents

We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.

We may acquire a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates.

While we do not currently intend to pursue an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates, we are not prohibited from pursuing such a transaction, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition, provided in each case we obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. These affiliations could cause our officers or directors to have a conflict of interest in analyzing such transactions due to their personal and financial interests.

We may seek business combination opportunities with an early-stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue, cash flow or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with an early-stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

The determination of the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units were negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the ordinary shares and rights underlying the units, include:

•        the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

•        prior offerings of those companies;

•        our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

•        our capital structure;

•        the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the Trust Account;

•        an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and

•        general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

62

Table of Contents

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and certain of our officers and directors are residents of jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or seek recognition and/or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of the target business prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB or reconciled to U.S. GAAP, we may not be able to complete an initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

We will be required to provide historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure relating to our target business to our shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days after closing. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require us to have such system audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties

63

Table of Contents

and/or shareholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. A target business may also not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period exceeds $1.0 billion or revenues exceeds $1,235,000,000, or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we are not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, there is a risk that an investor’s entitlement to receive payments in excess of the investor’s initial tax basis in our ordinary shares upon exercise of the investor’s conversion right or upon our liquidation of the Trust Account will result in constructive income to the investor, which could affect the timing and character of income recognition and result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the investor without the investor’s receipt of cash from us. Furthermore, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuing in this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of the unit between the ordinary shares and rights included in the units could be challenged by the IRS or the courts. See the section titled “Taxation United States Federal Income Taxation” for a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

64

Table of Contents

We have also not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described in this prospectus. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions of U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Any such determination could subject an investor or our company to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that would be different than those described in this prospectus. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities, including the applicability and effect of state, local, or foreign tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

If our initial business combination involves a company organized under the laws of the United States (or any subdivision thereof), a U.S. federal excise tax could be imposed on us in connection with any redemptions of our ordinary shares after or in connection with such initial business combination.

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which, among other things, imposes a 1% U.S. federal excise tax on certain repurchases (including redemptions) of stock by publicly traded U.S. corporations after December 31, 2022 (the “Excise Tax”), subject to certain exceptions. If applicable, the amount of the Excise Tax is generally 1% of the aggregate fair market value of any stock repurchased by the corporation during a taxable year, net of the aggregate fair market value of certain new stock issuances by the repurchasing corporation during the same taxable year. The Biden administration has proposed increasing the Excise Tax rate from 1% to 4%; however, it is unclear whether such a change will be enacted and, if enacted, how soon it could take effect.

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, the Excise Tax is currently not expected to apply to redemptions of our ordinary shares (absent any regulations or other additional guidance that may be issued in the future). However, in connection with an initial business combination involving a company organized under the laws of a state of the United States, it is possible that we domesticate and continue as a corporation organized under the laws of a state of the United States prior to certain redemptions. Because we expect that, following such a domestication, our securities would continue to trade on a national securities exchange, in such a case, we could be subject to the Excise Tax with respect to any subsequent redemptions (including redemptions in connection with an extension vote or the initial business combination). Whether and to what extent we would be subject to the Excise Tax in connection with a business combination, extension vote or otherwise would depend on a number of factors, including (i) the fair market value of the redemptions and repurchases in connection with the business combination, extension vote or otherwise, (ii) the structure of a business combination (including the timing of any domestication), (iii) the nature and amount of any “PIPE” or other equity issuances in connection with a business combination (or otherwise issued not in connection with a business combination but issued within the same taxable year of a business combination) and (iv) the content of final regulations and other additional guidance from the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”). On June 28, 2024, the Treasury finalized certain of the proposed regulations (those relating to procedures for reporting and paying the Excise Tax). The remaining regulations (largely relating to the computation of the Excise Tax) remain in proposed form. The Treasury intends to finalize these proposed regulations at a later date and, until such time, taxpayers may continue to rely on the proposed regulations.

Any Excise Tax that becomes payable as a result of any redemptions of our ordinary shares (or other shares into which such ordinary shares may be converted) would be payable by us and not by the redeeming holder. To the extent the Excise Tax is applicable, the amount of cash available to pay redemptions or to transfer to the target business in connection with our initial business combination may be reduced, which could result in our inability to meet conditions in the agreement relating to our initial business combination related to a minimum cash requirement, if any, or otherwise result in the shareholders of the combined company (including any of our shareholders who do not exercise their redemption rights in connection with the initial business combination) to economically bear the impact of the Excise Tax. Consequently, the Excise Tax may make a transaction with us less appealing to potential business combination targets. Finally, subject to certain exceptions, the Excise Tax should not apply in the event of our complete liquidation.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Income Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Taxation”) of our Class A ordinary shares or rights, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent

65

Table of Contents

taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances, the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, moreover, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year (of which there can be no assurance), we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed discussion of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. Holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

If our management following a business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that management of the target business will be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

If restrictions on repatriation of earnings from the target business’ home jurisdiction to foreign entities are instituted, our business following a business combination may be materially negatively affected.

It is possible that following an initial business combination, the home jurisdiction of the target business may have restrictions on repatriations of earnings or additional restrictions may be imposed in the future. If they were, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We face risks related to the ongoing Russian invasion of Ukraine and any other conflicts that may arise on a global or regional scale which may adversely affect the business and results of operations of the post-combination entity.

On February 24, 2022, the Russian Federation launched an invasion of Ukraine that has had an immediate impact on the global economy resulting in higher energy prices and higher prices for certain raw materials and goods and services which in turn is contributing to higher inflation in the United States and other countries across the globe with significant disruption to financial markets and supply and distribution chains for certain raw materials and goods and services on an unprecedented scale. The impact of the sanctions has also included disruptions to financial markets, an inability to complete financial or banking transactions, restrictions on travel and an inability to service existing or new customers in a timely manner in the affected areas of Europe. The Russian invasion of Ukraine has continued to escalate without any resolution of the invasion foreseeable in the near future with the short and long-term impact on financial and business conditions in Europe remaining highly uncertain.

The U.S. and the European Union responded to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine by imposing various economic sanctions on the Russian Federation to which the Russian Federation has responded in kind. The United Kingdom, Japan, South Korea, Australia and other countries across the globe have imposed their own sanctions on the Russian Federation. The United States, the European Union and such other countries acting together or separately could impose wider sanctions or take further actions against the Russian Federation if the conflict continues to escalate. Multinational corporations and other corporations and businesses with business and financial ties to the Russian Federation have either reduced or eliminated their ties to the Russian Federation in a manner that often exceeds what is required pursuant to sanctions by these countries.

Further, the Russian Federation’s cyberattacks and other action may impact businesses across the United States, the European Union and other nations across the globe including those without any direct business ties to the Russian Federation.

It is uncertain if the post-combination entity’s business, operation, or financial conditions could be materially impacted in the event of a downturn in the worldwide economy resulting from the Russian invasion of Ukraine and other conflicts with a global impact.

66

Table of Contents

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the occurrence of a natural disaster.

Our business could be adversely affected by severe weather conditions and natural disasters. Any of such occurrences could cause severe disruption to our daily operations, and may even require a temporary closure of our operations across one or more markets. Such closures may disrupt our business operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our operations could also be disrupted if our third-party service providers, business partners or acquisition targets were affected by such natural disasters. If the disruptions posed by such events continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Because our board of directors may consummate our initial business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our initial business combination with a target.

We may enter into a transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition, and as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets would be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into our initial business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares constitutes a capital structure risk that we cannot easily predict or mitigate and as a result such risk may hinder our ability to successfully consummate an initial business combination.

The total amount of our capital that will be recalled as a result of public shareholders opting to redeem their shares is not readily ascertainable and therefore should we need to pay any amount of consideration for the initial business combination in cash or otherwise provide cash as a result of the initial business combination, we would not be able to easily ascertain whether we would have sufficient cash as a result of the unpredictability of capital calls resulting from shareholder redemptions. As a result, we would need to arrange for third-party financing for which there is

67

Table of Contents

no guarantee that we would be successful. Moreover, raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may force us to restructure an otherwise optimal capital structure or limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us.

Any shareholder redemption would cause cash to be depleted from the trust subject only to the underwriter’s commission but not the subsequent business combination commission. As a result, the proportion of fees payable to the underwriter may increase significantly for those who elect not to redeem their shares prior to the initial business combination. This would increase the total cost of capital and possibly cause your return on investment to be less than it otherwise would have been.

The ability of a large number of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights may not allow us to consummate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

In connection with the successful consummation of our business combination, we may redeem up to that number of ordinary shares that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001. If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, the redemption threshold may be further limited. Alternatively, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination in case a larger percentage of shareholders exercise their redemption rights than we expect. If the acquisition involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to the target or its shareholders to make up for the failure to satisfy a minimum cash requirement. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

If we seek shareholder approval of our business combination, our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from shareholders, in which case they may influence a vote in favor of a proposed business combination that you do not support.

If we seek shareholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions either prior to or following the consummation of our initial business combination. Such purchases will not be made if our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates are in possession of any material non-public information that has not been disclosed to the selling shareholder. Such a purchase would include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (2) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of the business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the consummation of an initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

Purchases of Class A ordinary shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions by our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may make it difficult for us to maintain the listing of our shares on a national securities exchange following the consummation of an initial business combination.

If our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase Class A ordinary shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares and the number of beneficial holders of our securities would both be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain the listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange following consummation of the business combination.

68

Table of Contents

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders shall be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only in the event of a redemption to public shareholders prior to any winding up in the event we do not consummate our initial business combination or our liquidation, if they redeem their shares in connection with an initial business combination that we consummate or if we seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to affect the timing of our redemption obligation to redeem all public shares if we cannot complete an initial business combination within 18 months of the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months if extended). In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to the funds in the Trust Account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

If the net proceeds of this offering not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months (or up to 24 months if extended), we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months (or up to 24 months if extended), assuming that our initial business combination is not consummated during that time. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we are unable to fund such down payments or “no shop” provisions, our ability to close a contemplated transaction could be impaired. Furthermore, if we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (which may be less than $10.00 per share) (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on our redemption.

Subsequent to our consummation of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges.

Even if we conduct thorough due diligence on a target business with which we combine, this diligence may not surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing.

69

Table of Contents

Our directors may decide not to enforce indemnification obligations against our sponsors, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below $10.00 per share (whether or not the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) and our sponsors asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine on our behalf whether to take legal action against our sponsors to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsors to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations on our behalf, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by law and we will purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances, and that insures us against our obligations to indemnify our directors and officers. However, any such insurance may not be available or sufficient. Further, our directors and officers have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and to not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided by us will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account, or (ii) we consummate our initial business combination. Our obligations to indemnify our directors and officers may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers even though, such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we may incur the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

In recent years, the market for directors and officers liability insurance for special purpose acquisition companies has changed in ways adverse to us and our management team. Fewer insurance companies are offering quotes for directors and officers liability coverage, the premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. These trends may continue into the future.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity may need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors.

Because we have not selected a particular business or specific geographic location or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.

Although we have a stated focus on certain target businesses as indicated elsewhere in this prospectus, we may pursue acquisition opportunities in any business or geographic region, but may rely upon our management team’s background. While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intend to initially

70

Table of Contents

focus on those industries or sectors that complement our management team’s background. Except for the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any taxes payable) and that we are not permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to our initial business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we consummate our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. In addition, investors will be relying on the business judgment of our board of directors, which will have significant discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of a particular target business. An investment in our shares may not ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in an acquisition target.

We may seek investment opportunities outside our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company.

There is no limitation on the industry or business sector that we may consider when contemplating our initial business combination. We may therefore be presented with a business combination candidate in an industry unfamiliar to our management team, but determine that such candidate offers an attractive investment opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of our management’s expertise, our management’s experience may not be directly applicable to the target business or their evaluation of its operation.

We may issue our shares to investors in connection with our initial business combination at a price which is less than the prevailing market price of our shares at that time.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may issue shares to investors in private placement transactions (so-called PIPE transactions) at a price of $10.00 per share or at a price which approximates the per-share amounts in our Trust Account at such time. The purpose of such issuances will be to enable us to provide sufficient liquidity to the post-business combination entity. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less, than the market price for our shares at such time.

Although we identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified specific criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we consummate our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce our initial business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or Nasdaq, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share or even less (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on our redemption.

71

Table of Contents

Management’s flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate, along with our management’s financial interest in consummating our initial business combination, may lead management to enter into an acquisition agreement that is not in the best interest of our shareholders.

Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses or assets having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any taxes payable) at the time of the agreement to enter into such initial business combination, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. Investors will be relying on management’s ability to identify business combinations, evaluate their merits, conduct or monitor diligence and conduct negotiations. Management’s flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate, along with management’s financial interest in consummating our initial business combination, may lead management to enter into an acquisition agreement that is not in the best interest of our shareholders, which would be the case if the trading price of our ordinary shares after giving effect to such business combination was less than the per-share trust liquidation value that our shareholders would have received if we had dissolved without consummating our initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share or even less (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on our redemption.

We may attempt to consummate our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in our initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure our initial business combination to acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only consummate such business combination if we will become the majority shareholder of the target (or control the target through contractual arrangements in limited circumstances for regulatory compliance purposes) or are otherwise not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act or to the extent permitted by law we may acquire interests in a variable interest entity, in which we may have less than a majority of the voting rights in such entity, but in which we are the primary beneficiary. Even though we may own a majority interest in the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that we will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

72

Table of Contents

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may effect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

We may reincorporate or transfer by way of continuation in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business or otherwise transfer by way of continuation from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. Our underwriters are entitled to receive deferred commissions that will released from the trust only on a completion of an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates and no fees or other compensation for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering. The underwriters are also entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial business combination. The underwriters’ or their respective affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

73

Table of Contents

We may engage one or more affiliates of our sponsors, officers or directors or their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may engage one or more affiliates of our sponsors, officers or directors or their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us after this offering, including, for example, identifying potential targets or providing financial advisory services. We may pay such affiliates fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation. Any such affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with advising on, sourcing and consummating of an initial business combination.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem the shares of this offering in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Nonetheless, if a shareholder does not receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not have notice of the opportunity to redeem shares. In addition, the proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to our public shareholders in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem such shares. For example, we may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve our initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or in the alternative, to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results.

If we consummate a business combination with a target business located outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:

•        rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

•        tariffs and trade barriers;

•        regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

•        longer payment cycles than in the United States;

•        inflation;

•        economic policies and market conditions;

•        unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

•        challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

•        tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

•        currency fluctuations;

•        challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

74

Table of Contents

•        cultural and language differences;

•        protection of intellectual property;

•        employment regulations;

•        deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in the U.S.) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labor practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact our financial and operational performance.

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result in a negative impact on our business.

Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact our operations, assets or financial condition.

Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretation by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and inconsistent.

Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environmental and labor, could cause serious disruption to operations abroad and negatively impact our results.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to seek recognition and/or enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

75

Table of Contents

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. In addition, our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Korean courts, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the federal and state securities laws of the United States. There is also uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management members located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States; therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our sponsors or its sole member, or future those officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon those officers and directors (prior to or after the business combination) located outside the United States, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws.

Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. China has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against them or against us, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof. Even with proper service of process, the enforcement of judgments obtained in U.S. courts or foreign courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws would be extremely difficult. Furthermore, there would be added costs and issues with bringing an original action in foreign courts to enforce liabilities based on the U.S. federal securities laws against us or our officers and directors, and they still may be fruitless.

If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and foreign governments could be subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States may announce its intention to impose quotas on certain imports. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the foreign government in industries that may affect our ultimate target business. Changes in political conditions in foreign countries and changes in the state of U.S. relations with such countries are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible extent of any impact on our ultimate operations if relations are strained between the United States and a foreign country in which we acquire a target business or move our principal manufacturing or service operations.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, including events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults or non-performance by financial institutions, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or our prospects.

The funds in our operating account and our Trust Account will be held in banks or other financial institutions and will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company

76

Table of Contents

for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the Trust Account, we may, at any time (and will no later than 24 months from the closing of this offering) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the Trust Account and instead to hold the funds in the Trust Account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account. Our cash held in non-interest bearing and interest-bearing accounts may exceed any applicable Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. Should events, including limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments occur with respect to the banks or other financial institutions that hold our funds, or that affect financial institutions or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, the value of the assets in our Trust Account could be impaired, which could have a material impact on our operating results, liquidity, financial condition and prospects. For example, on March 10, 2023, the FDIC announced that Silicon Valley Bank had been closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation. We cannot guarantee that the banks or other financial institutions that will hold our funds will not experience similar issues.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets or such attractive targets may not be interested to consume a business combination with a SPAC due to a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies preparing for an initial public offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns (including a negative public perception of mergers involving SPACs), geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

If any dividend is declared in the future and paid in a foreign currency, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S.

If you are a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares, you will be taxed on the U.S. dollar value of your dividends, if any, at the time you receive them, even if you actually receive a smaller amount of U.S. dollars when the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Specifically, if a dividend is declared and paid in a foreign currency, the amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in the foreign currency, determined at the spot rate of the foreign currency to the U.S. dollar on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Thus, if the value of the foreign currency decreases before you actually convert the currency into U.S. dollars, you will be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

Our initial business combination and our structure thereafter may not be tax-efficient to our shareholders. As a result of our business combination, our tax obligations may be more complex, burdensome and uncertain.

Although we will attempt to structure our initial business combination in a tax-efficient manner, tax structuring considerations are complex, the relevant facts and law are uncertain and may change, and we may prioritize commercial and other considerations over tax considerations. For example, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to any requisite shareholder approval, we may structure our business combination in a manner that requires shareholders to recognize gain or income for tax purposes, effect a business combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, or reincorporate in a different jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay taxes in connection with our business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, a shareholder may need to satisfy any liability

77

Table of Contents

resulting from our initial business combination with cash from its own funds or by selling all or a portion of the shares received. In addition, shareholders may also be subject to additional income, withholding or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after our initial business combination.

In addition, we may effect a business combination with a target company that has business operations outside of the United States, and possibly, business operations in multiple jurisdictions. If we effect such a business combination, we could be subject to significant income, withholding and other tax obligations in a number of jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Due to the complexity of tax obligations and filings in other jurisdictions, we may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxing authorities. This additional complexity and risk could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. The economy in Asian Countries differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects. Such economic growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

Many of the economies in Asia are experiencing substantial inflationary pressures which may prompt the governments to take action to control the growth of the economy and inflation that could lead to a significant decrease in our profitability following our initial business combination.

While many of the economies in Asia have experienced rapid growth over the last two decades, they currently are experiencing inflationary pressures. As governments take steps to address the current inflationary pressures, there may be significant changes in the availability of bank credits, interest rates, limitations on loans, restrictions on currency conversions and foreign investment. There also may be imposition of price controls. If prices for the products of our ultimate target business rise at a rate that is insufficient to compensate for the rise in the costs of supplies, it may have an adverse effect on our profitability. If these or other similar restrictions are imposed by a government to influence the economy, it may lead to a slowing of economic growth. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, the ultimate industry that we operate in may be affected more severely by such a slowing of economic growth.

Many industries in Asia are subject to government regulations that limit or prohibit foreign investments in such industries, which may limit the potential number of acquisition candidates.

Governments in many Asian countries have imposed regulations that limit foreign investors’ equity ownership or prohibit foreign investments altogether in companies that operate in certain industries. As a result, the number of potential acquisition candidates available to us may be limited or our ability to grow and sustain the business, which we ultimately acquire will be limited.

78

Table of Contents

If a country in Asia enacts regulations in industry segments that forbid or restrict foreign investment, our ability to consummate our initial business combination could be severely impaired.

Many of the rules and regulations that companies face concerning foreign ownership are not explicitly communicated. If new laws or regulations forbid or limit foreign investment in industries in which we want to complete our initial business combination, they could severely impair our candidate pool of potential target businesses. Additionally, if the relevant central and local authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination to be in violation of any existing or future laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

•        levying fines;

•        revoking our business and other licenses;

•        requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and

•        requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business.

Any of the above could have an adverse effect on our company post-business combination and could materially reduce the value of your investment.

Corporate governance standards in Asia may not be as strict or developed as in the United States and such weakness may hide issues and operational practices that are detrimental to a target business.

General corporate governance standards in some countries are weak in that they do not prevent business practices that cause unfavorable related party transactions, over-leveraging, improper accounting, family company interconnectivity and poor management. Local laws often do not go far enough to prevent improper business practices. Therefore, shareholders may not be treated impartially and equally as a result of poor management practices, asset shifting, conglomerate structures that result in preferential treatment to some parts of the overall company, and cronyism. The lack of transparency and ambiguity in the regulatory process also may result in inadequate credit evaluation and weakness that may precipitate or encourage financial crisis. In our evaluation of a business combination we will have to evaluate the corporate governance of a target and the business environment, and in accordance with United States laws for reporting companies take steps to implement practices that will cause compliance with all applicable rules and accounting practices. Notwithstanding these intended efforts, there may be endemic practices and local laws that could add risk to an investment we ultimately make and that result in an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.

Investments that involve the acquisition of, or investment in, a U.S. business by a non-U.S. investor may be subject to U.S. laws that regulate foreign investments in U.S. businesses and access by foreign persons to technology developed and produced in the United States. These laws include Section 721 of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (FIRRMA), and the regulations at 31 C.F.R. Parts 800 and 802, as amended, administered by the CFIUS. In addition, certain federally licensed businesses in the United States, such as broadcasters and airlines, may be subject to rules or regulations that limit foreign ownership.

CFIUS is an interagency committee authorized to review certain transactions involving foreign investment in the United States by foreign persons in order to determine the effect of such transactions on the national security of the United States. Whether CFIUS has jurisdiction to review an acquisition or investment transaction depends on, among other factors, the nature and structure of the transaction, including the level of beneficial ownership interest and the nature of any information or governance rights involved. For example, investments that result in “control” of a “U.S. business” by a “foreign person” (in each case, as such terms are defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800) that might be considered by CFIUS to be a covered transaction that CFIUS would have authority to review

One of our sponsors, Copley Square LLC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the other sponsor, Northlake Partners Ltd, is incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Some of our insiders, including our sponsors, officers and directors are located outside of the United States and will collectively own approximately 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private

79

Table of Contents

placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsors are “foreign person” as such terms are defined in 31 C.F.R. Part 800. If our sponsors are deemed to have such “control” over us as defined under 31 C.F.R. Section 800.208, among other parts, or we seek or receive investments from a non-U.S. investor, and the terms of such investment may confer such rights, authorities or votes that could result in “control” by such non-U.S. investors as defined therein, we could potentially be subject to such foreign ownership restrictions and/or CFIUS review.

The scope of CFIUS was expanded by FIRRMA to include certain non-passive, non-controlling investments in sensitive U.S. businesses and certain acquisitions of real estate even with no underlying U.S. business. FIRRMA and subsequent implementing regulations that are now in force also subject certain categories of investments to mandatory filings. If our potential initial business combination with a U.S. business falls within the scope of foreign ownership restrictions, we may be unable to consummate a business combination with such business.

If our potential business combination falls within CFIUS’s jurisdiction, we may be required to make a mandatory filing, determine to submit a voluntary notice to CFIUS, or proceed with the initial business combination without notifying CFIUS and then bear the risk of CFIUS intervention, before or after closing the initial business combination. CFIUS may decide to block or delay our initial business combination, impose conditions to mitigate national security concerns with respect to such initial business combination or order us to divest all or a portion of a U.S. business of the combined company if we had proceeded without first obtaining CFIUS clearance. The foreign ownership limitations, and the potential impact of CFIUS, may limit the attractiveness of a transaction with us or prevent us from pursuing certain initial business combination opportunities that we believe would otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited and we may be adversely affected in terms of competing with other special purpose acquisition companies which do not have similar foreign ownership issues.

Moreover, the process of government review, whether by CFIUS or otherwise, could be lengthy. Because we only have 18 months (or up to 24 months, as applicable) to complete our initial business combination, our failure to obtain any required approvals within the requisite time period may prevent us from completing the transaction and require us to liquidate. If we liquidate, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per ordinary share initially, and our rights will expire worthless. Our public shareholders may also lose the potential investment opportunity in a target company and the opportunity of realizing future gains on such investments through any price appreciation in the combined company.

80

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

•        ability to identify or complete an initial business combination;

•        limited operating history;

•        success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

•        potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

•        pool of prospective target businesses;

•        the ability of our officers and directors to generate potential investment opportunities;

•        potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares;

•        our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

•        regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business;

•        use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account;

•        financial performance following this offering; or

•        listing or delisting of our securities from NASDAQ or the ability to have our securities listed on NASDAQ following our initial business combination.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

81

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering 18,000,000 units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit. We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private placement units will be used as set forth in the following table.

 

Without
Over-
Allotment
Option

 

Over-
Allotment
Option
Exercised

Gross proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds from units offered to public(1)

 

$

180,000,000

 

 

$

207,000,000

 

Gross proceeds from private placement securities offered in the private placement

 

$

3,399,640

 

 

$

3,399,640

 

Total gross proceeds

 

$

183,399,640

 

 

$

210,399,640

 

Offering expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting commissions (1% of gross proceeds from units offered to
public, whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

 

$

1,800,000

 

 

$

1,800,000

 

Reimbursement for underwriter expenses

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

281,500

 

 

 

281,500

 

Nasdaq listing fee

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

80,000

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

49,518

 

 

 

49,518

 

FINRA Filing Fee

 

 

49,016

 

 

 

49,016

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Miscellaneous(3)

 

 

104,606

 

 

 

104,606

 

Total offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions)

 

$

799,640

 

 

$

799,640

 

Proceeds after offering expenses

 

$

180,800,000

 

 

$

207,800,000

 

Held in trust account

 

$

180,000,000

 

 

$

207,000,000

 

% of public offering size

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Not held in trust account

 

$

800,000

 

 

$

800,000

 

The following table shows the use of the approximately $800,000 of net proceeds not held in the Trust Account(4).

 

Amount

 

% of
Total

D&O Insurance

 

$

250,000

 

31.3

%

Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel, and other expenses in connection with any business combination

 

 

150,000

 

18.8

%

Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations

 

 

80,000

 

10.0

%

Payment for office space, administrative and support services

 

 

180,000

 

22.5

%

Nasdaq continued listing fees

 

 

65,500

 

8.2

%

Other miscellaneous expense

 

 

74,500

 

9.3

%

Total

 

$

800,000

 

100.0

%

____________

(1)      Includes amounts payable to public shareholders who properly redeem their shares in connection with our successful completion of our initial business combination.

(2)      A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the NASDAQ listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid from the funds we borrowed from our sponsors, described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

(3)      Includes organizational and administrative expenses and may include amounts related to above-listed expenses in the event actual amounts exceed estimates.

(4)     These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring a business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the

82

Table of Contents

event we identify an acquisition target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses.

Our sponsors have committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 339,964 private placement securities, whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised, for a total purchase price of $3,399,640. The sale of the private placement securities will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from the private placement will be placed in the Trust Account. The proceeds from the private placement of the private placement unit will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in an account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee.

$180,000,000, or $207,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units will be placed in an account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations (other than excise tax), the proceeds will not be released from the Trust Account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination to the extent not used to pay converting shareholders. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

No compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $800,000. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business and for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our insiders, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described above. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account released to us to pay any tax obligations that we may owe.

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the Trust Account, along with the interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account available to us (excluding taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account), represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above-described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the Trust Account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

83

Table of Contents

We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the Trust Account, to acquire a target business, to pay holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account and to pay our expenses relating thereto. If the payment of our liabilities, including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters in an amount up to 3.0% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering, were to reduce the amount available to us in trust necessary to pay all holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, we would not be able to consummate such transaction. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the Trust Account which are not used to consummate a business combination, to pay holders who wish to convert their shares into a portion of the funds held in the Trust Account or pay our expenses relating thereto will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our Trust Account from our remaining assets outside of the Trust Account. If such funds are insufficient, the sponsors have agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $100,000) and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

As of June 30, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited had loaned to us an aggregate of $395,739 to be used to pay formation and a portion of the expenses of this offering. The loan is payable without interest on the date on which we consummate our initial public offering. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our sponsors, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per working capital unit. If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. These notes would be in addition to any notes we issued in exchange for the funds necessary to extend our life. The working capital units would be identical to the private placement units sold in the private placement. The terms of such loans by our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our insiders or an affiliate of our insiders as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account, but if we do, we will request such lender to provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the Trust Account to the extent not previously released to us to pay our tax obligations) only in the event of (i) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the required time period or (ii) if that public shareholder converts such public shares or sells them to us in a tender offer in each case in connection with a business combination which we consummate or (iii) in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of an initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account.

84

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time and we will only pay such dividend out of our profits or share premium (subject to solvency requirements) as permitted under Cayman Islands law. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

85

Table of Contents

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of ordinary shares, assuming no value is attributed to the units included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of ordinary shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares.

The below calculations (A) assume that (i) no ordinary shares are issued to shareholders of a potential business combination target as consideration or issuable by a post-business combination company, for instance under an equity or employee share purchase plan, (ii) no ordinary shares and convertible equity or debt securities are issued in connection with additional financing that we may seek in connection with an initial business combination, and (iii) no working capital loans are converted into private placement units; and (B) assumes the issuance of 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), 339,964 private placement units (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised), and 6,900,000 shares (up to 900,000 of which are assumed to be forfeited in the scenario in which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised). The 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be sold to the sponsors are included are shares are issued yet held to Business Combination. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would even further increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, as further described in this prospectus. Such calculations do not reflect any dilution associated with the exercise of rights as the rights are accounted for as equity and are only exercisable following the consummation of our initial business combination. The exercise of the rights would cause the actual dilution to the public shareholders to be higher.

As of June 30, 2025, our net tangible book deficit was $401,789, or approximately $(0.06) per share of ordinary shares. For purposes of the dilution calculation, in order to present the maximum estimated dilution as a result of this offering, we have assumed (i) the issuance of one share for each whole right outstanding, as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration and (ii) the number of ordinary shares included in the units offered hereby will be deemed to be 19,800,000 ordinary shares (consisting of 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares for the outstanding rights), and the price per share in this offering will be deemed to be $9.09. After giving effect to the sale of 18,000,000 ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus (or 20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and assuming the issuance of 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the rights included in the units (or 2,070,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), the sale of the private placement units and the deduction of underwriting commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2025, would have been $5,000,001 or $0.49 per share (or $5,000,001 or $0.44 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), representing an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $0.55 per share (or $0.50 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) to the initial shareholders and an immediate dilution of 94.61% or $8.60 per share or (or 95.16% or $8.65 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) to new investors not exercising their conversion/tender rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is $0.49, less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the ability of public shareholders to exercise conversion rights or sell their shares to us in any tender offer may result in the conversion or tender of up to 19,800,000 shares (consisting of 18,000,000 ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and 1,800,000 ordinary shares for the outstanding rights) sold in this offering.

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

9.09

 

 

9.09

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(0.06

)

 

(0.06

)

Increase attributable to public shareholders and sale of the private placement units

 

$

0.55

 

 

0.50

 

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

 

$

0.49

 

 

0.44

 

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

8.60

 

 

8.65

 

Percentage of dilution to public shareholders

 

 

94.61

%

 

95.16

%

86

Table of Contents

Because of the nominal consideration of $25,000 the sponsors paid for the insider shares, upon the closing of this offering, your public shares will be significantly diluted. To illustrate, the table below shows possible sources of dilution and the extent of such dilution that non-redeeming public shareholders could experience in connection with the closing of this offering, which we have assumed the issuance of one-tenth of a share for each right outstanding as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration and the sale of the private placement units in connection with the closing of the offering: Scenario A) 25% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario B) 50% of our public shares are redeemed, Scenario C) 75% of our public shares are redeemed, and Scenario D) maximum of our public shares are redeemed:

As of June 30, 2025

   

Without Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(1)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(2)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(3)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(4)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.78

 

 

4.82

 

 

3.29

 

 

0.49

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.31

 

$

4.27

 

$

5.80

 

$

8.60

____________

(1)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,251,167 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(2)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 8,502,335 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(3)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 12,753,503 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(4)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 17,004,671 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

As of June 30, 2025

   

With Over-Allotment Option Exercised

   

Scenario A
25%
redemptions
(5)

 

Scenario B
50%
redemptions
(6)

 

Scenario C
75%
redemptions
(7)

 

Scenario D
Maximum
redemptions
(8)

Offering price of $10.00 included in the units (adjusted to include the value of the rights)

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

 

$

9.09

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted

 

 

5.83

 

 

4.86

 

 

3.31

 

 

0.44

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

3.26

 

$

4.23

 

$

5.78

 

$

8.65

____________

(5)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 4,911,652 public shares, or 25%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(6)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 9,823,305 public shares, or 50%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(7)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 14,734,958 public shares, or 75%, of 18,000,000 public shares are redeemed, that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

(8)      The numbers set forth in this column assume that 19,646,611 public shares are redeemed, or the maximum redemptions that would permit us to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001.

87

Table of Contents

The pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering is calculated as follows (assuming no exercise and maximum redemptions):

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

   

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(401,789

)

 

(401,789

)

Net proceeds from this offering and sale of the private placement units, net of expenses(1)

 

 

180,800,000

 

 

207,800,000

 

Plus: Offering costs accrued in advance, excluded from tangible book value

 

 

277,898

 

 

277,898

 

Less: Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

(5,400,000

)

 

(6,210,000

)

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to redemption(2)

 

 

(170,046,708

)

 

(196,466,108

)

Less: Over-allotment liability

 

 

(229,400

)

 

—

 

   

$

5,000,001

 

 

5,000,001

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

   

 

Ordinary shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering(2)

 

 

6,900,000

 

 

6,900,000

 

Less: Ordinary shares surrendered for no consideration if over-allotment is not exercised

 

 

(900,000

)

 

—

 

Ordinary shares included in the public units offered

 

 

18,000,000

 

 

20,700,000

 

Private Placement shares

 

 

339,964

 

 

339,964

 

Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the public units

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

2,070,000

 

Restricted Shares

 

 

1,019,892

 

 

1,019,892

 

Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the private placement units

 

 

33,996

 

 

33,996

 

Less: Shares subject to redemption

 

 

(17,004,671

)

 

(19,646,611

)

   

 

10,189,181

 

 

11,417,241

 

____________

(1)      Expenses applied against gross proceeds include offering expenses of $800,000 and underwriting commissions of $1,800,000 (excluding deferred underwriting fees). See “Use of Proceeds.”

(2)      If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares or public units in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination, the number of ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share.

We have not selected any specific business combination target but may enter into agreements with a target with enterprise values that are greater than what we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units. As a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the Trust Account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemption by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. Such additional financing may consist of one or more private investment in public equity (“PIPE”) transactions, whether in the form of equity, debt or convertible debt. These financing transactions would be designed to ensure a return on investment to the investor in exchange for assisting the company in completing the business combination or providing sufficient liquidity to the post-combination company. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be less, and potentially significantly less than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders. These financing transactions may be significantly dilutive to the post-combination company, and represent the type of financing risk that is not associated with traditional initial public offerings.

88

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2025, and as adjusted to give effect to the filing of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the sale of our units in this offering and the sale of the private placement securities and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

 

June 30, 2025

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)

Note payable to related party(2)

 

$

395,739

 

 

—

 

Deferred underwriting commissions

 

 

—

 

 

5,400,000

 

Over-allotment option liability

 

 

—

 

 

229,400

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, 18,000,000 shares are subject to possible redemption(3)(4)

 

 

—

 

 

180,000,000

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, 400,000,000 shares authorized, none actual and 339,964 as adjusted shares issued and outstanding

 

 

—

 

 

34

 

Class B ordinary share, $0.0001 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 actual and 6,000,000 as adjusted shares issued and outstanding(5)

 

 

690

 

 

600

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

24,310

 

 

—

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(148,891

)

 

(4,953,925

)

Total shareholders’ deficit

 

 

(123,891

)

 

(4,953,291

)

Total capitalization

 

$

271,848

 

 

180,676,109

 

____________

(1)      Assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and the corresponding surrender for no consideration of 900,000 ordinary shares held by Copley Square LLC.

(2)      Copley managing member has agreed to loan us up to $800,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of June 30, 2025, we had borrowed $395,739 under the promissory note with Copley managing member.

(3)      Upon the completion of our initial business combination, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes. While redemptions in connection with a business combination cannot cause our net tangible assets to fall below $5,000,001, all ordinary shares are redeemable and classified as such on the balance sheet until such date that a redemption event takes place.

(4)      All of the 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in the offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with our liquidation, if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the business combination and in connection with certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In accordance with SEC and its guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of a company require ordinary shares subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Given that the 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in the offering will be issued with other freestanding instruments (i.e., public units), the initial carrying value of ordinary shares classified as temporary equity will be the allocated proceeds determined in accordance with ASC 470-20. Our ordinary shares are subject to ASC 480-10-S99. If it is probable that the equity instrument will become redeemable, we have the option to either (i) accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance (or from the date that it becomes probable that the instrument will become redeemable, if later) to the earliest redemption date of the instrument or (ii) recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. We have elected to recognize the accrete changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur.

(5)      Actual share amount is prior to any surrender for no consideration of insider shares by Copley Square LLC and as adjusted amount assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(6)      The “as adjusted” total capitalization is derived by adding deferred underwriting discounts and commission payable, total shareholders’ deficit and the value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion/tender.

89

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company and incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target.

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of the private placement units, the proceeds of the sale of our securities in connection with our initial business combination, our shares, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

The issuance of additional ordinary shares in a business combination:

•        may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

•        could cause a change of control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

•        may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, ordinary shares, and/or rights.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

•        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

•        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

90

Table of Contents

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at June 30, 2025, we had a working capital deficit of $401,789. Further, we expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial business combination will be successful.

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We expect to generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to completion of this offering through contribution from our sponsors and executives of $25,000 to purchase the insider shares and up to $800,000 in loans from Copley managing member under an unsecured promissory note. As of June 30, 2025, we drew $395,739 against the promissory note. We estimate that the net proceeds from (i) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $800,000 and underwriting commissions of $1,800,000, and (ii) the sale of the private placement unit for a purchase price of $3,399,640, will be $183,399,640 (or $210,399,640 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be deposited into a trust account. The funds in the trust account will be invested only in specified U.S. government treasury bills or in specified money market funds. The remaining $800,000 will not be held in the Trust Account. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $800,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the Trust Account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $800,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the Trust Account would increase by a corresponding amount.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest to pay taxes, if any. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interest and other income earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account. To the extent that our ordinary shares or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will have available to us $800,000 of proceeds held outside the Trust Account. We will use these funds primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, structure, negotiate and complete a business combination, and to pay taxes to the extent the interest earned on the Trust Account is not sufficient to pay our taxes.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsors or an affiliate of our sponsors or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment.

Up to $3,000,000 of the loans made by our sponsors, our officers and directors, or our or their affiliates or designees to us prior to or in connection with our initial business combination may be convertible into units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender, upon consummation of our initial business combination. The units would be identical to the placement units. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and

91

Table of Contents

no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsors, our officers and directors or an affiliate of theirs as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $150,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting successful business combinations; $250,000 for director and officer’s liability insurance; $80,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting requirements; $180,000 for payment for office space, administrative and support services, $65,500 for Nasdaq continued listing fees, and $74,500 other miscellaneous expenses (including finders’ fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, potential deposits, down payments in connection with a business combination and liquidation obligations and reserves, if any).

These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business, the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. We have not selected any specific business combination target but may target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than what we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units. As a result, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination.

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer would we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Many small and mid-sized target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

•        staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

•        reconciliation of accounts;

•        proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

92

Table of Contents

•        evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

•        documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

•        documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expenses in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement securities held in the Trust Account will be invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations or in an interest bearing demand deposit account. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Related Party Transactions

On September 19, 2024, (1) we issued 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each to Copley Square Sponsor Limited for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and (2) Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered one ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from us. On July 14, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held, and on August 14, 2025 transferred the remaining 6,680,000 Class B ordinary shares to Copley Square LLC in exchange for becoming the managing member of Copley Square LLC. In addition, on September 16, 2025, Copley Square LLC transferred 2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares to Northlake Partners Ltd. at $0.0036 per share. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares.” The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 insider shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). None of our insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

On September 19, 2024, Copley managing member agreed to loan the Company up to $800,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Proposed Public Offering. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had an outstanding loan balance of $395,739. This loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and is due at the earlier of (1) December 31, 2026 or (2) the date on which the Company consummates an initial public offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account.

In addition, in order to meet the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of the initial public offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account are insufficient, or to extend its life, its insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates/designees may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes (“Working Capital Loans”) may be converted upon

93

Table of Contents

consummation of the Company’s Business Combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If the Company do not complete a Business Combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of December 31, 2024, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have not conducted any operations to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

94

Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. Our shareholders have no additional liability for the company’s liabilities over and above the amount paid for their shares. We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location.

Currently, we do not have any specific business combination under consideration or contemplation, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We are confident that we will be able to find a target business that will meet expectations. We intend to capitalize on the strengths and experiences of our management team to select, acquire and form a business combination that has a competitive advantage in their core business and is positioned to bring in high returns and long-term sustainable growth.

Our Insider and Management

Our insiders include our sponsors, which are (i) Copley Square LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, which was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering; The managing member of the sponsor is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company of which Mr. Hongbo Xing, a Chinese national located in China, is the sole director and shareholder; and (ii) Northlake Partners Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company, which was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering, with Mr. Tian Wang, a Chinese national located in China, being its sole member and a director.

The other insiders are officers and directors of the Company. We believe that with their experience and skillsets in sourcing, investing, and value-enhancement, we are well positioned in pursuing opportunities that will offer risk-adjusted returns.

Our officers, directors and director nominees are as follows:

Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer and Director, has extensive experience in corporate finance, financial advisory and business consulting. Since May 2021, Mr. Lee has served as CEO of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between June 2016 and March 2021, Mr. Lee served as Senior Managing Director at DTR Partners (Seoul office). Mr. Lee holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science from Yonsei University, Korea, and an MBA from Hass School of Business, California.

We believe that Mr. Lee’s long track record in financial advisory and corporate finance makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Hoon Ji Choi, Chief Financial Officer and Director, has more than a decade of experience in investment management. Since May 2021, Mr. Choi has served as Managing Director of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Choi served as Managing Director at Qing Shan Investment’s Seoul office. As a senior leader of Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi was engaged on various buy-side and sell-side cross-border M&A advisory deals. Prior to joining Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi served as Asia Regional Director at Deesse AG (Seoul office), from April 2012 to October 2014, where he was responsible for sales and promotion for Asia market, especially for South Korea. Earlier in his career, Mr. Choi served as an Associate with Colony Capital Inc. from October 2010 to March 2012, where he assisted in analyzing and researching investment strategies and targets. Mr. Choi holds two bachelor’s degrees in Real Estate Finance, and Accounting from the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business and the Levanthal School of Accounting, respectively.

We believe that Mr. Choi experience in investment management makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Qing Tong, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced investor. Currently, Mr. Tong serves a Managing Director of Plutus Partners’ China office. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Tong served as President at Qing Shan Investment. Prior to joining

95

Table of Contents

Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Tong was an Investment Manager at Han Hong Private Equity (China) Mr. Tong holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance from the University of Southern California, Marshall School of Business and a Master’s Degree in Finance from University of San Francisco. We believe that Mr. Tong’s experience as an investor makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Gary Dvorchak, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced director and advisor. From 2003 till present, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Founder and Managing Partner of Channel Island Partners, a hedge fund that manages large cap growth and growth-and-income funds. Additionally, since 2015, he has served as the Managing Partner of the Blueshirt Group, a company specializing in capital markets advisory and Investor Relations. Prior to that, from 2010 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Senior Vice President of Integrated Corporate Relations, a company that advises on Investor Relations, From 2003 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak was also a contributing writer to thestreet.com’s Real Money Pro premium subscription service, where the site features leading money managers offering real time commentary to market developments. Mr. Dvorchak also served as Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Aviance Capital Management from 2003 to 2009, Senior Portfolio Manager of EGM Capital in 2002, Senior Vice President of Provident Investment Counsel from 1998 to 2001, and an Analyst of Hambrecht & Quist from 1992 to 1993. Prior to his work in Finance, Mr. Dvorchak was a Software Engineer at Prime Computer from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Dvorchak earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of Iowa and has an MBA from Kellog Graduate School of Management from Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Dvorchak’s extensive experience serving on boards and working with various investment companies makes him a qualified to serve on our board of directors.

We believe that Mr. Dvorchak’s rich experience as an asset manager and advisor makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Benjamin Berry, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced entrepreneur and business manager with more than 20 years of experience. Since 2010, he has served as the Chief Operating Officer and Partner of Trellis Hospitality group, managing restaurants and consulting contracts for other Minnesota restaurants. Since 2019, he also served as CEO off Synergy Group Management, consulting and providing advisory services to a diverse range of public companies From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Barry was a Regional Director of various restaurants. Mr. Barry has a business management degree from Ramussen College.

We believe that Mr. Barry’s broad networks and senior management experience makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, and the collective experience of our officers and with blank check companies like ours is not significant. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). The past successes of our executive officers and directors do not guarantee that we will successfully consummate an initial business combination. In addition, the members of the management team may not remain with us subsequent to the consummation of a business combination.

Sponsors’ Information

Our sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partners Ltd., is a Cayman Islands limited liability company and a British Virgin Islands company, respectively, which were both formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under its limited liability company agreement, the Limited Liabilities Companies Act, as revised, BVI Business Companies Act, and other applicable law, our sponsors’ businesses are focused on investing in our company.

The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company of which Mr. Hongbo Xing, a Chinese national located in China, is the sole director and shareholder of 100% of its issued and outstanding shareholding. Mr. Hongbo Xing has more than a decade of experience in sales. Since July 1990, Mr. Xing has served as a Sales Manager in Shanxi, China for Shanxi Weiye Technology Development Co.

In addition to Copley Square Sponsor Limited, three institutional investors (“Copley non-managing members”, none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investor) have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC, reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class

96

Table of Contents

A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security; in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members at the closing of this offering reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares. Other than our management team, none of the other members of Copley Square LLC will participate in our Company’s activities. Because (i) none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will hold voting interests in our sponsor nor have any rights to control our sponsor or to vote or dispose of any securities held by our sponsors, (ii) each of the Copley non-managing members is an institutional investor that is able to bear the complete risk of loss of the proposed investment in our sponsors, and (iii) no individual Copley non-managing member or independent director would indirectly own a significant percentage of any of the securities held by our sponsors, none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will have a direct or indirect material economic interest in our sponsors. While there is no limit on the number of units that may be purchased by any of the Copley non-managing members, none of the Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest in purchasing more than 9.9% of the units to be sold in this offering.

Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., and therefore holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the insider shares held of record by Northlake Partners Ltd. Mr. Tian Wang is a Chinese national located in China, who has been specialized in venture capital investment, and in particular, REITs fund data management and disclosure, since 2024.

As of the date hereof, other than the Company, Mr. Xing, Mr. Wang, and the sponsors have not been involved in any other special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”).

The interests of the members of Copley Square LLC are denominated in three classes of membership interest units: (i) Class A membership units representing interests in the insider shares on a one-for-one basis, (ii) Class B membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) Class C membership units that will represent an interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The class B membership units are further subdivided into two series: (i) Class B-1 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will be subject to forfeiture and amendment to preserve membership interest in Copley Square LLC, and (ii) Class B-2 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will not be subject to forfeiture and amendment to reflect the fixed economic terms entered into by holders of Class B-2 membership units. The institutional investors will receive Class B-2 membership units and Copley Square Sponsor Limited, the managing member of Copley Square LLC, will hold Class B-1 membership units. Any Copley non-managing member that may join Copley Square LLC concurrently with this offering will hold certain Class A membership units representing their proportional interest in the insider shares, certain Class B-2 membership units representing their proportional interest in private placement units, and certain Class C membership units representing their proportional interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Class A membership units will collectively represent an interest in 4,241,454, insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), the Class B-1 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 116,501 private placement units, the Class B-2 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 157,446 private placement units, and the Class C membership units will collectively represent an interest in 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley non-managing members will hold 1,417,014 Class A membership units collectively representing an interest in 1,417,014 insider shares, 157,446 Class B-2 membership units collectively representing an interest in 157,446 private placement units and 314,892 Class C membership units collectively representing an interest in 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley managing member will hold Class A membership units representing an interest in 2,824,440 insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), Class B-1 membership units representing an interest in 116,501 private placement units, and Class C membership units representing an interest in 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

See “Summary — The Offering — Private placement Units.” Other than our management team, none of the other members of our sponsors will participate in our company’s activities. Because (i) none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will hold voting interests in our sponsor nor have any rights to control our sponsor or to vote or dispose of any securities held by our sponsors, (ii) each of the Copley non-managing members is an institutional investor that is able to bear the complete risk of loss of the proposed investment in our sponsors, and (iii) no individual Copley non-managing member or independent director would indirectly own a significant percentage of any of the securities held by our sponsors, none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will have a direct or indirect material economic interest in our sponsors.

97

Table of Contents

Our sponsors, officers and directors will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our sponsors, officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsors and their affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsors or their affiliates:

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Copley Square LLC(1)

 

4,241,454 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$15,269.2

   

273,947 private placement units and 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares(4)(5)

 

$2,549,640 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

Up to $800,000

 

Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering-related and organizational expenses

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

Northlake Partners Ltd.(7)

 

2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$8,778.8

   

66,017 private placement units and 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

$850,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

98

Table of Contents

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

100,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CEO and Director

Hoon Ji Choi

 

60,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CFO and Director

Gary Dvorchak

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Benjamin Berry

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Qing Tong

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

____________

(1)      Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Copley Square LLC.

(2)      The Class B ordinary shares and the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the nominal price of $0.0036 per share at which our sponsors purchased the Class B ordinary shares and/or the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Our sponsors, directors and officers and their affiliates may receive additional compensation and/or may be issued additional securities in connection with an initial business combination, including securities that may result in material dilution to public shareholders. See “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(3)      If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

(4)      The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase Copley non-managing membership interests reflecting interests in (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised). Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

(5)      Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing the non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of 157,446 private placement non-managing securities.

(6)     After the completion of this offering, our board of directors may approve additional working capital loans for the purpose of funding working capital, which loans may be converted into our private placement units, shares, or rights. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the private placement units and rights, as well as any Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with conversion of working capital loans into additional private placement units (as described in this prospectus), may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. See “Description of Securities — Private Placement Units” on page 141; see also “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial

99

Table of Contents

business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price.

(7)      Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Northlake Partners Ltd. paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(8)      These shares are held directly by certain of our officers and directors. The directors and officers will have the ability to vote and dispose of the shares, subject to applicable transfer restrictions.

Because our sponsors acquired the insider shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the private placement units and rights. See the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Sponsors, Advisors and Management Team — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination.”

The insider shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, and (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination, our sponsors may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our insider shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

While there is no current intention to do so, and the members of our management team and sponsors have not done so with any previously formed special purpose acquisition companies, we may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or members of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors removes itself as our sponsor before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that our sponsors and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution. This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the insider shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the insider shares at the time of our initial business combination or additional Class B ordinary shares. In addition, the cashless exercise of the private placement units would further increase the dilution to our public shareholders.

100

Table of Contents

Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our initial shareholders, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on their ability to transfer, assign, or sell the insider shares and private placement units (and the underlying securities), and restricted Class A ordinary shares as summarized in the table below.

Types of Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

 

Lock-Up Terms

Insider Shares

 

Earlier of six months after completion of our initial business combination; or if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per Class A ordinary share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, Northlake Partners Ltd., non-sponsor investors, Sung Hyuk Lee, Hoon Ji Choi, Gary Dvorchak, Benjamin Berry, Qing Tong

 

Transfers are permitted: (i) among the insiders or to the Company’s insiders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent).

Private Placement Units

 

30 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

90 days after completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Any units, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any units, ordinary shares, or insider shares

 

180 days after completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

The representative in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, other than in the case of the officers and directors, which shall be with notice. Our sponsors, officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their insider shares and private placement units pursuant to the letter agreement described in the immediately preceding paragraphs.

The insider shares, the private placement units, and the restricted Class A ordinary shares, as applicable, held by the sponsors will only be distributed to the members of the sponsors (including the Copley non-managing members) after consummation of our initial business combination, at which time such Copley non-managing members would become subject to the applicable transfer restrictions with respect to such securities.

101

Table of Contents

Other than the foregoing, the sponsors do not have any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with the Company regarding any compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests in relation to our initial business combination, nor is there any agreement between the sponsors and any unaffiliated shareholders of the Company regarding redemptions, payments, compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests.

One of our sponsors, Copley Square LLC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the other sponsor, Northlake Partners Ltd, is incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Some of our insiders, including our sponsors, officers and directors are located outside of the United States and will collectively own 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. As a result, we may be considered a “foreign person” under rules promulgated by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), and may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited. See “Risk Factor — We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.” on page 79 of this prospectus.

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, certain of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our company, executive officers and directors, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our company, executive officers and directors. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination. There is uncertainty, however, as to whether after the closing of this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or in connection with and following the consummation of our initial business combination, all officers and directors of the post-combination entity will be located in the Unites States. If we or post-combination entity has management members outside the United States either before or after the business combination, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon them and our sponsors, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws. See “Risk Factors — Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or its sole member, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.” starting on page 76 of this prospectus.

Background and Competitive Strengths

We will seek to leverage our management team’s proprietary network of relationships with corporate executives, private equity, venture and growth capital funds, investment banking firms and consultants in order to source, acquire, and support the operations of the business combination target. For example, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, our CEO and Director, has extensive experience in private equity, corporate finance, and financial advisory. Mr. Choi, our CFO and Director, is an experienced investment management professional. The background of Mr. Lee and Mr. Choi will be instrumental in guiding our business combination search.

102

Table of Contents

In addition, several members of our management team have extensive track record in corporate finance, with unique perspectives on evaluating and analyzing the financial health, strength, and potential of target companies. Both of our CEO and CFO have extensive experience in advising corporate and capital markets transactions involving valuation, due diligence, transaction structuring and fundraising functions across different sectors and jurisdictions. Mr. Qing Tong, our director nominee, has over ten years of experience in investment management. Mr. Gary Dvorchak, our director nominee, has over 20 years of financial advisory and investment experience, which gives him unique perspective in evaluating financial performance, business projections, and operational strength. Mr. Benjamin Berry, our director nominees, is an experienced entrepreneur and business manager with more than 20 years of experience. They will contribute in providing unique and professional insights with regards to valuation of potential target(s), negotiation of transaction terms, and solicitation of transaction financing.

We believe that this combination of extensive relationships and expertise will make us a preferred partner for and allow us to source high-quality business combination targets. However, none of our management team is obligated to remain with the company after an acquisition transaction, and we cannot provide assurance that the resignation or retention of our current management will be a term or condition in any agreement relating to business combination. Moreover, despite the competitive advantages we believe we have, we remain subject to significant competition with respect to identifying and executing a business combination.

Business Strategy and Acquisition Criteria

Our management team intends to focus on creating shareholder value by leveraging its experience in the management and operation of businesses to improve the efficiency of operations while implementing strategies to scale revenue organically and/or through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are essential in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we consider it appropriate to do so:

•        Strong Management Team

The strength of the management team will be an important component in our review process. We will seek to partner with a management team that is operationally strong and has demonstrated the ability to scale, but is also well-incentivized and aligned in our future vision for creating long term shareholder value.

•        Long-term Revenue Visibility with Defensible Market Position

In management’s view, the target companies should be close to an anticipated inflection point, such as those companies requiring additional management expertise, those companies able to innovate by developing new products or services, or companies where we believe we have ability to achievement improved profitability performance through an acquisition designed to help facilitate growth.

•        Benefits from Being a U.S. Public Company (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities)

We intend to search target companies that we believe will help offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. Amount other criteria, we expect to evaluate financial returns based on (i) the potential for organic growth in cash flows, (ii) the ability to achieve cost savings, (iii) the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions, and (iv) the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives. We also plan to evaluate potential upside from future growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement, our share capital, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although

103

Table of Contents

substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement are intended to be applied generally toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various U.S. Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, insiders and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, share exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with our company.

Subject to the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings which will not commence until after the completion of this offering. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their respective affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors, special advisors or insiders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction). If we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors or insiders, we will do so only if we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no affiliated entity that we consider a business combination target.

104

Table of Contents

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses.

We believe the factors laid out under the section entitled “— Business Strategy and Acquisition Criteria” will be important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of the location or industry in which such target business operates. However, this list is not intended to be exhaustive. Furthermore, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the Company’s business strategy and acquisition criteria as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to NASDAQ listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the Trust Account balance. We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, assuming that we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on NASDAQ. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund-raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking

105

Table of Contents

firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from NASDAQ. If NASDAQ delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the Trust Account.

Lack of Business Diversification

Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

•        subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

•        result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full-time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

106

Table of Contents

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve an Initial Business Combination

In connection with any proposed business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that following a business combination we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. However, if we seek to consummate an initial business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the Trust Account upon consummation of such initial business combination, our net tangible asset threshold may limit our ability to consummate such initial business combination (as we may be required to have a lesser number of shares converted or sold to us) and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. Public shareholders may therefore have to wait 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) in order to be able to receive a pro rata share of the Trust Account.

Our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed (1) to vote any ordinary shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination, (2) not to convert any ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination and (3) not sell any ordinary shares in any tender in connection with a proposed initial business combination. Assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, will collectively beneficially own approximately 25% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (not including the private placement shares and restricted Class A ordinary shares). As a result, for purpose of seeking shareholder approval for our initial business combination, in addition to our insider shares, we would need additional 1,093,429 public shares to vote in order to obtain a quorum which will be, pursuant to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we will adopt immediately prior to or upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, one third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Once a quorum is obtained, (i) assuming only a quorum is present and voted at such meeting held to vote on our initial business combination, we do not need any additional vote from public shareholders to approve the initial business combination, or (ii) assuming all issued and outstanding shares are present and voted, we need additional 5,320,073, or 29.6%, of the 18,000,000 public shares sold in this offering are needed to be voted in favor of a transaction (none of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or Class A ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private placement units).

107

Table of Contents

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

In the event we seek shareholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our insiders, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or rights in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares or rights our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions.

If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. None of the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares or public rights in such transactions prior to completion of our initial business combination. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our ordinary shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our insiders or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions prior to completion of our initial business combination.

Subsequent to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt an insider trading policy which will require insiders to: (i) refrain from purchasing our securities during certain blackout periods when they are in possession of any material non-public information and (ii) clear all trades of company securities with a compliance officer prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against the business combination. Such persons would select the shareholders from whom to acquire shares based on the number of shares available, the negotiated price per share and such other factors as any such person may deem relevant at the time of purchase. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be different than the amount per share a public shareholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our initial business combination. Our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

108

Table of Contents

Any purchases by our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) of, and Rule 10b-5 under, the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsors, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) of, or Rule 10b-5 under, the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Conversion/Tender Rights

At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account. The redemption rights will be effected under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law as redemptions. If we hold a meeting to approve an initial business combination, a holder will always have the ability to vote against a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of his shares.

Alternatively, if we engage in a tender offer, each public shareholder will be provided the opportunity to sell his public shares to us in such tender offer. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their public shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors will not have redemption rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket.

We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Members to reflect all conversions. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time our proxy statement is mailed through the vote on the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his redemption rights. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to provide at least five clear days’ advance notice of any shareholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a shareholder would have to determine whether to exercise redemption rights. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $120 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require shareholders seeking to exercise redemption rights to deliver their shares prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated, this may result in an increased cost to shareholders.

Any request to convert or tender such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination or expiration of the tender offer. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered his certificate in connection with an election of their conversion or tender and subsequently decides prior to the vote on the business combination or the expiration of the tender offer not to elect to exercise such rights, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

109

Table of Contents

If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their conversion or tender rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

Automatic Liquidation of Trust Account if No Business Combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Act. Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period, we will, as promptly as possible but not more than ten (10) business days thereafter, redeem 100% of our issued and outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not necessary to pay our taxes, then seek to liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

The amount in the Trust Account will be treated as funds distributable under the Companies Act provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is proposed to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. If we are forced to liquidate the Trust Account, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the Trust Account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable and up to $100,000 of interest released to us to pay dissolution expenses). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the Trust Account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

Each of our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation of our Trust Account or other assets with respect to the insider shares and private placement units and to vote their insider shares in favor of any dissolution and plan of distribution which we submit to a vote of shareholders.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account, the initial per-share redemption price from the Trust Account would be $10.00.

The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public shareholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our shareholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant

110

Table of Contents

whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason.

Our sponsors have agreed that, if we liquidate the Trust Account prior to the consummation of a business combination, it will be liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the Trust Account, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the Trust Account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, we cannot assure you that it will be able to satisfy those obligations if it is required to do so. Accordingly, the actual per-share redemption price could be less than $10.00 due to claims of creditors. Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.

Facilities

Our principal executive office is located at 3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro, Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, and our telephone number is +82-10-8781-0823.

Employees

We have two executive officers, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, who is our Chief Executive Officer, and Ms. Hoon Ji Choi, who is our Chief Financial Officer. Our officers are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We will register our units, Class A ordinary shares, and rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial information included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial information. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

111

Table of Contents

We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile. We will remain such for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or our total revenues exceed $1,235,000,000 or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

 

$180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private placement units will be deposited into a Trust Account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee.

 

$155,520,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds

 

The $180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private placement securities held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries.

 

Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

112

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

 

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from NASDAQ.

 

We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

Trading of securities issued

 

The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares, and rights comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the closing of this offering unless the underwriters inform us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering.

 

No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or Trust Account.

Election to remain an investor

 

We will either (1) give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account less taxes payable. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least 5 days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether to exercise their rights to convert their shares into cash at such a meeting or to remain an investor in our company. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business

 

A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

113

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

   

combination as we would have included in a proxy statement. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

   

Business combination deadline

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution, in which case, we will file a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing execution of such a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement as well as the extended deadline to complete our initial business combination.

 

If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

Interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account

 

There can be released to us, from time to time any interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account that we may need to pay our tax obligations. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

All interest earned on the funds in the Trust Account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

Release of funds

 

Except for interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, the proceeds held in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination (in which case, the proceeds released to us will be net of the funds used to pay converting or tendering shareholders, as the trustee will directly send the appropriate portion of the amount held in trust to the converting or tendering shareholders at the time of the business combination) and the liquidation of our Trust Account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

114

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers, their ages and positions are as follows:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

54

 

Chief Executive Officer, and Director,

Hoon Ji Choi

 

42

 

Chief Financial Officer, and Director

Gary Dvorchak

 

60

 

Independent Director Nominee

Benjamin Berry

 

42

 

Independent Director Nominee

Qing Tong

 

40

 

Independent Director Nominee

Below is a summary of the business experience of each our executive officers and directors

Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer and Director, has extensive experience in corporate finance, financial advisory and business consulting. Since May 2021, Mr. Lee has served as CEO of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between June 2016 and March 2021, Mr. Lee served as Senior Managing Director at DTR Partners (Seoul office). Mr. Lee holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science from Yonsei University, Korea, and an MBA from Hass School of Business, California.

We believe that Mr. Lee’s long track record in financial advisory and corporate finance makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Hoon Ji Choi, Chief Financial Officer and Director, has more than a decade of experience in investment management. Since May 2021, Mr. Choi has served as Managing Director of Plutus Partners Co, Ltd. (Seoul office), a private equity and high-value asset brokerage firm. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Choi served as Managing Director at Qing Shan Investment’s Seoul office. As a senior leader of Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi was engaged on various buy-side and sell-side cross-border M&A advisory deals. Prior to joining Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Choi served as Asia Regional Director at Deesse AG (Seoul office), from April 2012 to October 2014, where he was responsible for sales and promotion for Asia market, especially for South Korea. Earlier in his career, Mr. Choi served as an Associate with Colony Capital Inc. from October 2010 to March 2012, where he assisted in analyzing and researching investment strategies and targets. Mr. Choi holds two bachelor’s degrees in Real Estate Finance, and Accounting from the University of Southern California’s Marshall School of Business and the Levanthal School of Accounting respectively.

We believe that Mr. Choi experience in investment management makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Qing Tong, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced investor. Currently, Mr. Tong serves a Managing Director of Plutus Partners’ China office. Before that, between October 2014 and December 2020, Mr. Tong served as President at Qing Shan Investment. Prior to joining Qing Shan Investment, Mr. Tong was an Investment Manager at Han Hong Private Equity (China) Mr. Tong holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance from the University of Southern California, Marshall School of Business and a Master’s Degree in Finance from University of San Francisco. We believe that Mr. Tong’s experience as a seasoned investor makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Gary Dvorchak, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced director and advisor. From 2003 till present, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Founder and Managing Partner of Channel Island Partners, a hedge fund that manages large cap growth and growth-and-income funds. Additionally, since 2015, he has served as the Managing Partner of the Blueshirt Group, a company specializing in capital markets advisory and Investor Relations. Prior to that, from 2010 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak has served as Senior Vice President of Integrated Corporate Relations, a company that advises on Investor Relations. From 2003 to 2015, Mr. Dvorchak was also a contributing writer to thestreet.com’s Real Money Pro premium subscription service, where the site features leading money managers offering real time commentary to market developments. Mr. Dvorchak also served as Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Aviance Capital Management from 2003 to 2009, Senior Portfolio Manager of EGM Capital in 2002, Senior Vice President of Provident Investment Counsel from 1998 to 2001, and an Analyst of Hambrecht & Quist from 1992 to 1993. Prior to his work in Finance, Mr. Dvorchak was a Software Engineer at

115

Table of Contents

Prime Computer from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Dvorchak earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of Iowa and has an MBA from Kellog Graduate School of Management from Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Dvorchak’s extensive experience serving on boards and working with various investment companies makes him a qualified to serve on our board of directors.

We believe that Mr. Dvorchak’s rich experience as an asset manager and advisor makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Benjamin Berry, Director Nominee who will become our director upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, is an experienced entrepreneur and business manager with more than 20 years of experience. Since 2010, he has served as the Chief Operating Officer and Partner of Trellis Hospitality group, managing restaurants and consulting contracts for other Minnesota restaurants. Since 2019, he also served as CEO off Synergy Group Management, consulting and providing advisory services to a diverse range of public companies. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Barry was a Regional Director of various restaurants. Mr. Barry has a business management degree from Ramussen College.

We believe that Mr. Barry’s broad networks and senior management experience makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Other SPAC Experience

None of our management has been or is currently involved in any other SPACs. Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, and the collective experience of our officers and directors with blank check companies like ours is not significant. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). The past experience of our executive officers and directors do not guarantee that we will successfully consummate an initial business combination. In addition, the members of the management team may not remain with us subsequent to the consummation of a business combination.

Sponsors’ Information

We have two sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partner Ltd. Each of our sponsors was formed as an investment vehicle holding our securities and sponsoring the offering and our sponsors’ businesses are focused on investing in our company.

The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company of which Mr. Hongbo Xing, a Chinese national located in China, is the sole director and shareholder of 100% of its issued and outstanding shareholding. Mr. Hongbo Xing has more than a decade of experience in sales. Since July 1990, Mr. Xing has served as a Sales Manager in Shanxi, China for Shanxi Weiye Technology Development Co. In addition to Mr. Xing, we expect that three institutional investors, none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investors become non-managing members of Copley Square LLC simultaneously with the closing of this offering (the “Copley non-managing members”). Other than Mr. Xing, none of the members of Copley Square LLC will participate in our Company’s activities.

Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., and therefore holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the insider shares held of record by Northlake Partners Ltd. We do not expect any additional non-managing members of Northlake Partner Ltd. in connection with the offering. Mr. Tian Wang is a Chinese national located in China, who has been specialized in venture capital investment, and in particular, REITs fund data management and disclosure, since 2024.

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC, reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security ; in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in

116

Table of Contents

connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members at the closing of this offering reflecting indirect interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

Because (i) none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will hold voting interests in our sponsor nor have any rights to control our sponsor or to vote or dispose of any securities held by our sponsors, (ii) each of the Copley non-managing members is an institutional investor that is able to bear the complete risk of loss of the proposed investment in our sponsors, and (iii) no individual Copley non-managing member or independent director would indirectly own a significant percentage of any of the securities held by our sponsors, none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will have a direct or indirect material economic interest in our sponsors.

As of the date hereof, other than the Company, Mr. Xing, Mr. Wang, and the sponsors have not been involved in any other special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”).

The interests of the members of Copley Square LLC are denominated in three classes of membership interest units: (i) Class A membership units representing interests in the insider shares on a one-for-one basis, (ii) Class B membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) Class C membership units that will represent an interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The class B membership units are further subdivided into two series: (i) Class B-1 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will be subject to forfeiture and amendment to preserve membership interest in Copley Square LLC, and (ii) Class B-2 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will not be subject to forfeiture and amendment to reflect the fixed economic terms entered into by holders of Class B-2 membership units. The institutional investors will receive Class B-2 membership units and Copley Square Sponsor Limited, the managing member of Copley Square LLC, will hold Class B-1 membership units. Any Copley non-managing member that may join Copley Square LLC concurrently with this offering will hold certain Class A membership units representing their proportional interest in the insider shares, and certain Class B-2 membership units representing their proportional interest in private placement units, and certain Class C membership units representing their proportional interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Class A membership units will collectively represent an interest in 4,241,454, insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), the Class B-1 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 116,501 private placement units, the Class B-2 membership units will collectively represent an interest in 157,446 private placement units, and the Class C membership units will collectively represent an interest in 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley non-managing members will hold 1,417,014 Class A membership units collectively representing an interest in 1,417,014 insider shares, 157,446 Class B-2 membership units collectively representing an interest in 157,446 private placement units and 314,892 Class C membership units collectively representing an interest in 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares. Upon the closing of this offering, the Copley managing member will hold Class A membership units representing an interest in 2,824,440 insider shares (assuming full exercise of over-allotment option by the underwriters), Class B-1 membership units representing an interest in 116,501 private placement units, and Class C membership units representing an interest in 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

See “Summary — The Offering — Private placement Units.” Other than our management team, none of the other members of our sponsors will participate in our company’s activities. Because (i) none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will hold voting interests in our sponsors nor have any rights to control our sponsors or to vote or dispose of any securities held by our sponsors, (ii) each of the Copley non-managing members is an institutional investor that is able to bear the complete risk of loss of the proposed investment in our sponsors, and (iii) no individual Copley non-managing member or independent director would indirectly own a significant percentage of any of the securities held by our sponsors, none of the Copley non-managing members or our independent directors will have a direct or indirect material economic interest in our sponsors.

Our sponsors, officers and directors will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our sponsors, officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

117

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsors and their affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsors or their affiliates:

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Copley Square LLC(1)

 

4,241,454 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$15,269.2

   

273,947 private placement units and 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares(4)(5)

 

$2,549,640 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

Up to $800,000

 

Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering-related and organizational expenses

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

Northlake Partners Ltd.(7)

 

2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares(2)(3)

 

$8,778.8

   

66,017 private placement units and 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

$850,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised)

   

$10,000 per month (to either Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) until consummation of a business combination in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

 

Office space, administrative and support services, until consummation of our business combination

   

Up to $3,000,000 (borrowed either from Copley Square LLC or Northlake Partners Ltd.) in working capital loans may be converted into private placement units at a price of $10.00 per unit(6)

 

Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination.

   

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination

 

Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

118

Table of Contents

Entity/Individual

 

Amount of Compensation to be
Received or Securities Issued or to be
Issued

 

Consideration Paid or to be Paid

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

100,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CEO and Director

Hoon Ji Choi

 

60,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as CFO and Director

Gary Dvorchak

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Benjamin Berry

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

Qing Tong

 

20,000 Class B ordinary shares(8)

 

Service as independent director

____________

(1)      Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Copley Square LLC.

(2)      The Class B ordinary shares and the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the nominal price of $0.0036 per share at which our sponsors purchased the Class B ordinary shares and/or the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Our sponsors, directors and officers and their affiliates may receive additional compensation and/or may be issued additional securities in connection with an initial business combination, including securities that may result in material dilution to public shareholders. See “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share.” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(3)      If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

(4)      The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase Copley non-managing membership interests reflecting interests in (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised). Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

(5)      Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing the non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of 157,446 private placement non-managing securities.

(6)      After the completion of this offering, our board of directors may approve additional working capital loans for the purpose of funding working capital, which loans may be converted into our private placement units, shares, or rights. The Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the private placement units and rights, as well as any Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with conversion of working capital loans into additional private placement units (as described in this prospectus), may result in material dilution to our public shareholders. See “Description of Securities — Private Placement Units” on page 141; see also “Risk Factors — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units, and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination.” on page 58, “— We may issue additional ordinary shares or preferred shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks” on page 45, “— The value of the insider shares following completion of our initial business combination is likely to be substantially higher than the nominal price.

119

Table of Contents

(7)      Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Northlake Partners Ltd. paid for them, even if the trading price of our ordinary at such time is substantially less than $10.00 per share” on page 59 and “— Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination” on page 59.

(8)      These shares are held directly by certain of our officers and directors. The directors and officers will have the ability to vote and dispose of the shares, subject to applicable transfer restrictions.

Because our sponsors acquired the insider shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the private placement units and rights. See the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Sponsors, Advisors and Management Team — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsors for the insider shares, the purchase price paid by our sponsors for the private placement units and the vesting of the restricted Class A ordinary shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination.”

The insider shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, and (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur material dilution due to such anti-dilution adjustments that result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion or additional Class B ordinary shares.

In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination, our sponsors may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our insider shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.

While there is no current intention to do so, and the members of our management team and sponsors have not done so with any previously formed special purpose acquisition companies, we may approve an amendment or waiver of the letter agreement that would allow our sponsors to directly, or members of our sponsors to indirectly, transfer insider shares and private placement units or membership interests in our sponsors in a transaction in which the sponsors removes itself as our sponsors before identifying a business combination. As a result, there is a risk that our sponsors and our officers and directors may divest their ownership or economic interests in us or in our sponsors. There can be no assurance that any replacement sponsors or key personnel will successfully identify a business combination target for us, or, even if one is so identified, successfully complete such business combination.

If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution. This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provision of the insider shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the insider shares at the time of our initial business combination or additional Class B ordinary shares. In addition, the cashless exercise of the private placement units would further increase the dilution to our public shareholders.

120

Table of Contents

Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our initial shareholders, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on their ability to transfer, assign, or sell the insider shares and private placement units (and the underlying securities), and restricted Class A ordinary shares as summarized in the table below.

Types of Securities

 

Expiration Date

 

Persons Subject to
Restrictions

 

Lock-Up Terms

Insider Shares

 

Earlier of six months after completion of our initial business combination; or if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per Class A ordinary share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, Northlake Partners Ltd., non-sponsor investors, Sung Hyuk Lee, Hoon Ji Choi, Gary Dvorchak, Benjamin Berry, Qing Tong

 

Transfers are permitted: (i) among the insiders or to the Company’s insiders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent).

Private Placement Units

 

30 days after the completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Restricted Class A ordinary shares

 

90 days after completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

Same as above

Any units, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any units, ordinary shares, or insider shares

 

180 days after completion of our initial business combination

 

Copley Square LLC, non-sponsor investors

 

The representative in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, other than in the case of the officers and directors, which shall be with notice. Our sponsors, officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their insider shares and private placement units pursuant to the letter agreement described in the immediately preceding paragraphs.

The insider shares, the private placement units, and the restricted Class A ordinary shares, as applicable, held by the sponsors will only be distributed to the members of the sponsors (including the Copley non-managing members) after consummation of our initial business combination, at which time such Copley non-managing members would become subject to the applicable transfer restrictions with respect to such securities.

121

Table of Contents

Other than the foregoing, the sponsors do not have any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with the Company regarding any compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests in relation to our initial business combination, nor is there any agreement between the sponsors and any unaffiliated shareholders of the Company regarding redemptions, payments, compensation, reimbursement, or transfer of interests.

One of our sponsors, Copley Square LLC is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the other sponsor, Northlake Partners Ltd, is incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Some of our insiders, including our sponsors, officers and directors are located outside of the United States and will collectively own 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering, not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. As a result, we may be considered a “foreign person” under rules promulgated by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), and may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited. See “Risk Factor — We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company if such initial business combination is subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), or ultimately prohibited.” on page 79 of this prospectus.

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, certain of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our company, executive officers and directors, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our company, executive officers and directors. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. There is uncertainty, however, as to whether after the closing of this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or in connection with and following the consummation of our initial business combination, all officers and directors of the post-combination entity will be located in the Unites States. If we or post-combination entity has management members outside the United States either before or after the business combination, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon them and our sponsors, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws. See “Risk Factors — Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management member located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.” starting on page 76 of this prospectus.

Number, Terms of Office and Appointment of Directors and Officers

Our board of directors shall consist of six members. Each director serves until he/she is replaced. Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our insider shares. After completion of the business combination, subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares.

122

Table of Contents

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us, except that prior to this offering, Copley Square Sponsor Limited has transferred (i) an aggregate of 60,000 of its insider shares, or 20,000 each to our three independent directors for their board service, (ii) 100,000 of its insider shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and (iii) 60,000 insider shares to our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, all for nominal cash consideration prior to the closing of this offering. Other than as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, there will be no fees, reimbursements or cash payments made by the company to our sponsors, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, other than the following payments, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on NASDAQ through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will pay an affiliate of our sponsors a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Our sponsors, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review all payments that were made to our sponsors, officers, directors or our or their affiliates. Prior to the closing of this offering, Copley managing member has agreed to loan us up to $800,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of the date on which we determine not to conduct an initial public offering of our securities or the closing of this offering. These loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time such materials are distributed, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Director Independence

NASDAQ requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors.” Currently, Mr. Tong, Mr. Dvorchak, and Mr. Berry would each be considered an “independent director” under the NASDAQ listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must also be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested independent directors.

123

Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee all of whom must be independent. Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Mr. Tong, Mr. Dvorchak, and Mr. Berry, each of whom is an independent director under NASDAQ’s listing standards. Mr. Tong is the Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

•        discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

•        discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

•        monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

•        verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

•        reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

•        inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•        pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

•        appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

•        determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

•        establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

•        approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under NASDAQ listing standards. NASDAQ listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to NASDAQ that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Tong qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

124

Table of Contents

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders).

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Compensation Committee

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Mr. Tong, Mr. Dvorchak, and Mr. Berry, each of whom is an independent director under NASDAQ’s listing standards. Mr. Berry is the Chairperson of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation;

•        reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

•        reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•        assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

•        if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•        reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

Code of Ethics

Upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

125

Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

•        None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

•        In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management has pre-existing fiduciary duties and contractual obligations and may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. As a result, our officers or directors may present a potential target to our competitor that would had been presented to us or devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

•        Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.

•        The insider shares owned by our officers and directors will be released from certain lock-up only if a business combination is successfully completed and subject to certain other limitations. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any of their insider shares if we do not complete a business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. For the foregoing reasons, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, completing a business combination in a timely manner and securing the release of their shares.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the Company’s business combination and acquisition criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the Company’s business combination and acquisition criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, most of our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors. To the extent they identify business opportunities which may be suitable for the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations, our officers and directors will honor those fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, it is possible they may not present opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to us unless the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities.

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have.

126

Table of Contents

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our existing shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective insider shares in favor of any proposed business combination. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to those ordinary shares acquired by them prior to this offering. If they purchase ordinary shares in this offering or in the open market, however, they would be entitled to participate in any liquidation distribution in respect of such shares but have agreed not to convert such shares (or sell their shares in any tender offer) in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to pre-business combination activity.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our independent directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or insiders, unless we have obtained (i) an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view and (ii) the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time). Furthermore, in no event will any of our insiders, officers, directors, special advisors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination.

Our insiders and management may also purchase public units or shares during or after this offering, including in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. During the offering, if any insiders or management participates in the offering as an anchor investor, they may receive incentives which offer greater economic benefits than those available to public investors in the offering. In addition, in order to incentivize the participation of certain potential anchor investors, our sponsors may offer or share its economics in certain of our securities with such potential anchor investors, the net effect of which could be to provide greater economic benefit to such potential anchor investors than that provided to other investors in the offering.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

Individual

 

Entity

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

Plutus Partners Co, Ltd.

 

Private Equity

 

CEO (Seoul)

Hoon Ji Choi

 

Plutus Partners

 

Private Equity

 

Managing Director (Seoul)

Qing Tong

 

Plutus Partners

 

Private Equity

 

Managing Director (China)

Gary Dvorchak

 

StartSampling Inc.

 

Product sampling service

 

Director

   

Channel Island Partners.

 

Hedge Fund

 

Managing Partner

   

Blueshirt Group

 

Investment advisory

 

Managing Director

Benjamin Berry

 

HRM, LLC

 

Consulting and Management

 

COO and Director

   

Craft Beerhall & Kitchen LLC

 

Food and Beverage

 

Director

   

Tri-City IV

 

Wellness Clinic

 

Director

   

Energroup Holdings, Inc.

 

Food company

 

Director

127

Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the Trust Account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

128

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus and the sale of the Class A ordinary shares included in the private placement units (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

•        each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

•        each of our officers and directors; and

•        all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of the restricted Class A ordinary shares as they will vest upon the consummation of the initial business combination and any ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights as the rights are not convertible within sixty days of the date of this prospectus.

We have two sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partner Ltd. The managing member of Copley Square LLC is Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which is 100% owned and managed by its sole director Mr. Hongbo Xing. However, we expect that three institutional investors, none of which are affiliated with any member of our management or any other investors, to become non-managing members of Copley Square LLC simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partner Ltd., and we currently do not expect there to be any additional members of Northlake Partner Ltd. For more details of our sponsors, see “Summary — Sponsors’ Information” on page 4.

Prior to the offering, our initial shareholders, including our sponsors, Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partners Ltd., either directly or indirectly, own an aggregate of insider shares acquired for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.0036 per share. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from us. The insider shares transferred to our independent director nominees and certain members of our management team will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. The following table presents the number of shares and percentage of our ordinary shares owned by our initial shareholders before and after this offering. The post-offering numbers and percentages presented assume that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, that Copley Square LLC forfeits 900,000 insider shares, and that there are 25,359,856 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering, consisting of (i) 19,359,896 Class A ordinary shares (including 339,964 private placement shares and 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares, which would vest only upon the consummation of the initial business combination) and (ii) 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares.

 

Prior to Offering

 

After Offering(2)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
(3)

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Issued and
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Issued and
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares

Principal Shareholders (5% or more)

       

 

       

 

Copley Square LLC(4)(5)

 

4,241,454

 

61.5

%

 

4,380,293

 

17.3

%

Hongbo Xing(4)

 

4,241,454

 

61.5

%

 

4,380,293

 

17.3

%

Northlake Partners Ltd.(6)

 

2,438,546

 

35.3

%

 

2,759,563

 

10.9

%

Tian Wang

 

2,438,546

 

35.3

%

 

2,759,563

 

10.9

%

129

Table of Contents

 

Prior to Offering

 

After Offering(2)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
(3)

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Issued and
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Issued and
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares

Directors and Executive Officers

       

 

       

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

100,000

 

1.7

%

 

100,000

 

*

Hoon Ji Choi

 

60,000

 

*

 

 

60,000

 

*

Hongbo Xing

 

20,000

 

*

 

 

20,000

 

*

Gary Dvorchak

 

20,000

 

*

 

 

20,000

 

*

Benjamin Berry

 

20,000

 

*

 

 

20,000

 

*

All directors and executive officers (five individuals) as a group

 

220,000

 

3.7

%

 

220,000

 

*

____________

*        Less than 1%.

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, at 3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro, Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362.

(2)      Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option, therefore, an aggregate of 900,000 ordinary shares held by our insiders are surrendered for no consideration.

(3)      Interests shown consist of 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares which are referred to herein as insider shares. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities.” This number assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised and that Copley Square LLC forfeits 900,000 Class B ordinary shares.

(4)      Copley Square LLC is the record holder of the shares reported herein. Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the managing member of Copley Square LLC; Mr. Hongbo Xing is the sole member and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited, which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Copley Square LLC. As such, he may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the Class B ordinary shares held directly by Copley Square LLC.

(5)      The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC, reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest for each private placement non-managing security; in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The Copley non-managing members are not granted any shareholder or other rights in addition to those afforded to our other public shareholders, and will only be issued membership interests in Copley Square LLC, with no right to control the sponsor or vote or dispose of any securities held by Copley Square LLC, including the insider shares held by the initial shareholders.

(6)      Northlake Partners Ltd. is the record holder of the shares reported herein. Mr. Tian Wang is the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., which entitles him to have voting, dispositive or investment powers over Northlake Partners Ltd. As such, he may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the Class B ordinary shares held directly by Northlake Partners Ltd.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own approximately 25% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (not including the private placement shares and restricted Class A ordinary shares, and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). None of our insiders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he intends to purchase securities in this offering. Because of the ownership block held by our insiders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination. In addition, because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions, including our initial business combination. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial shareholders at 25% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Our public shareholders may incur immediate and substantial dilution upon such adjustment.

130

Table of Contents

Our sponsors will subscribe to purchase an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares at a combined price of $10.00 per private placement security for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised) in private placements to that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Among the 339,964 private placement units to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Among the 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd.

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase non-managing membership interests in Copley Square LLC reflecting interests in an aggregate of (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised). Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement non-managing securities allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing member reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

Proceeds from the private placement securities will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement securities held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement securities will expire worthless. The private placement units are subject to the transfer restrictions described below.

Our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider shares will be released from the lock-up if (i) the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after our initial business combination commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination or (ii) if the post-combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. The private placement units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until at least 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination (except to certain permitted transferees).

The rules of NASDAQ provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement units be deposited in a Trust Account. An aggregate of $180,000,000 (or an aggregate of $207,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) from the proceeds of this offering and the sales of the private placement units, or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering (regardless of whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part), will be placed in a Trust Account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. Such amount includes $5,400,000, or up to $0.30 per unit sold to the public in this offering (or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The remaining $800,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the Trust Account.

Except as set forth below, the proceeds in the Trust Account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination within the required time period or our entry into liquidation if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until an initial business combination is

131

Table of Contents

consummated, the proceeds held in the Trust Account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account are insufficient, or to extend our life, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates/designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available.

Our sponsors and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

Expression of Interest

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase Copley non-managing membership interests reflecting interests in (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised).

Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement security allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares. The Copley non-managing members are not granted any shareholder or other rights in addition to those afforded to our other public shareholders, and will only be issued membership interests in Copley Square LLC, with no right to control the sponsor or vote or dispose of any securities held by Copley Square LLC, including the insider shares and the private placement units held by Copley Square LLC. The interests of the members of Copley Square LLC are denominated in three classes of membership interest units: (i) Class A membership units representing interests in the insider shares on a one-for-one basis, (ii) Class B membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) Class C membership units that will represent an interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The class B membership units are further subdivided into two series: (i) Class B-1 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will be subject to forfeiture and amendment, and (ii) Class B-2 membership units that will represent an interest in the private placement units and which will not be subject to forfeiture and amendment. The institutional investors will receive Class B-2 membership units representing their interests in the private placement units whereas those private placement units not held indirectly by institutional investors will be represented Class B-1 membership units. All members of Copley Square LLC, including the Copley managing member, and any Copley non-managing member that may join Copley Square LLC concurrently with this offering, will hold classes of membership units representing their proportional interest in the insider shares and private placement units, respectively, and the Copley non-managing members will also hold membership units representing their proportional interest in the restricted Class A ordinary shares. Pursuant to an agreement of all members of Copley Square LLC, the management and control of Copley Square LLC is vested exclusively with the managing member of Copley Square LLC, without any voting, veto, consent or other participation rights by any Copley non-managing members regardless of their unit ownership. As a result of this management structure, Copley non-managing members will have no right to control Copley Square LLC, or participate in any decision regarding the disposal of any security held by Copley Square LLC, or otherwise. Further, the Copley non-managing members are not required to (i) hold any units, Class A ordinary shares, public units or rights they may purchase in this offering or thereafter for any amount of time, or enter into a lock-up agreement with us or the underwriters with respect to any units, Class A ordinary shares or public units, (ii) vote any Class A ordinary shares they may own at the applicable time in favor of our initial business combination or (iii) refrain from exercising their right to redeem their public shares at the time of our initial business combination. The Copley non-managing members will have the same rights to the funds held in the trust account with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the units they may purchase in this offering as the rights afforded to our other public shareholders. However, if the Copley non-managing members purchase any of the units for which they have expressed an interest in purchasing, then the Copley non-managing members will potentially have different interests than our other public shareholders in approving our initial business combination and otherwise exercising their rights

132

Table of Contents

as public shareholders because of their indirect ownership of insider shares and private placement securities as further discussed in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Copley non-managing members will acquire any units, either directly or indirectly, in this offering, or as to the amount of the units these investors will retain, if any, prior to or upon the consummation of our initial business combination. Because these expressions of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, Copley non-managing members may determine to purchase a different number of units in this offering, or none at all. In addition, the underwriters have full discretion to allocate the units to investors and may determine to sell a different number of units to the Copley non-managing members, or none at all. In the event that the Copley non-managing members purchase the number of units in which they have expressed an interest (either in this offering or after) and vote them in favor of our initial business combination, no affirmative votes from other public shareholders would be required to approve our initial business combination. However, because our Copley non-managing members are not obligated to continue owning any public shares following the closing and are not obligated to vote any public shares in favor of our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that any of these Copley non-managing members will be public shareholders at the time our shareholders vote on our initial business combination, and, if they are public shareholders, we cannot assure you as to how such Copley non-managing members will vote on any business combination.

Restrictions on Transfers of Insider Shares, Private Placement Units, and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares

The insider shares, private placement units, working capital units, and any underlying securities, and restricted Class A ordinary shares, are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in a letter agreement with us to be entered into by our insiders. Those lock-up provisions provide (1) not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider shares will be released from the lock-up if (i) the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after our initial business combination commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination or (ii) if the post-combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property; (2) in the case of private placement units, underlying securities and any units may be issued upon the conversion of the working capital loans and underlying securities, until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination; (3) in the case of the restricted Class A ordinary shares, until 90 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

Holders of insider shares, private placement units, working capital units, and any underlying securities, and restricted Class A ordinary shares may only transfer or sell them (i) among the insiders or to the Company’s insiders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent). We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up.

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) insider shares, (ii) private placement units, Class A ordinary shares included in the private placement units, and the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement rights, (iii) restricted Class A ordinary shares, and (iv) any private placement units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and their permitted transferees will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring us to register such securities for resale. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

133

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On September 19, 2024, (1) we issued 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each to Copley Square Sponsor Limited for a purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, and (2) Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered one ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from us. On July 14, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held, and on August 14, 2025 transferred the remaining 6,680,000 Class B ordinary shares to Copley Square LLC in exchange for becoming the managing member of Copley Square LLC. In addition, on September 16, 2025, Copley Square LLC transferred 2,438,546 Class B ordinary shares to Northlake Partners Ltd. at $0.0036 per share. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares.” The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 insider shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). None of our insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

Our sponsors will subscribe to purchase an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares at a combined price of $10.00 per private placement security for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised) in private placements to that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Among the 339,964 private placement units to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 273,947 private placement units would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 116,501 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 157,446 private placement units would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 66,017 units would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd. Among the 1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by our sponsors, (i) 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Copley Square LLC (among which, 450,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley managing member and 314,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased indirectly by the Copley non-managing members), and (ii) 255,000 restricted Class A ordinary shares would be purchased by Northlake Partners Ltd.

The private placement units are identical to the public units sold in this offering, except that the private placement units (including the underlying shares) are subject to certain transfer restrictions and the holders thereof are entitled to certain registration rights, as described herein, and will not be redeemable by us. A portion of the purchase price of the private placement units will be added to the proceeds from this offering to be held in the trust account such that at the time of closing $180,000,000 (or $207,000,000 if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) will be held in the trust account. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window, the private placement units (and the underlying securities) will expire worthless.

The Copley non-managing members have expressed an interest to purchase Copley non-managing membership interests reflecting interests in (i) 157,446 of the 273,947 private placement units to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, and (ii) 314,892 of the 764,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by Copley Square LLC, at a price of $10.00 per interest in each private placement non-managing security, in private placements that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised). Subject to each Copley non-managing member purchasing, through Copley Square LLC, the private placement security allocated to it in connection with the closing of this offering, Copley Square LLC will issue non-managing membership interests at a nominal purchase price to the Copley non-managing members reflecting interests in an aggregate of 1,417,014 insider shares.

The private placement units, the private placement rights, and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement rights, may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsors until six months after the completion of our initial business combination and the restricted Class A ordinary shares will not be transferable assignable or salable until 90 days after the completion of our initial business combination.

134

Table of Contents

As described in “Proposed Business — Sourcing of Potential Business Combination Targets” and “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for one or more entities to which he or she has fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties, he or she will honor these obligations and duties to present such business combination opportunity to such entities first, and only present it to us if such entities reject the opportunity and he or she determines to present the opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have other relevant fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties that may take priority over their duties to us.

On September 19, 2024, Copley managing member had agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $800,000 to be used to pay formation expenses and a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of June 30, 2025, we had borrowed $395,739 under the loan. The loan is payable without interest on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2026 and (ii) date on which we consummate our initial public offering. The loan is payable without interest on the date on which we consummate our initial public offering. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid. We intend to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the Trust Account. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

Commencing on the effective date of this registration statement through the earlier of consummation of our initial Business Combination and liquidation, an affiliate of our sponsors shall be allowed to charge us up to $10,000 per month for our use of its offices, utilities and personnel. We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Additionally, in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates or designees may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per working capital unit. If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

The holders of the (i) insider shares, (ii) private placement shares and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement rights, (iii) restricted Class A ordinary shares, and (iv) any private placement units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and their permitted transferees, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from lock-up. The holders of a majority of the private placement units or securities issued in payment of working capital loans or loans to extend our life made to us can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time 30 days following completion of our initial business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

135

Table of Contents

Other than the fees described above, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our insiders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company. A form of the code of ethics that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter that we will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. A form of the audit committee charter that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our insiders unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire, or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. Furthermore, no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments will be made to our insiders, existing officers, directors or advisors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination although we may consider cash or other compensation to officers or advisors we may hire subsequent to this offering to be paid either prior to or in connection with our initial business combination. In addition, the following payments will be made to our insiders or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

•        repayment at the closing of this offering of an aggregate of approximately $800,000 of loans made by the Copley managing member;

•        payment to an affiliate of our sponsors of a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services;

136

Table of Contents

•        repayment at the closing of this offering of loans which may be made by our insiders, officers, directors or any of its or their affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined;

•        reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations; and

•        repayment of loans which may be made by the sponsors, an affiliate of our sponsors or our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $3,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into private units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. In addition, after the completion of this offering, our board of directors may approve additional working capital loans for the purpose of funding working capital, which loans may be converted into our private units, shares, or rights. The units would be identical to the private placement units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

137

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, 90,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each, and 10,000,000 preferred shares, of a par value of $0.0001 each. Immediately after this offering, there will be 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares (assuming, in each case, that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option and 900,000 insider shares have been surrendered for no consideration as a result) issued and outstanding. As a result, there will be 382,000,000 unissued Class A ordinary shares, 84,000,000 unissued Class B ordinary shares, and 10,000,000 unissued preferred shares available for issuance, respectively, which amount does not take into account the Class A ordinary shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of any outstanding rights. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, there will be no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

The following description summarizes the material terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. Each one right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share at the closing of the initial business combination.

The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units are expected to begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless the Representatives inform us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the Class A ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component securities. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into Class A ordinary shares and rights.

In no event will the Class A ordinary shares and rights be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering and the sale of the private placement units. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes this audited balance sheet promptly after the completion of this offering. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Additionally, the units will automatically separate into their component parts and will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination.

Ordinary Shares

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there were 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were held of record by our initial shareholders, so that our initial shareholders will own approximately 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering and the expiration of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be 25,359,856 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), including:

•        18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units issued as part of this offering;

•        6,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our insiders; and

•        339,964 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units.

•        1,019,892 restricted Class A ordinary shares.

138

Table of Contents

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a compulsory redemption or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of insider shares, on an as-converted basis, at approximately 25% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering.

Ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Except as described below, holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as required by law. Unless specified in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares that are voted, and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our insider shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors (which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of our Class B ordinary shares). These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than 90% of our ordinary shareholders who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the holders of our Class B ordinary shares. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors prior to the initial business combination. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our insider shares may remove any director of the Company. In connection with our initial business combination, we may enter into a shareholders agreement or other arrangements with the shareholders of the target with respect to voting and other corporate governance matters following completion of the initial business combination.

Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of up to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we will be authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.

In accordance with the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our insider shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our insider shares may remove any director of the Company.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial owner must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our sponsors and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any insider shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period

139

Table of Contents

of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. Unlike many blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the voting rights held by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote at a general meeting of the company. However, the participation of our sponsors, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, abstentions will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any general meeting.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to Excess Shares, without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the voting rights held by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsors and each member of our management team have agreed to vote their insider shares and public shares in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, for purpose of seeking shareholder approval for our initial business combination, in addition to our insider shares, we would need additional 1,093,429 public shares to vote in order to obtain a quorum which will be, pursuant to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we will adopt immediately prior to or upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, one third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Once a quorum is obtained, (i) assuming only a quorum is present and voted at such meeting held to vote on our initial business combination, we do not need any additional vote from public shareholders to approve the initial business combination, or (ii) assuming all issued and outstanding shares are present and voted, we need additional 5,320,073, or 29.6%, of the 18,000,000 public shares sold in this offering are needed to be voted in favor of a transaction (none of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or Class A ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private placement units). Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against, or abstain from voting on, the proposed transaction (subject to the limitation described in this prospectus). However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open

140

Table of Contents

market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be purchased by the insiders. Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including the fact that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us (less taxes payable and up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), if any divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our sponsors and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any insider shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the Trust Account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Private placement units

Each private placement unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A share upon consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months if the completion window is extended as described herein), the proceeds of the sale of the private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement units and restricted Class A ordinary shares will expire worthless.

The private placement units (including the private placement shares, the private placement rights, and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private placement rights) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until six months after the completion of our initial business combination (except, among other limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders — Transfers of insider shares, Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A ordinary shares,” to our directors and officers and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsors). The restricted Class A ordinary shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 90 days after the completion of our initial business combination and will be entitled to registration rights. Otherwise, the private placement units are identical to the units sold in this offering except that the private placement units will be entitled to registration rights.

141

Table of Contents

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, either our sponsors or any of their affiliates or certain of our directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $3,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into private units upon the consummation of our initial business combination at a price of $10.00 per unit, as applicable, at the option of the lender. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsors or an affiliate of our sponsors, as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

Additionally, the units that have not already been separated will automatically separate into their component parts in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and will no longer be listed thereafter.

Insider shares

The insider shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of insider shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that: (a) the Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein, (b) the insider shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below; (c) prior to our initial business combination, only holders of the insider shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and holders of a majority of our insider shares may remove any director of the Company; (d) our sponsors and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any insider shares and public shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; (e) holders of insider shares are entitled to registration rights. Additionally, our sponsors have agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to its insider shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares shall convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 25% of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares, subject to vesting and any other restrictions, issued or deemed issued to (i) our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) in connection with the consummation of this offering, (ii) any seller in the initial business combination, (iii) the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units, and (iv) any Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors (or their members or affiliates) upon conversion of working capital loans, and (v) restricted Class A ordinary shares issued to our sponsors.

Except as described herein, our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insider shares will be released from the lock-up if (i) the last reported sale price

142

Table of Contents

of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after our initial business combination commencing at least 90 days after the initial business combination or (ii) if the post-combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own ordinary shares directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of not less than two-thirds of the voting rights held by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsors and each member of our management team have agreed to vote their insider shares and public shares in favor of our initial business combination (not including restricted Class A ordinary shares, which will not have any voting rights prior to completion of our initial business combination, and excepting any public shares such parties may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction).

Except in certain limited circumstances, no member of the sponsors (including the Copley non-managing members) may transfer all or any portion of their membership interests in the sponsors. For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Insider Shares, Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A ordinary shares”.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our insider shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our insider shares may remove any director of the Company. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than 90% of our ordinary shareholders who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our holders of Class B ordinary shares. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of our insider shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

•        the names and addresses of the members, together with a statement of the shares held by each member and such statement shall confirm (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on the shares of each member, (ii) the number and category of shares held by each member, and (iii) whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;

•        the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

•        the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

143

Table of Contents

Preferred Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of up to 10,000,000 preferred shares and provide that preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred shares issued and outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering.

Rights

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even if the holder of a public right redeemed all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each registered holder of a right will be required to affirmatively redeem his, her or its rights in order to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each one Class A ordinary share underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the business combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial business combination. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis.

We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition after completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends after our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of insider shares, on an as-converted basis, at approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

144

Table of Contents

Our Transfer Agent and Right Agent

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares and right agent for our rights is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent and right agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any claims and losses due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements.    In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction) so as to form a single surviving company.

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of two-thirds of the voting shares voted at a general meeting) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger

145

Table of Contents

or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement that generally will be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by (a) 75% in value of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, or (b) a majority in number representing 75% in value of the creditors or each class of creditors, as the case may be, with whom the arrangement is to be made, that are, in each case, present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

•        the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been complied with;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

•        the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights (providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares), which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations.

Squeeze-out provisions.    The Companies Act also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer relates within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining

146

Table of Contents

shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.

Shareholders’ suits.    Harney Westwood & Riegels, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands courts can be expected to apply and follow common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) that permit a minority shareholder to commence a class action against the company or a derivative action in the name of the company to challenge certain acts, including the following:

•        a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

•        the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be only effected if duly authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; or

•        those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Enforcement of civil liabilities.    The Cayman Islands has a less prescriptive body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have also been advised by Harney Westwood & Riegels that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), the Cayman Islands Grand Court will at common law enforce final and conclusive in personam judgments of state and/or federal courts of the United States of America, or the “Foreign Court,” of a debt or definite sum of money against the company (other than a sum of money payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature, or in respect of a fine or other penalty (which may include a multiple damages judgment in an anti-trust action)). The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands will also at common law enforce final and conclusive in personam judgments of the Foreign Court that are non-monetary against the company, for example, declaratory judgments ruling upon the true legal owner of shares in a Cayman Islands company. The Grand Court will exercise its discretion in the enforcement of non-money judgments by applying the law of equity and determining whether the principle of comity requires recognition. To be treated as final and conclusive, any relevant judgment must be regarded as res judicata by the Foreign Court. A debt claim on a foreign judgment must be brought within 12 years of the judgment becoming enforceable, and arrears of interest on a judgment debt cannot be recovered after six years from the date on which the interest was due. The Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the Foreign Court under civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities law if such a judgment is found by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature, or if such judgment was obtained in a manner and is of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. Such a determination has not yet been made by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, and it is therefore uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from the Foreign Court would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. A judgment entered in default of appearance by a defendant who has had notice of the Foreign Court’s intention to proceed may be final and conclusive notwithstanding that the Foreign Court has power to set aside its own judgment and despite the fact that it may be subject to an appeal the time-limit for which has not yet expired. The Grand Court may safeguard the defendant’s rights by granting a stay of execution pending any such appeal and may also grant interim injunctive relief as appropriate for the purpose of enforcement.

147

Table of Contents

Special considerations for exempted companies.    We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution under Cayman Islands law. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a resolution is deemed to be a special resolution where it has been approved by either (i) the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders entitled to vote and so voting at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Other than as described above, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders.

Our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own approximately 25% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (not including the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that:

•        If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us (less taxes payable and up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses),

148

Table of Contents

if any divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

•        Prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issue additional securities that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on our initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (y) amend the foregoing provisions;

•        Although we currently do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsors, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

•        If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will initiates any tender offer pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

•        So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

•        If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein; and

•        We will not effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

149

Table of Contents

The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

Anti-money Laundering — Cayman Islands

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects, or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting, that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

150

Table of Contents

DATA PROTECTION — CAYMAN ISLANDS

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “DPA”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPA (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPA, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPA or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

(i)     where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

(ii)    where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

(iii)   where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

151

Table of Contents

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign regulatory authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipate disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association

Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

152

Table of Contents

SECURITIES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after this offering we will have 25,359,856 (or 26,259,856 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) ordinary shares outstanding. Of these shares, the 18,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 20,700,000 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 6,000,000 (or 6,900,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) insider shares and all 339,964 private placement shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering, and are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares, or rights for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares, or rights for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the total number of ordinary shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal 253,598 shares immediately after this offering (or 289,599 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), on an as converted basis; or

•        the average weekly reported trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

•        the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•        the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•        the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

•        at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, our sponsors will be able to sell its insider shares and private placement units pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the (i) insider shares, (ii) private placement units, Class A ordinary shares included in the private placement units, and the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement rights, (iii) restricted Class A ordinary shares, and (iv) any private placement units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans

153

Table of Contents

and their permitted transferees will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring us to register such securities for resale. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, D. Boral may not exercise its demand and “piggyback” registration rights after five and seven years, respectively, after the commencement of sales of this offering and may not exercise its demand rights on more than one occasion.

Listing of Securities

We have applied to list our units, Class A ordinary shares and rights on the NASDAQ under the symbols “HAVAU”, “HAVA” and “HAVAR” on or promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. Following the date that the Class A ordinary shares and rights are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed separately and as a unit on the NASDAQ. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on the NASDAQ.

154

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, ordinary shares and rights to acquire our ordinary shares, sometimes referred to, individually or collectively, in this summary as our “securities,” is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our securities, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Prospective investors should consult their advisors on the possible tax considerations generally applicable to investing in our securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares unless the instrument of transfer is executed in or brought into the Cayman Islands.

United States Federal Income Taxation

General

This section is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax provisions relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities issued pursuant to this offering by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This section does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, Medicare contribution tax laws, or the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our securities, nor does it provide any actual representations as to any tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our securities.

Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder within a short period of time after the date of this prospectus, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary share, and rights components of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to actual holders of ordinary shares, and rights should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying ordinary shares, and rights that comprise the units).

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual citizen or resident of the United States as determined for United States federal income tax purposes;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

155

Table of Contents

•        an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a beneficial owner of our securities is not described as a U.S. Holder and is not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such owner will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition ownership and disposition of our securities applicable specifically to Non-U.S. Holders are described below under the heading “Non-U.S. Holders.”

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion assumes that the ordinary shares and rights will trade separately and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders that purchase units pursuant to this offering and that own and hold our securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

•        financial institutions or financial services entities;

•        broker-dealers;

•        taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules under Section 475 of the Code;

•        tax-exempt entities;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        insurance companies;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

•        expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 5 percent or more of our voting shares;

•        persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;

•        persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction;

•        persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•        controlled foreign corporations; or

•        passive foreign investment companies.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, Medicare contribution tax laws, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or, except as discussed herein, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our securities. Additionally, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the

156

Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion also assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our securities and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. IT DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY ACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AS TO ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES AND WE HAVE NOT OBTAINED ANY OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TAX CONSEQUENCES. AS A RESULT, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY NON-INCOME TAX LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

There is no authority addressing the treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. Each unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, and one right to acquire one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit generally must allocate the purchase price of a unit among the Class A ordinary share and one right based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each Class A ordinary share and right generally will be the holder’s tax basis in such share, or right, as the case may be.

The foregoing treatment of our Class A ordinary shares, rights and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each holder is advised to consult its own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit or the components thereof) and regarding an allocation of the purchase price among the components of a unit. The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units (and the components thereof) and any allocations of the purchase price of a unit as described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

Tax Reporting Transfers of Property

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of the Company’s shares or rights to acquire the Company’s shares) paid on our ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such

157

Table of Contents

basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares. Dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a U.S. Holder that is a corporation owning at least 10 percent of our shares by vote and value, a dividend received by such a U.S. Holder on an ordinary share may be eligible for a dividends-received deduction with respect to the U.S. source portion of such dividends, if any. Such corporate U.S. Holders must have owned such shares for over 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the ex-dividend date. The code also provides a dividends-received deduction for a dividend received from a “specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation” by a U.S. corporation that is a 10% U.S. Shareholder (i.e., any U.S. person that owns directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company or 10% or more of the total value of shares of all classes of shares of the Company) with respect to the foreign-source portion of such dividend. However, the deduction for the foreign-source portion of dividends received by specified 10-percent owned foreign corporations is generally disallowed in its entirety if the common share with respect to which the dividend is paid is owned by such corporate U.S. Holder for less than 366 days during the 731-day period beginning on the date which is 365 days before the date on which the common share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends may be subject to the lower applicable long-term capital gains tax rate (see “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” below) if our ordinary shares are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States, we are not a PFIC at the time the dividend was paid or in the previous year, and certain other requirements are met. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any cash dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Securities

Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our securities (which, in general, would include a redemption of ordinary shares, as discussed below, and our liquidation and subsequent dissolution in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time), and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) sum of the amount realized of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the ordinary shares or rights are held as part of the units at the time of disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the ordinary shares, or rights based on the then fair market values of the ordinary shares, and rights, constituting the units) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the securities so disposed.

A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its securities generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to the holder’s ordinary shares, and/or rights, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) reduced, in the case of an ordinary share, by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.

The regular U.S. federal income tax rate on capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally is the same as the regular U.S. federal income tax rate on ordinary income, except that under tax law currently in effect long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at reduced rates. Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the securities exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period of the ordinary shares for this purpose. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations. U.S. Holders who recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our securities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if a U.S. Holder converts ordinary shares into the right to receive cash pursuant to a redemption transaction or sells its ordinary shares to us pursuant to a tender offer or other open market transaction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such, redemption or sale generally will be treated as a redemption and will be subject to the following rules. If the redemption or sale qualifies as a sale of the ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, the tax treatment of such redemption will be as described under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” above. If the redemption or sale does not qualify as a sale of ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, a U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a distribution with the tax consequences described under “Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares” above. Whether redemption of our shares qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our ordinary shares treated as held by such U.S. Holder (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. Holder as a result of owning rights) relative to all of our shares issued and

158

Table of Contents

outstanding both before and after such redemption or sale. The redemption of ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the ordinary shares (rather than as a distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to a U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder must take into account not only our ordinary shares actually owned by such holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by such holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to our ordinary shares owned directly, ordinary shares owned by related individuals and entities in which such holder has an interest or that have an interest in such holder, as well as any ordinary shares such holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would possibly include ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuant to the rights. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by a U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of our ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting and ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately before the redemption. Prior to our initial business combination, the ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed and such holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives, in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members and such holder does not constructively own any other shares. The redemption of the ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of any such redemption or sale of any ordinary shares.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption may be treated as a distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis a U.S. Holder has in the redeemed ordinary shares will be added to the adjusted tax basis in such holder’s remaining ordinary shares. If there are no remaining ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the allocation of any remaining basis. U.S. Holders should also be aware that substantially contemporaneous dispositions or acquisitions of our shares that are part of a plan viewed as an integrated transaction with the redemption may be taken into account in determining whether any of the tests described above are satisfied.

Certain U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own five percent (or if our ordinary shares are not then publicly traded, one percent) or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of ordinary shares, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

Conversion or Lapse of Rights

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally should not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of ordinary shares on the conversion of the rights, such ordinary shares should have a tax basis equal to such holder’s tax basis in the rights, and the holding period of such shares should begin on the day after such conversion. In addition, a U.S. Holder generally should recognize a capital loss on the lapse of the rights equal to such holder’s tax basis in the rights.

Unearned Income Medicare Tax

Under current tax law, U.S. Holders that are individual, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on unearned income, including, among other things, dividends on, and gains from the sale or other disposition of, our securities, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. Under current regulations, in the absence of a special election, such unearned income generally would not include income inclusions under the qualified election fund (“QEF”) rules discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” but would include distributions of earnings and profits from a QEF. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of such tax on their ownership and disposition or our securities.

159

Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year of such foreign corporation, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. In addition, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes, among other items, dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income, if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the startup exception to our current taxable year, perhaps until after the end of our two taxable years following our startup year). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our securities and, in the case of our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) such ordinary shares, a QEF election along with a deemed sale (or purging) election, or a “mark-to-market” election, each as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to:

•        any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our securities; and

•        any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of our securities during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities).

Under these rules,

•        the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities;

•        the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

•        the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

•        the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election (or a QEF election along with a purging election). Pursuant to the QEF election, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year

160

Table of Contents

ends if we are treated as a PFIC for that taxable year. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

In addition, the treatment of the rights to acquire our ordinary shares is unclear. It is likely that a U.S. Holder of rights would not be able to make a QEF or mark-to-market election (discussed below) with respect to such U.S. Holder’s rights. Due to the uncertainty of the application of the PFIC rules to the rights, all potential investors are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding an investment in the rights offered hereunder as part of the units offering and the subsequent consequences to holders of such rights in any initial business combination.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there is no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. Additionally, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of a QEF generally are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The adjusted tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination that we are a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held our securities while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any of our taxable years that end within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder files on a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions) a QEF election and a purging election to recognize under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code any gain that the U.S. Holder would otherwise recognize if the U.S. Holder had sold our shares for their fair market value on the “qualification date.” The qualification date is the first day of our tax year in which we qualify as a QEF with respect to such U.S. Holder. The purging election can only be made if such U.S. Holder held our shares on the qualification date. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. Holder will increase the adjusted tax basis in our shares by the amount of the gain recognized and will also have a new holding period in the shares for purposes of the PFIC rules.

161

Table of Contents

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares as long as such shares continue to be treated as marketable shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income for each year that we are treated as a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares in a taxable year in which we are treated as a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Special tax rules may also apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) its ordinary shares and for which we are treated as a PFIC. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to our rights.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the NASDAQ Stock Market, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders of our shares generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is or has been made) with such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our securities should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. Holder.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our units, ordinary shares, or rights that is for United States federal income tax purposes”

•        a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates)

162

Table of Contents

•        a foreign corporation; or

•        an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder;

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition. If you are such an individual, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to our securities generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our securities unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends (including constructive distributions) and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances. In addition, certain information concerning a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its securities and whether any gain or loss with respect to such securities in long-term or short-term may be required to be reported to the IRS, and certain holders may be required to file an IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) to report their interest in our securities.

U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions. Specified foreign financial assets generally include any financial account maintained with a non-U.S. financial institution and should also include the ordinary shares, and rights if they are not held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes may be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Potential investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to an investment in our ordinary shares, and rights.

Moreover, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 24%, generally will apply to dividends paid on our securities to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient), in each case who:

•        fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

•        is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or

•        fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

163

Table of Contents

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

We will withhold all taxes required to be withheld by law from any amounts otherwise payable to any holder of our securities, including tax withholding required by the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the requisite information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

164

Table of Contents

Underwriting

D. Boral Capital LLC (“D. Boral” or the “representative”) is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering and as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, through the representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the following respective number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

Underwriters

 

Number of
Shares

D. Boral Capital LLC

 

 

Total

 

18,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the units offered by us, other than those covered by the over-allotment option to purchase additional units described below, if they purchase any units. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations, and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public, and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to 2,700,000 additional units at the initial public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. The purchase price to be paid per additional unit shall be equal to the initial public offering price of one unit, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $207,000,000 and the total net proceeds from the sale of the units in this offering, before expenses, to us will be $198,990,000.

Discounts, Commissions and Reimbursement

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

Payable by us

   

No Exercise

 

Full Exercise

Underwriting discounts and commissions per unit(1)

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.39

Total(1)

 

$

7,200,000

 

$

8,010,000

____________

(1)      Includes $1,800,000 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). Also includes $0.30 per unit, or $5,400,000 (or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.30 multiplied by the number of public shares sold as part of the units in this offering, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. If no business combination is consummated, such deferred commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred commissions.

The underwriters propose to offer the units to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the units to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $[•] per unit. If all of the units offered by us are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

165

Table of Contents

We have also agreed to pay all fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with the proposed offering, including, without limitation: the costs of preparing, printing, mailing and delivering the registration statement, the preliminary and final prospectus contained therein and amendments thereto, post-effective amendments and supplements thereto, the underwriting agreement and related documents (all in such quantities as D. Boral may reasonably require); preparing and printing stock certificates; the costs of any “due diligence” meetings; net roadshow; i-Deal system, filing fees (including SEC filing fees), costs and expenses (including third party expenses and disbursements) incurred in registering the Offering, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fees; preparation of leather bound volumes and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as D. Boral may reasonably request; transfer taxes; transfer agent and registrar fees; and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by D. Boral in connection with its engagement, including, without limitation, any expenses and fees incurred by D. Boral’s counsel, subject to a maximum amount of $150,000 in the event of a closing of this offering and $75,000 in the event there is no closing of this offering.

We have paid a $25,000 advance to the representative, which shall be applied against actual out-of-pocket-accountable expenses, which will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, and including the above-referenced advance to the representative, will be approximately $800,000.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

If we do not complete our initial business combination within the time period required by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the underwriters have agreed that (i) they will forfeit any rights or claims to their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the Trust Account, and (ii) the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, ordinary shares or rights will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, ordinary shares or rights will develop and continue after this offering.

Listing

We have applied to list our units on Nasdaq under the symbol “HAVAU.” We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. We expect that our units will be listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We expect that our Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed under the symbols “HAVA” and “HAVAR,” respectively, once the Class A ordinary shares and rights begin separate trading.

Right of First Refusal

Subject to certain conditions, we granted the representative, for a period of 18 months after the date of the consummation of our business combination, a right of first refusal to act as sole book runner, and/or sole placement agent, at the representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity linked financings, including, a forward purchase arrangement or similar type of equity line financing (each, a “Subject Transaction”), for us or any of our successors or subsidiaries, during such 18 month period, of the Company, or any successor to or any current or future subsidiary of the Company, on terms and conditions customary to D. Boral for such Subject Transactions. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of the securities in this offering. The right of refusal shall also encompass the time period leading up to the closing of the business combination while the Company is still a special purpose acquisition company. In the event that we terminate our engagement with D. Boral for cause, any right of first refusal will not survive such termination.

166

Table of Contents

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.

•        Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of securities over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of securities that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of securities involved is greater than the number of securities in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing securities in the open market.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more securities than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, underwriters, and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Other

Except as specifically set forth with respect to the right of first refusal, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, but we may do so at our discretion. However, any of the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses, provide financial advisory services to us in connection with a business combination or assist us in raising additional capital in the future, including by acting as a placement agent in a private offering or underwriting or arranging debt financing. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering. We may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in

167

Table of Contents

connection with the completion of a business combination. Any fees we may pay the underwriters or their affiliates for services rendered to us after this offering may be contingent on the completion of a business combination and may include non-cash compensation. The underwriters or their affiliates that provide these services to us may have a potential conflict of interest given that the underwriters are entitled to the deferred portion of their underwriting compensation for this offering only if an initial business combination is completed within the specified timeframe.

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, including in connection with acting in an advisory capacity or as a potential financing source in conjunction with our potential acquisition of a company. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Canada

This prospectus constitutes an “exempt offering document” as defined in and for the purposes of applicable Canadian securities laws. No prospectus has been filed with any securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada in connection with the offer and sale of the securities. No securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has reviewed or in any way passed upon this prospectus or on the merits of the securities and any representation to the contrary is an offence.

Canadian investors are advised that this prospectus has been prepared in reliance on section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33 – 105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33 – 105”). Pursuant to section 3A.3 of NI 33 – 105, this prospectus is exempt from the requirement that the issuer and the underwriter(s) provide investors with certain conflicts of interest disclosure pertaining to “connected issuer” and/or “related issuer” relationships that may exist between the issuer and the underwriter(s) as would otherwise be required pursuant to subsection 2.1(1) of NI 33 – 105.

Resale Restrictions

The offer and sale of the securities in Canada is being made on a private placement basis only and is exempt from the requirement that the issuer prepares and files a prospectus under applicable Canadian securities laws. Any resale of the securities acquired by a Canadian investor in this offering must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with Canadian prospectus requirements, pursuant to a statutory exemption from the prospectus requirements, in a transaction exempt from the prospectus requirements or otherwise under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus requirements granted by the applicable local Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the securities outside of Canada.

168

Table of Contents

Representations of Purchasers

Each Canadian investor who purchases the securities will be deemed to have represented to the issuer and the underwriter(s) that the investor (i) is purchasing the securities as principal, or is deemed to be purchasing as principal in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, for investment only and not with a view to resale or redistribution; (ii) is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 45 – 106 Prospectus Exemptions (“NI 45 – 106”) or, in Ontario, as such term is defined in section 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario); and (iii) is a “permitted client” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 31 – 103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Any discussion of taxation and related matters contained in this prospectus does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a Canadian investor when deciding to purchase the securities and, in particular, does not address any Canadian tax considerations. No representation or warranty is hereby made as to the tax consequences to a resident, or deemed resident, of Canada of an investment in the securities or with respect to the eligibility of the securities for investment by such investor under relevant Canadian federal and provincial legislation and regulations.

Rights of Action for Damages or Rescission

Securities legislation in certain of the Canadian jurisdictions provides certain purchasers of securities pursuant to an offering memorandum (such as this prospectus), including where the distribution involves an “eligible foreign security” as such term is defined in Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45 – 501 Ontario Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and in Multilateral Instrument 45 – 107 Listing Representation and Statutory Rights of Action Disclosure Exemptions, as applicable, with a remedy for damages or rescission, or both, in addition to any other rights they may have at law, where the offering memorandum, or other offering document that constitutes an offering memorandum, and any amendment thereto, contains a “misrepresentation” as defined under applicable Canadian securities laws. These remedies, or notice with respect to these remedies, must be exercised or delivered, as the case may be, by the purchaser within the time limits prescribed under, and are subject to limitations and defenses under, applicable Canadian securities legislation. In addition, these remedies are in addition to and without derogation from any other right or remedy available at law to the investor.

Language of Documents

Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur Canadien confirme par les présentes qu’il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d’achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

Australia

This document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”) of Australia. This document has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

•        a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

•        a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made; or

•        a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

169

Table of Contents

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares issued to you pursuant to this document for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offer described herein in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the securities may be offered to the public in that Member State at any time:

(i)     to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

(ii)    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or

(iii)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Member State who acquires any securities in the offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the issuer and the underwriter that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any securities being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the issuer and the underwriter that the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale. Neither the issuer nor the underwriter have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriter which constitute the final placement of securities contemplated in this document.

The issuer and the underwriter and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

In Member States, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, persons who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation (“Qualified Investors”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in any Member State by persons who are not Qualified Investors. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in any Member State only to Qualified Investors and will be engaged in only with such persons.

Hong Kong

No securities have been, may be or will be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in

170

Table of Contents

the Companies (Winding UP and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “C(WUMP)O”), or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the C(WUMP)O. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or will be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

This document has not been and will not be registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this document may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this document and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended) (the “FIEA”), and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEA and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This document has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA and where (where applicable) Regulation 3 of the Securities and Futures (Classes of Investors) Regulations 2018, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA. In the event that you are not an investor falling within any of the categories set out above, please return this document immediately. You may not forward or circulate this document to any other person in Singapore.

No offer is made to you with a view to the securities being subsequently offered for sale to any other party. There are on-sale restrictions that may be applicable to investors who acquire securities. As such, investors are advised to acquaint themselves with the provisions of the SFA relating to resale restrictions and comply accordingly.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

•        a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

•        a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities under Section 275 of the SFA except:

•        to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

171

Table of Contents

•        where no consideration is given for the transfer;

•        where the transfer is by operation of law;

•        as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

•        as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the issuer or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In the State of Israel, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom, no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offer described herein to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the UK Financial Conduct Authority, except that the securities may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(i)     to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

(ii)    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or

(iii)   in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (the “FSMA”),

provided that no such offer of the securities shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in the United Kingdom who acquires any securities in the offer or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the issuer and the underwriter that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

172

Table of Contents

In the case of any securities being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the issuer and the underwriter that the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the United Kingdom to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriter has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale. Neither the issuer nor the underwriter have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriter which constitute the final placement of securities contemplated in this document.

The issuer and the underwriter and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any securities and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of United Kingdom law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, persons who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation who are also: (i) persons who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); (ii) persons falling within Article 49(2) of the Order; or (iii) persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in the United Kingdom only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with such persons.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) may only be communicated or caused to be communicated in connection with the issue or sale of the securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply. All applicable provisions of the FSMA and the Order must be complied with in respect of anything done by any person in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Cayman Islands

NO OFFER OR INVITATION, WHETHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, TO SUBSCRIBE FOR SECURITIES MAY BE MADE TO THE PUBLIC IN THE CAYMAN ISLANDS.

173

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Robinson & Cole LLP is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on the validity of the rights offered in the prospectus. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands law, as well as the validity of the issuance of the ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, will be passed upon for us by Harney Westwood & Riegels. Winston Strawn LLP is acting as United States counsel for D. Boral Capital LLC in this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation as of December 31, 2024 and for the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by MaloneBailey, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as an experts in auditing and accounting.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITY

Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Korean courts, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the federal and state securities laws of the United States. There is also uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management members located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our sponsors or its sole member, or future those officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon those officers and directors (prior to or after the business combination) located outside the United States, to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on them under United States securities laws.

In addition, our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. China has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against them or against us, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof. Even with proper service of process, the enforcement of judgments obtained in U.S. courts or foreign courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws would be extremely difficult. Furthermore, there would be added costs and issues with bringing an original action in foreign courts to enforce liabilities based on the U.S. federal securities laws against us or our officers and directors, and they still may be fruitless.

For further information, see “Risk Factors — Upon the effectiveness of this prospectus, all of our executive officers and directors will be located inside the United States, except that our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, are both located in South Korea. There is also uncertainty as to whether after this offering, we will appoint new management members located outside the United States, or the management of post-combination entity will have members located outside the United States. In addition, our sponsors are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands, respectively, and Mr. Hongbo Xing, the sole manager and sole director of Copley Square Sponsor Limited which is the managing member of Copley Square LLC, and Mr. Tian Wang, the sole member and a director of Northlake Partners Ltd., are both Chinese nationals located in China. Therefore, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights upon our executive officers and directors, our sponsors or their members, or future officers and directors located outside the United States appointed after this offering or in connection with the business combination.” starting on page 76 of this prospectus.

174

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

175

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024, and the related statements of operation, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flow for the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flow for the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Matter

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

www.malonebailey.com

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

Houston, Texas

July 14, 2025

F-2

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS

 

June 30,
2025
(unaudited)

 

December 31,
2024
(audited)

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

46,701

 

 

$

6,082

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,847

 

 

 

3,693

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

48,548

 

 

 

9,775

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

277,898

 

 

 

207,042

 

Total Assets

 

$

326,446

 

 

$

216,817

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

41,200

 

 

 

32,675

 

Accrued offering costs

 

 

13,398

 

 

 

111,142

 

Promissory note – related party

 

 

395,739

 

 

 

132,721

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

450,337

 

 

 

276,538

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

450,337

 

 

 

276,538

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 400,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized, 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2)

 

 

690

 

 

 

690

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,310

 

 

 

24,310

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(148,891

)

 

 

(84,721

)

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

 

 

(123,891

)

 

 

(59,721

)

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

 

$

326,446

 

 

$

216,817

 

____________

(1)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 900,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to surrender for no consideration if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

(2)      On July 14, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held and now holds 6,900,000. All shares and per share presentation has been retrospectively presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

For the
six months
ended
June 30,
2025
(Unaudited)

 

For the
period from
August 15,
2024 (Inception)
through
December 31,
2024
(audited)

Formation and operating costs

 

$

64,170

 

 

$

84,721

 

Net loss

 

$

(64,170

)

 

$

(84,721

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding(1)(2)

 

 

6,000,000

 

 

 

6,000,000

 

Basic and diluted net loss per Class B ordinary share

 

$

(0.01

)

 

$

(0.01

)

____________

(1)      This number excludes an aggregate of up to 900,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to surrender for no consideration if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

(2)      On July 14, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held and now holds 6,900,000. All shares and per share presentation has been retrospectively presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE PERIOD FROM AUGUST 15, 2024 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2024 (AUDITED) AND FOR
THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2025 (UNAUDITED)

 

Preference
Shares

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Shareholders’
deficit

   

Class A

 

Class B

 
   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares(1)

 

Amount

 

Balance as of August 15, 2024 (inception)

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Insider shares issued to initial shareholders(1)(2)

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

6,900,000

 

 

690

 

 

24,310

 

 

—

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(84,721

)

 

 

(84,721

)

Balance as of December 31, 2024 (audited)

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

6,900,000

 

$

690

 

$

24,310

 

$

(84,721

)

 

$

(59,721

)

Net loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(64,170

)

 

 

(64,170

)

Balance as of June 30, 2025 (unaudited)

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

6,900,000

 

$

690

 

$

24,310

 

$

(148,891

)

 

$

(123,891

)

____________

(1)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 900,000 Class B ordinary shares subject to surrender for no consideration if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

(2)      On July 14, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held and now holds 6,900,000. All shares and per share presentation has been retrospectively presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the
six months
ended
June 30,
2025
(Unaudited)

 

For the
period from
August 15,
2024 (Inception)
through
December 31,
2024
(Audited)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(64,170

)

 

$

(84,721

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of operating expense through promissory note – related party

 

 

32,675

 

 

 

10,420

 

Operating costs applied to prepaid expenses contributed by Sponsor through promissory note – related party

 

 

—

 

 

 

33,475

 

Payment of formation cost through promissory note – related party

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,826

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

(3,693

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

8,525

 

 

 

32,675

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

 

(21,124

)

 

 

(5,018

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from promissory note – related party

 

 

180,068

 

 

 

12,000

 

Payment of offering costs

 

 

(118,325

)

 

 

(900

)

Net cash provided by Financing Activities

 

 

61,743

 

 

 

11,100

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

 

 

40,619

 

 

 

6,082

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

6,082

 

 

 

—

 

Cash, end of period

 

$

46,701

 

 

$

6,082

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses paid via promissory note – related party

 

$

—

 

 

$

33,475

 

Deferred offering costs paid by shareholders in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

 

$

—

 

 

$

25,000

 

Deferred offering costs paid via promissory note – related party

 

$

50,275

 

 

$

70,000

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs

 

$

2,049

 

 

$

111,142

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern Consideration

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 15, 2024 as an exempted company with limited liability. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “Business Combination”). The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. The Company has elected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had not commenced any operations. For the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) through June 30, 2025, the Company’s efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to the Proposed Public Offering (see Note 3). The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of dividend and/or interest income from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering and Private Placement (see Note 4).

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placements Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully.

The Company’s founder and sponsor is Copley Square Sponsor Limited (the “Sponsor”). The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement.

The Company’s initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will complete its initial Business Combination only if the post-transaction company in which its public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully.

Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that at least $10.00 per Unit (as defined in Note 3) sold in the Proposed Public Offering will be held into a U.S.-based trust account (“Trust Account”). The funds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest solely in direct U.S. government treasury. Except with respect to divided and/or interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay the Company’s tax obligation, if any, the proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private placement units that are deposited and held in the Trust Account will not be released from the Trust Account until the earliest to occur of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (A) modify the substance or timing of obligation to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company does not complete the Company’s initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering or up to 24 months (in the event the Company extend the period of time to consummate a business combination two times by an additional three months each time). or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of all of public shares if the company are unable to complete their initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering or up to one time, (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the public shareholders.

F-7

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern Consideration (cont.)

The Company will provide its public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of the Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer.

The ordinary shares subject to redemption will be accredited to the redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” The Company has determined not to consummate any Business Combination unless the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation in order to avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act.

The Company will have only 18 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) to complete its initial Business Combination, the Company will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay taxes that were paid by the Company or are payable by the Company, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholder’s rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of its remaining shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. The Sponsor and each member of management team have entered into an agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any insider shares, private shares, and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of the initial business combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to their insider shares, private shares, and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial business combination or to redeem 100% of the public shares if the Company does not complete its initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-initial business combination activity.

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or Business Combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, the Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have the Company independently verified whether the Company’s Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the company. Therefore, it cannot be assured that that the Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of the officers or directors will indemnify the Company for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Going Concern Consideration

As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company had $46,701 in cash and a working capital deficiency of $401,789. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $6,082 cash and a working capital deficiency of $266,763. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the

F-8

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern Consideration (cont.)

date that the financial statements are issued. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through the Proposed Public Offering and Private Placements are discussed in Note 3 and 4. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful or successful within the required period. Prior to the close of the Proposed Public Offering, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate amount of up to $800,000 as discussed in Note 5 to be used, in part, for transaction costs incurred in connection with the Proposed Public Offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the Company’s inability to consummate the Proposed Public Offering or a Business Combination to continue as a going concern.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The accompanying unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 2025 and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules of the SEC. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of a normal accruals), considered for a fair presentation have been included. The interim results for the six months ended June 30, 2025 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2025 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

F-9

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had $46,701 and $6,082 in cash and no cash equivalents as of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A — Expenses of Offering. Deferred offering costs consist of legal and other costs (including underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations.

Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to surrender for no consideration by the Sponsor. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 900,000 shares of ordinary share that are subject to surrender for no consideration if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (see Note 5). As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary share and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman Islands federal income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements.

F-10

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the grant date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based on whether or not net cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. The underwriters’ over-allotment option is deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument indexed on the contingently redeemable shares and will be accounted for as a liability pursuant to ASC 480 if not fully exercised at the time of the Proposed Public Offering.

Rights

The Company will account for the Public and Private Placement Rights (as defined in Notes 3 and 4) to be issued in connection with the Proposed Public Offering and the private placement in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and will classify the rights under equity treatment at their assigned values. There are no Public or Private Placement Rights currently outstanding as of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating officer decision maker (“CODM”), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. The ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Public entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in this ASU and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on August 15, 2024, its date of incorporation.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering, the Company intends to offer for sale of 18,000,000 units (the “Units”), (or 20,700,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Each Unit has an offering price of $10.00 and consists of one share of the Company’s Class A ordinary share and one right. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Company will not issue fractional shares. As a result, the holder must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of their rights upon closing of a Business Combination. The Company has also granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,700,000 Units to cover over-allotments, if any.

Note 4 — Private Placement

The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 339,964 Private placement units (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full) and 1,019,892 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares shall be subject to certain restrictions until the consummation of the initial Business Combination (each, a “restricted Class A ordinary share”) at a price of $10.00 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price

F-11

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Private Placement (cont.)

of $3,399,640. All of the proceeds the Company receive from these purchases will be placed in the Trust Account. Each private placement units (“Private placement units”) will not be redeemable, transferable, assignable or salable by the Sponsor until the completion of its initial Business Combination (except to certain permitted transferees).

Pursuant to the private placement subscription agreements, the Sponsor has contractually agreed to waive certain voting and transfer rights of the restricted Class A ordinary shares until the consummation of the Business Combination. The private placement units are identical to the units sold in the Proposed Public Offering.

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Insider Shares

On September 19, 2024, the Sponsor, Copley Square Sponsor Limited, acquired an aggregate of 7,187,500 shares of Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share, (the “insider shares”) from the Company. On July 14, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held and now holds 6,900,000. All shares and per share presentation has been retrospectively presented. The insider shares held by the Company’s insiders include an aggregate of up to 900,000 Class B ordinary shares held by the Sponsor and executives that are subject to surrender for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Company’s insiders will collectively own approximately 25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after this offering (without given effect to the sale of the private units and assuming the Company’s insiders do not purchase units in this offering). None of the Company’s insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

The Private Placement shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being sold in this offering. However, the Company’s insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with the Company, (A) to vote their insider shares and Private Placement shares (as well as any public shares acquired in or after this offering) in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop the Company’s public shareholders from converting or selling their insider shares and Private Placement shares to the Company in connection with a Business Combination or affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company do not complete a Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time) unless the Company provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any insider shares and Private Placement shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve the Company’s proposed initial Business Combination (or sell any shares they hold to the Company in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the insider shares and Private Placement shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated.

The insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until (1) with respect to 50% of the insider shares, the earlier of six months after the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Company’s initial Business Combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the insider shares, six months after the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

F-12

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

The Private placement units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination (except to certain permitted transferees).

Promissory Note — Related Party

On September 19, 2024, the Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company up to $800,000 (the “Promissory Note”) to be used for a portion of the expenses of the Proposed Public Offering. As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company has an outstanding loan balance of $395,739. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had an outstanding loan balance of $132,721. This loan is non-interest bearing, unsecured and is due at the earlier of (1) December 31, 2026 or (2) the date on which the Company consummates an initial public offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering through the earlier of consummation of the initial Business Combination and liquidation, an affiliate of the sponsors shall be allowed to charge the Company up to $10,000 per month for the use of its offices, utilities and personnel. The insiders shall also be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with seeking and consummating a Business Combination.

Working Capital Loans

In addition, in order to meet the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of the initial public offering if the funds not held in the Trust Account are insufficient, or to extend its life, its insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates/designees may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $3,000,000 of the notes (“Working Capital Loans”) may be converted upon consummation of the Company’s Business Combination into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per Unit. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available.

As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies

Risks and Uncertainties

The United States and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the geopolitical instability resulting from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict and the Israel-Hamas conflict. In response to the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (“NATO”) deployed additional military forces to eastern Europe, and the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and other countries have announced various sanctions and restrictive actions against Russia, Belarus and related individuals and entities, including the removal of certain financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Certain countries, including the United States, have also provided and may continue to provide military aid or other assistance to Ukraine and to Israel, increasing geopolitical tensions among a number of nations. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia and the Israel-Hamas conflict and the resulting measures that have been taken, and could be taken in the future, by NATO, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Israel and its neighboring states and other countries have created global security concerns that could have a lasting impact on regional and global economies. Although the length and impact of the ongoing conflicts are highly unpredictable, they could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets,

F-13

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

as well as supply chain interruptions and increased cyber-attacks against U.S. companies. Additionally, any resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets.

Any of the above-mentioned factors, or any other negative impact on the global economy, capital markets or other geopolitical conditions resulting from the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the Israel-Hamas conflict and subsequent sanctions or related actions, could adversely affect the Company’s search for an initial Business Combination and any target business with which the Company may ultimately consummate an initial Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The holders of the insider shares, private placement units (including securities contained therein) and units (including securities contained therein) that may be issued on conversion of working capital loans or extension loans will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of the initial Business Combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company will grant the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,700,000 Units solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

The underwriter will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $1,800,000 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full) at the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.

Additionally, the underwriters will be entitled to an amount equal to $0.30 multiplied by the number of public shares sold as part of the units in the Proposed Public Offering, or $5,400,000 (or $6,210,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full) and will be paid at the closing of the initial Business Combination as deferred underwriting fee. If the Company does not complete its initial business combination within the time period required by its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the underwriters have agreed that (i) they will forfeit any rights or claims to their deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the Trust Account, and (ii) that the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Deficit

Preference Share — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preference share, $0.0001 par value, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Share — The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of Class A ordinary share with $0.0001 par value. As of June 30, 2025 (unaudited) and December 31, 2024, there were no shares of Class A ordinary share issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Share — The Company is authorized to issue 90,000,000 shares of Class B ordinary share with $0.0001 par value. On September 19, 2024, the Company issued an aggregate of 7,187,500 Insider shares to the Sponsor and executives for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, at a per-share price of approximately $0.003 per share. On July 14, 2025, the Sponsor surrendered 287,500 Class B ordinary shares it held and now holds 6,900,000. All shares and per share presentation has been retrospectively presented. Of the aggregate 6,900,000 shares of Class B

F-14

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Deficit (cont.)

ordinary share outstanding, an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares are subject to surrender for no consideration to the Company by the Sponsor and executives for no consideration to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial shareholder will collectively own 25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of ordinary share after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming they do not purchase any Units in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the shares of Class A ordinary share underlying the Placement Units).

Rights

Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, each right will automatically be converted to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each one-seventh of one Class A ordinary share underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the Business Combination subject to any dissenter rights under the applicable law. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with a conversion of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of ten in order to receive shares for all of your Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights upon closing of a Business Combination. If the Company are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and the Company redeem the public shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

Note 8 — Segment Information

ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker, or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer who reviews the assets, operating results, and financial metrics for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that there is only one reportable segment.

The CODM assesses performance for the single segment and decides how to allocate resources based on net income or loss that also is reported on the statement of operations as net income or loss. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheet as total assets. When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics included in net income or loss and total assets, which include the following:

 

For the
six
months
ended
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)

 

For the
period from
August 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024 (Audited)

Formation and operating costs

 

$

64,170

 

$

84,721

F-15

Table of Contents

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 — Segment Information (cont.)

The key measures of segment profit or loss reviewed by our CODM is formation and operating costs. Formation and general and administrative costs are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a Business Combination within the Business Combination period. The CODM also reviews formation and operating costs to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and budget.

Note 9 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date and through the date when these financial statements were issued. Based on this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would require adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-16

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

Reimbursement for underwriter expenses

 

$

150,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

281,500

Nasdaq listing fee

 

$

80,000

SEC registration fee

 

$

47,739

FINRA filing fee

 

$

49,016

Printing and engraving expenses

 

$

25,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

$

60,000

Miscellaneous expenses

 

$

106,745

TOTAL

 

$

800,000

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act:

•        On September 24, 2024, our sponsor, Copley Square Sponsor Limited, acquired an aggregate of 7,187,500 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 from us. On October 18, 2024, our sponsor transferred (i) to our Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 insider shares, (ii) to our Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 insider shares, and (iii) to each independent director nominee 20,000 insider shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 insider shares, and all at the original purchase price when the sponsor acquired such shares from us. We refer to these Class B ordinary shares throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares.” The insider shares held by our insiders include an aggregate of up to 937,500 insider shares held by the sponsor subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our insiders will collectively own 25.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (not including the ordinary shares issuable underlying the private placement units, the restricted Class A ordinary shares, any shares underlying working capital units issued upon conversion of working capital loans, and any ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination). None of our insiders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.

•        In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units and (b) 1,019,892 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which shares shall be subject to certain restrictions until the consummation of the initial business combination for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised

II-1

Table of Contents

in full) in separate private placements. The sale of the private placement units and the restricted Class A ordinary shares will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from the private placement will be placed in the Trust Account.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1**

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association.

3.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated memorandum and articles of association.

4.1**

 

Specimen Unit Certificate.

4.2**

 

Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.

4.3**

 

Specimen Rights Certificate.

4.4*

 

Form of Rights Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant.

5.1*

 

Opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels.

5.2**

 

Opinion of Robinson & Cole LLP.

10.1*

 

Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Underwriters and the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders.

10.2*

 

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant.

10.3*

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Insiders.

10.4**

 

Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Copley Square Sponsor Limited, dated as of September 19, 2024.

10.5**

 

Promissory Note, issued to the sponsor, dated as of September 19, 2024.

10.6**

 

Securities Transfer Agreement between Copley Square Sponsor Limited and the CEO, dated as of October 18, 2024.

10.7**

 

Securities Transfer Agreement between Copley Square Sponsor Limited and the CFO, dated as of October 18, 2024.

10.8**

 

Securities Transfer Agreement between Copley Square Sponsor Limited and the independent director nominees, dated as of October 18, 2024.

10.9**

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement.

10.10*

 

Form of Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement.

10.11*

 

Form of Administrative Service Agreement.

10.12*

 

Securities Transfer Form by Copley Square Sponsor Limited dated August 14, 2025

10.13*

 

Securities Transfer Agreement between Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partners Inc. dated as of September 16, 2025

14*

 

Form of Code of Ethics.

23.1**

 

Consent of MaloneBailey, LLP.

23.2*

 

Consent of Harney Westwood & Riegels (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.3**

 

Consent of Robinson & Cole LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).

24*

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

99.1**

 

Form of Audit Committee Charter.

99.2**

 

Form of Compensation Committee Charter.

99.3**

 

Consent of Qing Tong.

99.4**

 

Consent of Gary Dvorchak.

99.5**

 

Consent of Benjamin Berry.

107**

 

Registration Fee Table.

____________

*        Filed Herewith.

**      Previously filed.

II-2

Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.       To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii.      To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

iii.     To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.       Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

iii.     The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv.      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5)    That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement

II-3

Table of Contents

or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(b)    The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Seoul, on the 19th day of September, 2025.

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION 
CORPORATION

   

By:

 

/s/ Sung Hyuk Lee

   

Name:

 

Sung Hyuk Lee

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

/s/ Sung Hyuk Lee

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

September 19, 2025

Sung Hyuk Lee

 

(Principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Hoon Ji Choi

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

September 19, 2025

Hoon Ji Choi

 

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

   

II-5

Table of Contents

AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Horizon Space Acquisition II Corp. has signed this registration statement in the City of New York, on September 19, 2025.

 

AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE

   

By:

 

/s/ Arila Zhou

   

Name:

 

Arila Zhou

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York
[●], 2025

 

D. Boral Capital LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, NY 10022

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Schedule A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted corporation (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with D. Boral Capital LLC (the “Representative”), as representative of the several underwriters named on Schedule A hereto (the “Underwriters” or, each underwriter individually, an “Underwriter”), as follows:

 

1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.

 

1.1 Firm Securities.

 

1.1.1 Purchase of Firm Units. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of 18,000,000 units (the “Firm Units”) of the Company, as set forth opposite the respective names of the Underwriters on Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price of $9.90 per Firm Unit (which is net of discounts and commissions representing $1,800,000 in aggregate, whether or not the Over-allotment Option (defined below) is exercised). The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (the “Offering”) at the offering price of $10.00 per Firm Unit. Each Firm Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share(s)”), and one right (the “Right(s)”) entitling the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Firm Units will trade separately on the fifty-second (52nd) day following the date hereof unless the Representative determines to allow earlier separate trading. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event will the Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Firm Units trade separately until (i) the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement (as defined in Section 1.4.2) and updated financial information with respect to any proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of the Over-allotment Option (defined below) if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) the Company has filed with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

 

1.1.2 Payment and Delivery. Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first (1st) Business Day (as defined below) following the commencement of trading of the Units, or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Winston & Strawn LLP, counsel to the Underwriters (“Winston”), or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units is called the “Closing Date.” Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $180,000,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units and the sale of Private Placement Units (as defined in Section 1.4.2) shall be deposited in the trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Public Shareholders (as defined below), as described in the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) between the Company, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“Continental”).The funds deposited in the Trust Account shall include an aggregate of $5,400,000 ($0.30 per Firm Unit), or $6,210,000 if the Over-allotment Option (defined below) is exercised, payable to the Underwriters as Deferred Underwriting Commission, in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof. The remaining proceeds (less commissions and actual expense payments or other fees payable pursuant to this Agreement), if any, shall be paid to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver any of the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units. As used herein, the term “Public Shareholders” means the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Units in the Offering or acquired in the aftermarket, including Copley Square LLC and Northlake Partners Ltd. (the “Sponsors”) to the extent the Sponsors acquire such Class A Ordinary Shares in the aftermarket (and solely with respect to such Class A Ordinary Shares). “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

 

 

1.2 Over-Allotment Option.

 

1.2.1 Option Units. The Representative is hereby granted an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional 2,700,000 units (the “Option Units”), the gross proceeds of which will be deposited in the Trust Account, for the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be identical in all respects to the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be purchased for each account of the several Underwriters in the same proportion as the number of Firm Units, set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule A hereto, bears to the total number of Firm Units (subject to adjustment by the Representative to eliminate fractions). The Firm Units and the Option Units are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Units,” and the Units, the Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Units, and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Rights, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Public Securities.” No Option Units shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Units previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Option Units, or any portion thereof, may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representative to the Company. The purchase price to be paid for each Option Unit will be the same price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

 

1.2.2 Exercise of Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within forty-five (45) days after the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof). The Underwriters will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of written notice (which may be by email) to the Company by the Representative, which must be confirmed in accordance with Section 10.1 herein setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time and in such other manner as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Winston or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Units does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.

 

1.2.3 Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Option Units (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Representative. The amount to be deposited in the Trust Account for the Option Units on the Option Closing Date will be $10.00 per Unit . The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests in writing not less than two full Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Representative for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full Business Day prior to such Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Units except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for applicable Option Units.

 

2

 

 

1.3 Deferred Underwriting Commission. The Underwriters agree that 3.0% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units ($5,400,000) and the Option Units (up to $810,000), if any (collectively, the “Deferred Underwriting Commission”), will be deposited and held in the Trust Account and payable directly from the Trust Account, without accrued interest, to the Underwriters for their own accounts upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, provided that each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive the Deferred Underwriting Commission at any time prior to the initial Business Combination by providing written notice to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination and Continental, as the trustee of the Trust Account (in this context, the “Trustee”), commences liquidation of the Trust Account as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Underwriters agree that: (i) they shall forfeit any rights or claims to the Deferred Underwriting Commission, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the Trust Account; and (ii) the Deferred Underwriting Commission, together with all other amounts on deposit in the Trust Account, shall be distributed on a pro-rata basis among the Public Shareholders.

 

1.4 Private Placements.

 

1.4.1 Founder Shares. On September 19, 2024, (1) the Company issued 7,187,500 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of $0.0001 each (the “Founder Shares”) to Copley Square Sponsor Limited, for an aggregate consideration of $25,000 and (2) Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered one Founder Share. No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the purchase of 7,187,500 Founder Shares. On October 18, 2024, Copley Square Sponsor Limited transferred (i) to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Director, Mr. Sung Hyuk Lee, 100,000 Founder Shares, (ii) to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Director, Mr. Hoon Ji Choi, 60,000 Founder Shares, and (iii) to the Company’s each independent director nominee 20,000 Founder Shares, in the aggregate amount of 60,000 Founder Shares, and all at the original purchase price when Copley Square Sponsor Limited acquired such shares from the Company. On July 14, 2025, Copley Square Sponsor Limited surrendered 287,500 Founder Shares that it held, and on August 14, 2025 transferred the remaining shares to Copley Square LLC in exchange for becoming the managing member of Copley Square LLC. On September 16, 2025, Copley Square LLC transferred 2,438,546 Founder Shares to Northlake Partners Ltd. at a price of $0.0036 per Founder Share. The Founder Shares include 900,000 Founder Shares held by Copley Square LLC subject to forfeiture. Except as described in the Registration Statement or the Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.21.1 herein), none of the Founder Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Sponsors or any of their transferees for a time period ending on the date six (6) months after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after the initial Business Combination  or (2) if the Company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property, the Founder Shares will be released from such transfer restrictions. The Founder Shares shall be subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.21.1 herein). The holders of Founder Shares shall have no right to any liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any portion of the Founder Shares in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time frame provided in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as may be amended from time to time. The holders of the Founder Shares shall not have redemption rights with respect to the Founder Shares. In the event that the Over-allotment Option is not exercised in full, Copley Square LLC will be required to forfeit such number of Founder Shares (up to 900,000 Founder Shares) such that the Founder Shares then outstanding will comprise 25.0% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the Company after giving effect to the Offering and exercise, if any, of the Over-allotment Option.

 

1.4.2 Private Placement. Simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, the Sponsors will purchase from the Company pursuant to a Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2 below) an aggregate of (a) 339,964 private placement units (the “Private Placement Units”) and (b) 1,019,892 Class A Ordinary Shares, which shares shall be subject to certain restrictions until the consummation of the initial Business Combination (each, a “Restricted Class A Ordinary Share”)  for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640, whether or not the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full, in separate private placements (the “Private Placements”) intended to be exempt from registration under the Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act. The Private Placement Units are identical to the Firm Units sold in the Offering except that Private Placement Units (including the underlying securities) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 30 days after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination and will be entitled to registration rights. The Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holders until 90 days after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination and will be entitled to registration rights. If the Company does not complete its initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Offering (or up to 24 months if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Placement Securities (defined below) will expire worthless.

 

3

 

 

1.4.3 The  Private Placement Units, the Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares, the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Placement Units, Rights underlying the Private Placement Units (the “Private Placement Rights”) and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exchange of the Private Placement Rights are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Placement Securities.” No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Placement Securities sold in the Private Placement. The Public Securities, the Placement Securities, and the Founder Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities”.

 

1.5 Working Capital. Upon consummation of the Offering, approximately $[*] of the net proceeds from the sale of Units and Private Placement Units will be released to the Company and held outside of the Trust Account to fund the working capital requirements of the Company.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:

 

2.1 Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1 Pursuant to the Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement and any amendment thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-284826), including any related preliminary prospectus (the “Preliminary Prospectus”) including any prospectus that is included in the registration statement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, for the registration of the Units under the Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (the “Regulations”) of the Commission under the Act. The conditions for use of Form S-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective, including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to Rule 430A of the Regulations, together with the registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act registering additional Units (the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Regulations, filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Applicable Time,” as used in the Act, means 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of this Agreement. Prior to the Applicable Time, the Company prepared a Preliminary Prospectus, which was included in the Registration Statement originally filed on February 11, 2025, for distribution by the Underwriters (such Preliminary Prospectus used most recently prior to the Applicable Time, the “Statutory Prospectus”). Other than the Registration Statement, together with any correspondence letters between the Company and/or counsel for the Company and the Commission, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has been filed under the Act with the Commission. All of the Public Securities have been or will be registered for public sale under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof. If, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company or the Representative determines that, at the Applicable Time, the Statutory Prospectus included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted a statement of material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company and the Representative agree to provide an opportunity to purchasers of the Units to terminate their old purchase contracts and enter into new purchase contracts, then the Statutory Prospectus will be deemed to include any additional information available to purchasers at the time of entry into the first such new purchase contract.

 

4

 

 

2.1.2 Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File Number 001-[●]) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights. The registration of the Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof and the Units, Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights have been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.1.3 No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any federal, state or other regulatory authority has issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof, or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

2.2 Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.2.1 10b-5 Representation. At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus do and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date and at the Applicable Time, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date and the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Statutory Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time (or such subsequent Applicable Time pursuant to Section 2.1.1), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Public Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will have been corrected in the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.2.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of the following: the names of the Underwriters the information with respect to stabilization transactions contained in the section entitled “Underwriting - Stabilization” (such information, collectively, the “Underwriters’ Information”).

 

2.2.2 Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein in all material respects and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or attached as an exhibit thereto, or (ii) that is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and no such agreement or instrument has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a material violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

5

 

 

2.2.3 Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.2.4 Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, foreign, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

2.3 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

 

2.3.1 No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) no member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) or management has resigned from any position with the Company and (iv) no event or occurrence has taken place which materially impairs, or would likely materially impair, with the passage of time, the ability of the members of the Board of Directors or management to act in their capacities with the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

2.3.2 Recent Securities Transactions. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its share capital.

 

2.4 Independent Accountants. MaloneBailey, LLP (“MB”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of, and is included in, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, are, to the Company’s knowledge, independent registered public accountants as required by the Act, the Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), including the rules and regulations promulgated by such entity. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, MB is currently registered with the PCAOB and in good standing. MB has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5 Financial Statements; Statistical Data.

 

2.5.1 Financial Statements. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules (if any) included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein in conformity with the Regulations. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X or Form S-1 that have not been included as so required.

 

6

 

 

2.5.2 Statistical Data. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and/or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.

 

2.6 Authorized Capital; Options. The Company had at the date or dates indicated in each of the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be, duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the adjusted share capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Class A Ordinary Shares, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell Class A Ordinary Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

2.7 Valid Issuance of Securities.

 

2.7.1 Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. All offers, sales and any transfers of the outstanding securities of the Company were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or exempt from such registration requirements (based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such securities).

 

2.7.2 Public Securities. The Public Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities has been duly and validly taken. The form of certificates for the Public Securities conform to the corporate law of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation and applicable securities laws. The Public Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be. When paid for and issued, the Rights will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Rights are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

7

 

 

2.7.3 Placement Securities.

 

2.7.3.1 The Placement Securities constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and are, or will be, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The Placement Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with the Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement and the Rights Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Placement Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Placement Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Placement Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be.

 

2.7.4 No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be or may be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Public Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or the Placement Securities in the Private Placement.

 

2.8 Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, and the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.4), no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.9 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. This Agreement, the Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.21.1), the Trust Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.4), and the Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2 below), and the Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.23) (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal, and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.10 No Conflicts, Etc. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject except pursuant to the Trust Agreement; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as may be amended (the “Charter Document”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or business constituted as of the date hereof.

 

8

 

 

2.11 No Defaults; Violations. No default or violation exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter Document or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

 

2.12 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

2.12.1 Conduct of Business. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business for the purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Since its formation, the Company has conducted no business and has incurred no liabilities other than in connection with its formation and in furtherance of this Offering.

 

2.12.2 Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection herewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization, or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body, foreign or domestic, is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Public Securities and the Placement Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by the Transaction Documents and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable foreign, federal and state securities laws, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, and the rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA.

 

2.13 D&O Questionnaires. All information contained in the questionnaires (“Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders (“Insiders”) and provided to the Representative and its counsel and the biographies of the Insiders contained in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus (to the extent a biography is contained) is true and correct in all material aspects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate, incorrect or incomplete in all material aspects.

 

2.14 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened against or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider or any shareholder or member of an Insider that has not been disclosed, that is required to be disclosed, in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Questionnaires.

 

2.15 Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, assets, prospects, business, operations or properties of the Company, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

2.16 No Contemplation of a Business Combination. The Company has not identified any Business Combination target (each a “Target Business”) and it has not, nor has anyone on its behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any Business Combination target.

 

9

 

 

2.17 Transactions Requiring Disclosure to FINRA.

 

2.17.1 Finder’s Fees. There are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.17.2 Payments Within 180 Days. The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing of the Registration Statement, other than the prior payments to the Representative in connection with the Offering. The Company has not issued any warrants or other securities, or granted any options, directly or indirectly, to anyone who is a potential underwriter in the Offering or a related person (as defined by FINRA rules) of such an underwriter within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement. No person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement has any relationship or affiliation or association with any member of FINRA participating in the Offering. Except with respect to the Representative in connection with the Offering, the Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any consulting agreement or any other type of agreement) during the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement with the Commission, which arrangement or agreement provides for the receipt of any item of value and/or the transfer or issuance of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Company to a FINRA member, any person associated with a member (as defined by FINRA rules), any potential underwriters in the Offering and/or any related persons.

 

2.17.3 FINRA Affiliation. Other than as disclosed to the Representative, no officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities (whether debt or equity, registered or unregistered, regardless of the time acquired or the source from which derived) has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA). The Company will advise the Representative and Winston if it learns that any officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.

 

2.17.4 Share Ownership. No officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities is an owner of shares or other securities of any member of FINRA participating in the Offering (other than securities purchased on the open market).

 

2.17.5 Loans. No officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA participating in the Offering.

 

2.17.6 Proceeds of the Offering. No proceeds from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding underwriting compensation) or the Placement Securities will be paid to any FINRA member participating in the Offering, or any persons associated or affiliated with a member of FINRA participating in the Offering, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.17.7 Conflicts of Interest. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no FINRA member intending to participate in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company. For this purpose, a “conflict of interest” exists when a member of FINRA and/or its associated persons, parent or affiliates in the aggregate beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 10% or more of the Company’s preferred equity. “Members participating in the Offering” include managing agents, syndicate group members and all dealers which are members of FINRA.

 

10

 

 

2.18 Taxes.

 

2.18.1 There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state or any political subdivision of the United States, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Public Securities.

 

2.18.2 The Company has filed all U.S. federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof in a timely manner or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof, except in any case in which the failure to so file would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has paid all taxes shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable. The Company has made appropriate provisions in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 2.5.1 above in respect of all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes for all current or prior periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.

 

2.19 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Anti-Money Laundering; Patriot Act.

 

2.19.1 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of the Insiders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business or operations of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.19.2 Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with (i) the requirements of the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control and (ii) applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, including the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar money laundering statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Federal governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened.

 

2.19.3 Patriot Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider has violated the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, or the Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001, and/or the rules and regulations promulgated under any such law, or any successor law.

 

2.20 Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company in connection with the Offering and delivered to the Representative or to Winston shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.21 Agreements With Insiders.

 

2.21.1 Insider Letter. The Company has caused to be duly executed a legally binding and enforceable letter agreement (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or non-compete provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought), a form of which is annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Insider Letter”), pursuant to which each of the Insiders of the Company and the Representative (collectively, the “Initial Shareholders”) agree to certain matters. The Insider Letter shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

11

 

 

2.21.2 Purchase Agreement. The Company and the Sponsors have entered into a Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsors will, among other things, on the Closing Date, consummate the purchase of and deliver the purchase price for the Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares as provided for in such Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement, (i) the Sponsors have waived any and all rights and claims it may have to any proceeds, and any interest thereon, held in the Trust Account in respect of the Placement Securities, and (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Securities will be deposited by the Company in the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as applicable, as provided for in the Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement.

 

2.21.3 Administrative Services. The Company and the Sponsors have entered into an Administrative Service Agreement (“Service Agreement”) substantially in the form annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Sponsors will make available to the Company general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial support for the Company’s use for $10,000 per month, payable until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Trust Account, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Services Agreement..

 

2.21.4 Registration Rights Agreement. The Company and the Initial Shareholders have entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, whereby the parties will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to their securities, as set forth in such Registration Rights Agreement and described more fully in the Registration Statement.

 

2.21.5 Loans. Copley Square Sponsor Limited has agreed to make loans to the Company in the aggregate amount of up to $800,000 (the “Insider Loans”) pursuant to a promissory note substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Insider Loans do not bear any interest and are repayable by the Company on the earlier of December 31, 2026 or the Closing Date.

 

2.22 Investment Management Trust Agreement. The Company and Continental have entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, pursuant to which the funds held in the Trust Account may be released under limited circumstances.

 

2.23 Rights Agreement. The Company has entered into a rights agreement with respect to the Rights included in the Units and the Placement Rights with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Rights Agreement”).

 

2.24 No Existing Non-Competition Agreements. No Insider is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an employee, officer and/or director of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.25 Investments. No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Investment Company Act”)) of the Company’s total assets consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than “Government Securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act) or money market funds meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

 

2.26 Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

12

 

 

2.27 Subsidiaries. The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

 

2.28 Related Party Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, on the one hand, and any Insider, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus which is not so described as required. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business), or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or officer of the Company.

 

2.29 No Influence. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, the Firm Units to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.

 

2.30 Sarbanes-Oxley. The Company is, or on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules or regulations promulgated by any governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency, that are applicable to it as of the date hereof.

 

2.31 Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the distribution of the Units, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case as supplemented and amended.

 

2.32 Nasdaq Stock Market. The Public Securities have been authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on The Nasdaq Stock Market (the “Nasdaq”), and the Company knows of no reason or set of facts that is likely to adversely affect such authorization.

 

2.33 Board of Directors. As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will be comprised of the persons set forth as “Directors” or “Director nominees” under the heading of the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” As of the Effective Date, the qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board will comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq that are, in each case, applicable to the Company. As of the Effective Date, the Company will have an Audit Committee that satisfies the applicable requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq.

 

2.34 Emerging Growth Company. From its formation through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

2.35 No Disqualification Events. Neither the Company, nor any of its predecessors or any affiliated issuer, nor any director, executive officer, or other officer of the Company participating in the Offering, nor any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, nor any promoter (as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the Applicable Time (each, a “Company Covered Person” and, together, “Company Covered Persons”) is subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3). The Company has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Company Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with its disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e), and has furnished to the Underwriters a copy of any disclosures provided thereunder.

 

13

 

 

2.36 Free-Writing Prospectus and Testing-the-Waters. The Company has not made any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405. The Company: (a) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (b) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications other than its officers and the Representative and individuals engaged by the Representative. The Company has not distributed any written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B hereto. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.

 

2.37 Compliance with SAFE Rules and Regulations. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has taken reasonable steps to cause the Company’s shareholders who are residents or citizens of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), to comply with any applicable rules and regulations of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) relating to such shareholders’ shareholding with the Company (the “SAFE Rules and Regulations”), including, without limitation, taking reasonable steps to require each shareholder that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a resident or citizen of the PRC to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable SAFE Rules and Regulations.

 

2.38 M&A Rules. The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and SAFE on June 22, 2009 (the “M&A Rules”), in particular the relevant provisions thereof that purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for the purpose of obtaining a stock exchange listing outside of the PRC and controlled directly or indirectly by companies or natural persons of the PRC, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on a stock exchange located outside of the PRC; the Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the M&A Rules from its PRC counsel and based on such legal advice, the Company confirms with the Underwriters:

 

2.38.1 Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the issuance and sale of the Firm Units, the listing and trading of the Firm Units on the Nasdaq Global Market and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not as of the date hereof, and will not be at the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, materially affected by the M&A Rules or any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related to the M&A Rules as amended as of the date hereof (collectively, the “M&A Rules and Related Clarifications”).

 

2.38.2 Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of the date hereof, the M&A Rules and Related Clarifications do not require the Company to obtain any other approval of the CSRC prior to the issuance and sale of the Firm Units, the listing and trading of the Firm Units on the Nasdaq Global Market, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.39 Trial Measures. The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Trial Administrative Measures of the Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies and five ancillary interpretive guidelines promulgated by the CSRC (collectively, the “Trial Measures”). In particular, the relevant provisions thereof require the Chinese domestic companies that seek to offer and list securities in overseas markets, either in direct or indirect means, to fulfill the filing procedures with the CSRC and report relevant information, if (i) any of the total assets, net assets, revenues or profits of the domestic operating entities of the issuer in the most recent accounting year accounts for more than 50% of the corresponding figure in the issuer’s audited consolidated financial statement for the same period; and (ii) its major operational activities are carried out in China or its main places of business are located in China or the senior managers in charge of operation and management of the issuer are mostly Chinese citizens or are domiciled in China. The Company has [received legal advice/conducted its own analysis] specifically with respect to the Trial Measures [from its PRC counsel] and based on such [legal advice/assessment], the Company confirms with the Underwriters that the Company is not subject to the Trial Measures and is not required to obtain approvals from any PRC government authorities, including the CSRC or the Cyberspace Administration of China.

 

14

 

 

3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1 Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and the Company shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects in writing.

 

3.2 Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1 Compliance. During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations, and the Exchange Act, and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Public Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Public Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

 

3.2.2 Filing of Final Prospectus. The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

 

3.2.3 Exchange Act Registration. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Public Securities under the provisions of the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction) for a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is required to be liquidated or is acquired, if earlier. The Company will not deregister the Public Securities under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.2.4 Exchange Act Filings. From the Effective Date until the earlier of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or its liquidation and dissolution, the Company shall timely file with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) such statements and reports as are required to be filed by a company registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

3.2.5 Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. As soon as it is legally required to do so, the Company shall take all actions necessary to obtain and thereafter maintain material compliance with each applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any other governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Company.

 

3.3 Free-Writing Prospectus. The Company agrees that it will not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405.

 

3.4 Delivery to Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge and from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act, such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to the Underwriters, upon their request, two manually executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all manually executed consents of certified experts.

 

15

 

 

3.5 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any foreign or state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, and in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading . If the Commission or any foreign or state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6 Affiliated Transactions.

 

3.6.1 Business Combinations. The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity that is affiliated with any Insider unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.

 

3.6.2 Compensation to Insiders. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company shall not pay any of the Insiders or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

3.7 Financial Public Relations Firm. Promptly after the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination, the Company shall retain a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative for a term to be agreed on by the Company and the Representative.

 

3.8 Reports to the Representative. For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated or is no longer required to file reports under the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish to the Representative and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Underwriters, (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs that was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each current Report on Form 8-K or Schedule 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) two (2) copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Act, and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel in connection with the Representative’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section.

 

3.9 Transfer Agent. For a period of five years following the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain a transfer agent acceptable to the Representative. Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company is acceptable to the Representative.

 

16

 

 

3.10 Payment of Expenses. The Company will bear all fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with the proposed Offering. including. without limitation: the costs of preparing, printing, mailing and delivering the Registration Statement, the preliminary and final prospectus contained therein and amendments thereto, post-effective amendments and supplements thereto, the Underwriting Agreement and related documents (all in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably require); preparing and printing stock certificates and warrant certificates; the costs of any “due diligence” meetings; net roadshow; i-Deal system. filing fees (including SEC filing fees), costs and expenses (including third party expenses and disbursements) incurred in registering the Offering, FINRA filing fees; preparation of leather bound volumes and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; transfer taxes; transfer and warrant agent and registrar fees; and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Representative in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, any expenses and fees incurred by the Representative’s counsel, the Representative’s due diligence and background check process, subject to a maximum amount of $150,000 in the event of a Closing (the “Expense Cap”) and $75,000 in the event there is no Closing. Additionally, prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company has provided an expense advance (the “Advance”) to the Representative of $25,000. The Advance shall be applied towards the Expense Cap set forth herein and any portion of the Advance shall be returned back to the Company to the extent not actually incurred. If the Company is unable to qualify for listing qualifications on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE American or Nasdaq Stock Market, all blue-sky work shall be undertaken by counsel of the Representative’s choice.

 

3.11 Application of Net Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering and Private Placement and received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

3.12 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.

 

3.13 Notice to FINRA.

 

3.13.1 Notice to FINRA. For a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the Prospectus, in the event any person or entity (regardless of any FINRA affiliation or association) is engaged, in writing, to assist the Company in its search for a Target Business or to provide any other services in connection therewith, the Company will provide the following to FINRA and the Representative prior to the consummation of the Business Combination: (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Offering, as such term is defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual. The Company also agrees that, if required by law, proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the tender offer documents or proxy statement which the Company will file with the Commission in connection with the Business Combination.

 

3.13.2 FINRA. The Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any 10% or greater shareholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Public Securities.

 

3.13.3 Broker/Dealer. In the event the Company intends to register as a broker/dealer, merge with or acquire a registered broker/dealer, or otherwise become a member of FINRA, it shall promptly notify FINRA.

 

3.14 Stabilization. Neither the Company, nor to its knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken and the Company will not take, and has directed its employees, directors and shareholders not to take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

 

17

 

 

3.15 Payment of Deferred Underwriting Commission on Business Combination. Upon the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company agrees that it will cause the Trustee to pay the Deferred Underwriting Commission directly from the Trust Account to the Underwriters, in accordance with Section 1.3.

 

3.16 Internal Controls. The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.17 Accountants. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain MB or another independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.18 Form 8-K. The Company shall, on or prior to the date hereof, retain its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (“Audited Financial Statements”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement. Within four (4) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements. Promptly after the Option Closing Date, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised after the Closing Date, the Company shall file with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K or an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of such option.

 

3.19 Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representative (or its counsel).

 

3.20 Investment Company. The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Account to be invested only as provided for in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus. The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act. Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

 

3.21 Amendments to Charter Document. The Company covenants and agrees, that prior to its initial Business Combination it will not seek to amend or modify its Charter Document, except as set forth therein. The Company acknowledges that the purchasers of the Units in the Offering shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and specifically this Section 3.21.

 

3.22 Press Releases. The Company agrees that it will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), for a period of twenty-five (25) days after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be prohibited from issuing any press releases or engaging in any other publicity required by law, except that including the name of any Underwriter therein shall require the prior written consent of such Underwriter.

 

3.23 Insurance. The Company will maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance (including, without limitation, insurance covering the Company, its directors and officers for liabilities or losses arising in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, liabilities or losses arising under the Act, the Exchange Act, the Regulations and any applicable foreign securities laws).

 

3.24 Electronic Prospectus. The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Underwriters, at the Company’s expense, promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days from the effective date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. As used herein, the term “Electronic Prospectus” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Units for at least the period during which a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time).

 

18

 

 

3.25 Private Placement Proceeds. On the Closing Date, the Company shall cause to be deposited $3,399,640 (whether or not the Over-allotment Option is exercised) of proceeds from the Private Placement into the Trust Account, or such other amount such that the amount of the funds in the Trust Account shall be $10.00 per Unit sold in the Offering.

 

3.26 Future Financings. The Company agrees that neither it, nor any successor or subsidiary of the Company, will consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the Trust Account.

 

3.27 Amendments to Agreements. The Company shall not amend, modify or otherwise change the Rights Agreement, Trust Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement, or the Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Representative. Furthermore, the Trust Agreement shall provide that the trustee is required to obtain a joint written instruction signed by both the Company and the Representative with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account from the Trust Account, prior to commencing any liquidation of the assets of the Trust Account in connection with the consummation of any Business Combination, and such provision of the Trust Agreement shall not be permitted to be amended without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.28 Nasdaq. Until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Public Securities on the Nasdaq or a national securities exchange acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.29 Reservation of Shares. The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exchange of the Rights and Private Placement Rights, outstanding from time to time.

 

3.30 Notice of Disqualification Events. The Company will notify the Underwriters in writing, prior to the Closing Date, of (i) any Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person and (ii) any event that could reasonably be expected, with the passage of time, become a Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person.

 

3.31 Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the earlier of five years after the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated as required by its Charter Document (the “Termination Date”).

 

3.32 Review of Financial Statements. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated by the Termination Date, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information and the filing of the Company’s Form 10-Q quarterly report.

 

3.33 Right of First Refusal. The Company agrees that if the Firm Units are sold in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall grant the Representative the right of first refusal to act as the sole book runner, and/or sole placement agent, at the Representative’s sole discretion, for any and all future public and private equity, equity linked and debt offerings of the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Subject Transaction”). The right of first refusal shall commence as of the date of this Agreement and terminate on the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the closing of the initial Business Combination. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement. It is understood that if, during the eighteen (18) month period from the closing of the initial Business Combination, a third party broker-dealer provides the Company with written terms with respect to a future securities offering (“Written Offering Terms”) that the Company desires to accept, the Company shall promptly present the Written Offering Terms to the Representative. The Representative shall have five (5) business days from its receipt of the Written Offering Terms in which to determine whether or not to accept such offer and, if the Representative declines such offer or fail to respond within such five (5) day period, then the Company shall have the right to proceed with such financing with another placement agent or underwriter upon the same terms and conditions as the Written Offering Terms. For the purpose of this paragraph and to avoid any doubt, the target of a Business Combination is not prohibited from engaging their financial advisor, capital markets advisor, underwriter and/or private placement agent in connection with the Business Combination or remaining such engagement post the closing of the Business Combination. The Representative’s failure to exercise its preferential right with respect to any particular proposal shall not affect its preferential rights relative to future proposals.

 

19

 

 

3.34 Business Combination Matters.

 

3.34.1 Assignment and Assumption of Indemnification. The Company shall include in the definitive agreement with respect to the initial Business Combination (the “Business Combination Agreement”) (i) a covenant for the assignment and assumption, by the public entity resulting from the initial Business Combination, of all of the Company’s indemnification obligations under Section 5 hereof and (ii) that the Underwriters may rely on the representations and warranties contained therein as if they were a party thereto.

 

3.34.2 Business Combination Announcement. In the event that the Company desires or is required by an applicable law or regulation to cause an announcement (“Business Combination Announcement”) to be placed in The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times or any other news or media publication or outlet or to be made via a public filing or submission with the Commission announcing the consummation of the Business Combination that indicates that the Underwriters were the underwriters in the Offering, the Company shall supply the Representative with a draft of the Business Combination Announcement and provide the Representative with a reasonable advance opportunity to comment thereon, subject to the agreement of the Underwriters to keep confidential such draft announcement in accordance with the Representative’s standard policies regarding confidential information.

 

3.34.3 Deferred Underwriting Commission. Subject to Section 1.3, upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination, the Company and the Underwriters shall jointly direct the Trustee to pay the Underwriters the Deferred Underwriting Commission out of the proceeds of the Offering held in the Trust Account. The Underwriters shall have no claim to payment of any interest earned on the portion of the proceeds held in the Trust Account representing the Deferred Underwriting Commission. If the Company fails to consummate its initial Business Combination within the time period provided in the Charter Document, the Deferred Underwriting Commission or any rights or claims to the Deferred Underwriting Commission will be forfeited by the Underwriters. In the event that an Underwriter waives its right to the Deferred Underwriting Commission and/or resigns from its role or roles in connection with the initial Business Combination (if any), the Company shall include disclosure regarding such waiver and/or resignation in any registration statement, statutory prospectus, prospectus and proxy statement filed subsequent to such waiver and/or resignation in connection with the initial Business Combination, provide such Underwriter with a reasonable advance opportunity to comment thereon and give reasonable consideration to any comments made by such Underwriter and its representatives.

 

4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

 

4.1 Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1.1 Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Winston.

 

4.1.2 FINRA Clearance. By the Effective Date, the Underwriters shall have received a letter of no objections from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

20

 

 

4.1.3 No Commission Stop Order. At the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, the Commission has not issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any part thereof, and has not instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

4.1.4 Nasdaq. The Public Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, satisfactory evidence of which shall have been provided to the Representative.

 

4.2 Company Counsel Matters.

 

4.2.1 Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinions and negative assurance statements of Robinson & Cole LLP, the Company’s U.S. counsel, and Harney Westwood & Riegels the Company’s Cayman Islands counsel, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and Winston.

 

4.2.2 Reliance. In rendering such opinions, such counsels may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Representative’s counsel if requested.

 

4.3 Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in Section 4.3.3 below) to the Representative from MB dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any:

 

4.3.1 Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

4.3.2 Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;

 

4.3.3 Stating that, on the basis of their review, which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the shareholders and Board of Directors and the various committees of the Board of Directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (b) at a date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the share capital or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the shareholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) to a specified date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there were any changes in revenues, net earnings (losses) or net earnings (losses) per Class A Ordinary Share, in each case as compared with the Statement of Operations for the period from August 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024 included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, if there was any such change, setting forth the amount of such change;

 

21

 

 

4.3.4 Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);

 

4.3.5 Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;

 

4.3.6 Stating that they have not, since the Company’s incorporation, brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls; and

 

4.3.7 Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as the Representative or its counsel may reasonably request, including: (i) that MB is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (ii) that MB has sufficient assets and insurance to pay for any liability incurred by it relating to providing the letter; and (iii) that MB is not insolvent.

 

4.4 Officers’ Certificates.

 

4.4.1 Officers’ Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (in their capacities as such), dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that (i) the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof have been satisfied as of such date, (iii) as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct. In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company (in their capacities as such) as the Representative may reasonably request.

 

4.4.2 Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the Charter Document is true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, (iv) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Nasdaq and (v) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

22

 

 

4.5 No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal, foreign or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.6 Delivery of Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Transaction Documents.

 

4.7 Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as applicable, the Private Placement Units and Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares have been purchased as provided for in the Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement and the requisite portion of the purchase price for such securities specified herein and therein shall be deposited into the Trust Account.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

5.1 Indemnification.

 

5.1.1 Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter or any affiliate within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act as follows:

 

(a) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(b) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding or fines by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be delayed, conditioned or withheld; and

 

(c) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding or fines by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission (whether or not a party), to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (a) or (b) above; provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.

 

23

 

 

5.1.2 Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and its directors, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 5.1.1, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.

 

5.1.3 Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 5.1 will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 5.1, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, enclosing a copy of all papers served, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from (i) any liability that it might have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 5.1 and (ii) any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under the foregoing provision of this Section 5.1 unless, and only to the extent that, such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by the indemnifying party. If any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering written notice to the indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of, the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any other legal expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense. The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (A) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (B) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (C) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (D) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action or counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, in each case, within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action; in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction (plus local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. All such fees, disbursements and other charges will be reimbursed by the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred. An indemnifying party will not, in any event, be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of each indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated by this Section 5 (whether or not any indemnified party is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an express and unconditional release of each indemnified party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

24

 

 

5.1.4 Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 5.1.1(b) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

5.2 Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraphs of Section 5.1 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable or insufficient from the Company or the Underwriters, the Company and the Underwriters will contribute to the total losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted) to which any indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the sale of the Units (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total compensation received by the Underwriters (before deducting expenses) from the sale of Units on behalf of the Company. If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, with respect to the statements or omission that resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to such offering. Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.2 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to include, for the purpose of this Section 5.2, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim to the extent consistent with Section 5.1.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 5.1 and this Section 5.2, the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the commissions actually received by it under this Agreement and no person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5.2, any person who controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Securities Act, any affiliates of the respective Underwriters and any officers, directors, partners, employees or agents of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates, will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each director of the Company and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made under this Section 5.2, will notify any such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify will not relieve that party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 5.2 except to the extent that the failure to so notify such other party materially prejudiced the substantive rights or defenses of the party from whom contribution is sought. Except for a settlement entered into pursuant to the last sentence of Section 5.1.3, no party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent if such consent is required pursuant to Section 5.1.3.

 

25

 

 

6. Default by an Underwriter.

 

6.1 Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units and if the number of the Firm Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2 Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units, the Representative may, in its discretion, arrange for it or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units the Representative do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Units on such terms. In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10, 5, and 9.3 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3 Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to, or to supplement, the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such securities.

 

7. Additional Covenants.

 

7.1 Additional Shares or Options. The Company hereby agrees that until the consummation of a Business Combination, it shall not issue any Class A Ordinary Shares, or any options or other securities convertible into any Class A Ordinary Share, or any preferred shares or other securities of the Company which participate in any manner in the Trust Account or which vote as a class with the Class A Ordinary Shares on a Business Combination.

 

7.2 Trust Account Waiver Acknowledgments. The Company hereby agrees that it will use its reasonable best efforts prior to commencing its due diligence investigation of any prospective Target Business or obtaining the services of any vendor to have such Target Business and/or vendor acknowledge in writing whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of $250,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem the Class A Ordinary Shares contained in the Units in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period set forth in the Charter Document, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (i) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (ii) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (“Claim”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. The foregoing letters shall substantially be in the form attached hereto as Exhibits A and B, respectively. The Company may forego obtaining such waivers only if the Company shall have received the approval of its Chief Executive Officer and the approving vote of at least a majority of its Board of Directors.

 

26

 

 

7.3 Insider Letter. The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of the Insider Letter and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.4 Rule 419. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

 

7.5 Tender Offer Documents, Proxy Materials and Other Information. The Company shall provide to the Representative or their counsel (if so instructed by the Representative) with 10 copies of all tender offer documents or proxy information and all related material filed with the Commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the Commission. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been provided to the Representative pursuant to this Section. In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.

 

7.6 Emerging Growth Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Act.

 

7.7 Target Fair Market Value. The Company agrees that the Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of signing the definitive agreement for the Business Combination with such Target Business (excluding taxes payable and the Deferred Underwriting Commissions). The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value. If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the target business meets such fair market value requirement, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. The Company is not required to obtain an opinion as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value.

 

8. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery. Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and the Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any Controlling Person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Public Securities to the Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh (7th) anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

9. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

 

9.1 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

27

 

 

9.2 Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States, or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market or quoted on the OTC Markets shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in existing major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or Federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s sole opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Units.

 

9.3 Expenses. In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, (i) the obligations of the Company to pay the out of pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein shall be governed by Section 3.10 hereof and (ii) the Company shall reimburse the Representative for any costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcing any provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.4 Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1 Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier or delivered by facsimile transmission (with printed confirmation of receipt) and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so mailed, delivered or faxed or if mailed, two days after such mailing.

 

If to the Representative:

D. Boral Capital LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: David W. Boral, Chief Executive Officer

Email: [●]

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

800 Capitol Street, Suite 2400

Houston, Texas 77002

Attn: Michael J. Blankenship

Email: MBlankenship@winston.com

 

28

 

 

If to the Company:

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yengsan

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

Telephone: 82-10-8781-0823

Email: [●]

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building

666 Third Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Arila E. Zhou

Telephone: (212) 451-2908

Email: azhou@rc.com

 

10.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.3 Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

10.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

10.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the selected dealers, the Company and the controlling persons, directors, agents, partners, members, employees and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from the Underwriters.

 

29

 

 

10.6 Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced hereunder, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets any immunity, including sovereign immunity, from suit, jurisdiction, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or prior to a judgment, execution of a judgment or any other legal process with respect to its obligations hereunder and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to the Company such an immunity (whether or not claimed), the Company hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

10.7 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or the offering of the Securities. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company or the Representative may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 10.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company or the Representative in any action, proceeding or claim. Each of the Company and the Representative waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on this Agreement may be instituted by the Underwriters in any competent court. The Company agrees that the Underwriters shall be entitled to recover all of their reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to any action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor if any of them are the prevailing party in such action or proceeding.

 

10.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

 

10.9 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

10.10 Waiver. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

10.11 No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction pursuant to a contractual relationship between the Company and the Underwriters, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) the Underwriters have not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of this Offering of the Company’s securities, either before or after the date hereof and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgment with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

30

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

By:    
Name: Sung Hyuk Lee   
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

Accepted on the date first above written.

 

D. BORAL CAPITAL LLC
as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

By:    
Name: [Gaurav Verma]  
Title: [Co-Head of Investment Banking]  

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A
HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION
18,000,000 Units

 

Underwriter  Number of Firm Units
to be Purchased
 
HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION     
      
      
TOTAL   18,000,000 

 

Sch. A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF TARGET BUSINESS LETTER
HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), dated as of ________, 2025 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $180,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to evaluate the undersigned for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

 

Print Name of Target Business

 

 

Authorized Signature of Target Business

 

A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF VENDOR LETTER
HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), dated as of ________, 2025 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $180,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to engage the services of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

 

Print Name of Vendor

 

 

Authorized Signature of Vendor

 

B-1

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (Revised)

 OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION 

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] 2025 and effective upon the listing of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each on the Designated Stock Exchange)

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (Revised)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

 HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION 

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] 2025 and effective upon the listing of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each on the Designated Stock Exchange)

 

1The name of the Company is Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation.

 

2The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 445,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 5,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2

 

 

THE COMPANIES ACT (Revised)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 OF

 HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION 

(adopted by special resolution dated [Date] 2025 and effective upon the listing of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each on the Designated Stock Exchange)

 

1Interpretation

 

1.1In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

 

“Affiliate”

in respect of a person, means any other person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person, and (a) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such person’s home, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing and (b) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity.
     
  “Applicable Law” means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such person.

 

3

 

 

  “Articles” means these amended and restated articles of association of the Company as supplemented, amended or substituted from time to time.
     
  “Audit Committee” means the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
     
  “Auditor” means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
     
  “Business Combination” means a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganisation or similar business combination involving the Company, with one or more businesses or entities (the “target business”), which Business Combination: (a) as long as the securities of the Company are listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing of the definitive agreement to enter into such Business Combination; and (b) must not be solely effectuated with another blank cheque company or a similar company with nominal operations.
     
  “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in New York City.
     
  “Clearing House” means a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
     
  “Class A Share” means a Class A ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 each in the share capital of the Company.
     
  “Class B Share” means a Class B ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 each in the share capital of the Company.
     
  “Company” means the above named company.

 

4

 

 

  “Company’s Website” means the website of the Company and/or its web-address or domain name (if any).
     
  “Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
     
  “Designated Stock Exchange” means any United States national securities exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed for trading, including the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.
     
  “Directors” means the directors for the time being of the Company.
     
  “Dividend” means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
     
  “Electronic Communication” means a communication sent by electronic means, including electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website (including the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by the Directors.
     
  “Electronic Record” has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act.
     
  “Electronic Transactions Act” means the Electronic Transactions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.
     
  “Equity-linked Securities” means any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with a Business Combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.
     
  “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar U.S. federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
     
  “Founders” means all Members immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO.

 

5

 

 

  “Independent Director” has the same meaning as in the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as the case may be.
     
  “IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering of securities.
     
  “Member” has the same meaning as in the Statute.
     
  “Memorandum” means the amended and restated memorandum of association of the Company as supplemented, amended or substituted from time to time.
     
  “Officer” means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company.
     
  “Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
     
  “Over-Allotment Option” means the option of the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 15% of the firm units (as described in the Articles) issued in the IPO at a price equal to US$10 per unit, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
     
  “Preference Share” means a preference share of a par value of US$0.0001 each in the share capital of the Company.
     
  “Public Share” means a Class A Share issued as part of the units (as described in the Articles) issued in the IPO.
     
  “Redemption Notice” means a notice in a form approved by the Company by which a holder of Public Shares is entitled to require the Company to redeem its Public Shares, subject to any conditions contained therein.
     
  “Register of Directors” means the register of directors and officers maintained in accordance with the law and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of directors and officers.

 

6

 

 

  “Register of Members” means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
     
  “Registrar of Companies” means the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands and includes the Deputy Registrar of Companies.
     
  “Registered Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
     
  “Representative” means a representative of the Underwriters.
     
  “Seal” means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
     
  “Securities and Exchange Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     
  “Share” means a Class A Share, a Class B Share or a Preference Share and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
     
  “Special Resolution” subject to Article 29.4, has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.
     
  “Sponsor” means Shepherd Ave Capital Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors or assigns.
     
  “Statute” means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.
     
  “Tax Filing Authorised Person” means such person as any Director shall designate from time to time, acting severally.
     
  “Treasury Share” means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.
     
  “Trust Account” means the trust account established by the Company upon the consummation of the IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO, together with a certain amount of the proceeds of a private placement of units simultaneously with the closing date of the IPO, will be deposited.
     
  “Underwriter” means an underwriter of the IPO from time to time and any successor underwriter.

 

7

 

 

1.2In the Articles:

 

(a)words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c)words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(d)“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e)“shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f)references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g)any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h)the term “and/or” is used to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(i)headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(j)any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(k)any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

(l)sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act shall not apply;

 

8

 

 

(m)the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(n)the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

2Commencement of Business

 

2.1The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3Issue of Shares and other Securities

 

3.1Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividends or other distributions, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights, save that the Directors shall not allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) to the extent that it may affect the ability of the Company to carry out a Class B Ordinary Share Conversion set out in the Articles.

 

3.2The Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.3The Company may issue units of securities in the Company, which may be comprised of whole or fractional Shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, upon such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine. The securities comprising any such units which are issued pursuant to the IPO can only be traded separately from one another on the 52nd day following the date of the prospectus relating to the IPO unless the Representative(s) determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to the Company having filed a current report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Prior to such date, the units can be traded, but the securities comprising such units cannot be traded separately from one another.

 

3.4The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

9

 

 

4Register of Members

 

4.1The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

4.3Register of Members kept by the Company shall contain:

 

(a)the names and addresses of each Member;

 

(b)a statement of the Shares held by each Member which shall:

 

(i)distinguish each Share by its number (so long as the share has a number);

 

(ii)confirm the amount paid, or agreed to be considered as paid, on the Shares of each Member;

 

(iii)confirm the number and category of Shares held by each Member; and

 

(iv)confirm whether each relevant category of Shares held by a Member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;

 

(c)the date on which the name of each person was entered on the Register of Members as a Member; and

 

(d)the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

10

 

 

5Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspaper or by any other means in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

5.2In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.3If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6Certificates for Shares

 

6.1A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and, subject to the Articles, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

11

 

 

6.3If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

6.4Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

6.5Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Statute, if applicable, or as the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law may from time to time determine, whichever is shorter, after the allotment or, except in the case of a Share transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgement of a Share transfer with the Company.

 

7Transfer of Shares

 

7.1Subject to the terms of the Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of their Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options, warrants or units issued pursuant to the Articles on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such right, option, warrant or unit.

 

7.2The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

12

 

 

8Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares, except Public Shares, shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Directors or the Company, by Ordinary Resolution, may determine before the issue of such Shares. With respect to redeeming or repurchasing the Shares:

 

(a)Members who hold Public Shares are entitled to request the redemption of such Shares in the circumstances described in the Business Combination Article hereof;

 

(b)Class B Shares held by the Sponsor shall be surrendered by the Sponsor for no consideration on a pro-rata basis to the extent that the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full so that the Sponsor will own 20% of the Company’s issued Shares after the IPO (exclusive of any securities purchased in a private placement simultaneously with the IPO); and

 

(c)Public Shares shall be repurchased by way of tender offer in the circumstances set out in the Business Combination Article hereof.

 

8.2Subject to the provisions of the Statute, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member. For the avoidance of doubt, redemptions, repurchases and surrenders of Shares in the circumstances described in the Article above shall not require further approval of the Members.

 

8.3The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

8.4The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

9Treasury Shares

 

9.1The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

13

 

 

10Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1Subject to Article 3.1, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

10.2For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith or Shares issued with preferred or other rights.

 

11Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

14

 

 

13Lien on Shares

 

13.1The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or their estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or their nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and they shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall their title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.

 

13.4The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14Call on Shares

 

14.1Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon them notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

15

 

 

14.2A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by that Member, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

16

 

 

15.3A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by that person to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but that person’s liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by them in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or Officer that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall their title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

16Transmission of Shares

 

16.1If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors (where they were a joint holder), or their legal personal representatives (where they were a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which the Member was a joint or sole holder.

 

16.2Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by that person to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by them registered as the holder of such Share. If they elect to have another person registered as the holder of such Share they shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before their death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

17

 

 

16.3A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which they would be entitled if they were the holder of such Share. However, they shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered or to have some person nominated by them registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before their death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within 90 days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles), the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17Class B Ordinary Share Conversion

 

17.1The rights attaching to the Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects, and the Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall vote together as a single class on all matters (subject to the Variation of Rights of Shares Article, the Votes of Members Article and the Appointment and Removal of Directors Article hereof) with the exception that the holder of a Class B Share shall have the conversion rights referred to in this Article.

 

17.2Class B Shares shall automatically convert into Class A Shares on a one-for-one basis: (a) at any time and from time to time at the option of the holders thereof; or (b) automatically on the day of the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

17.3References in this Article to “converted”, “conversion” or “exchange” shall mean the compulsory redemption without notice of Class B Shares of any Member and, on behalf of such Members, automatic application of such redemption proceeds in paying for such new Class A Shares into which the Class B Shares have been converted or exchanged at a price per Class B Share necessary to give effect to a conversion or exchange calculated on the basis that the Class A Shares to be issued as part of the conversion or exchange will be issued at par. The Class A Shares to be issued on an exchange or conversion shall be registered in the name of such Member or in such name as the Member may direct.

 

17.4Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, in no event may any Class B Share convert into Class A Shares at a ratio that is less than one-for-one.

 

18

 

 

18Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

18.1The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b)consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d)by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e)cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

18.2All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

18.3Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution and Article 29.4, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)change its name;

 

(b)alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c)alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d)reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

19

 

 

19Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

20General Meetings

 

20.1All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

20.2The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

20.3The Directors, the chief executive officer or the chairperson of the board of Directors may call general meetings, and, for the avoidance of doubt, Members shall not have the ability to call general meetings.

 

20.4Members seeking to bring business before the annual general meeting must deliver notice to the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 120 calendar days before the date of the Company’s proxy statement released to Members in connection with the previous year’s annual general meeting or, if the Company did not hold an annual general meeting the previous year, or if the date of the current year’s annual general meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year’s annual general meeting, then the deadline shall be set by the board of Directors with such deadline being a reasonable time before the Company begins to print and send its related proxy materials.

 

21Notice of General Meetings

 

21.1At least five clear days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a)in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; and

 

(b)in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than 95% in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20

 

 

21.2The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

22Proceedings at General Meetings

 

22.1No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of one-third of the Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

22.2A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

22.3A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all of the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

22.4If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors or chairperson appointed by the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

22.5The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairperson of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairperson, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairperson at such general meeting. If there is no such chairperson, or if the person shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

22.6If no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no Director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

21

 

 

22.7The chairperson may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

22.8When a general meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

22.9If, prior to a Business Combination, a notice is issued in respect of a general meeting and the Directors, in their absolute discretion, consider that it is impractical or undesirable for any reason to hold that general meeting at the place, the day and the hour specified in the notice calling such general meeting, the Directors may postpone the general meeting to another place, day and/or hour provided that notice of the place, the day and the hour of the rearranged general meeting is promptly given to all Members. No business shall be transacted at any postponed meeting other than the business specified in the notice of the original meeting.

 

22.10When a general meeting is postponed for 30 days or more, notice of the postponed meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of a postponed meeting. All proxy forms submitted for the original general meeting shall remain valid for the postponed meeting. The Directors may postpone a general meeting which has already been postponed.

 

22.11A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

22.12A poll shall be taken as the chairperson directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

22.13A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairperson of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

22.14In the case of an equality of votes the chairperson shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

23Votes of Members

 

23.1Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, including as set out at Article 29.4, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which they are the holder.

 

22

 

 

23.2In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

23.3A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by their committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

23.4No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless they are registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by them in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

23.5No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairperson whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

23.6Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

23.7A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of their Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing the proxy, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which they are appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which they are appointed.

 

24Proxies

 

24.1The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of their attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23

 

 

24.2The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

24.3The chairperson may in any event at their discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairperson, shall be invalid.

 

24.4The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

24.5Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

25Corporate Members

 

25.1Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which they represent as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

25.2If a Clearing House (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it sees fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)).

 

24

 

 

26Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

27Directors

 

27.1There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors.

 

27.2The Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. The number of Directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Upon the adoption of the Articles, the existing Directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class I, Class II or Class III Directors. The Class I Directors shall stand appointed for a term expiring at the Company’s first annual general meeting, the Class II Directors shall stand appointed for a term expiring at the Company’s second annual general meeting and the Class III Directors shall stand appointed for a term expiring at the Company’s third annual general meeting. Commencing at the Company’s first annual general meeting, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, Directors appointed to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be appointed for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after their appointment. Except as the Statute or other Applicable Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the appointment of Directors and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Articles), or by the sole remaining Director. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been appointed and qualified. A Director appointed to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until their successor shall have been appointed and qualified.

 

28Powers of Directors

 

28.1Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

25

 

 

28.2All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

28.3The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to their surviving spouse, civil partner or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

28.4The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

28.5The Register of Directors and Officers shall contain:

 

(a)the names and addresses of the persons who are Directors and Officers;

 

(b)the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a Director or Officer; and

 

(c)the date on which each person named as a Director or Officer ceased to be a Director or Officer.

 

29Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

29.1Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution of the holders of the Class B Shares appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution of the holders of the Class B Shares remove any Director. For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, holders of Class A Shares shall have no right to vote on the appointment or removal of any Director.

 

26

 

 

29.2The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29.3After the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

29.4Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, Article 29.1 may only be amended by a Special Resolution passed by at least 90% of such Members (which shall include a simple majority of the holders of Class B Shares) as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given, or by way of unanimous written resolution.

 

30Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a)the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that they resign the office of Director; or

 

(b)the Director is absent (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that they have by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c)the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally; or

 

(d)the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e)all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that the Director should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

31Proceedings of Directors

 

31.1The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

27

 

 

31.2Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairperson shall have a second or casting vote.

 

31.3A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairperson is located at the start of the meeting.

 

31.4A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

31.5A Director may, or other Officer on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

31.6The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

31.7The Directors may elect a chairperson of their board and determine the period for which they are to hold office; but if no such chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the chairperson is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

31.8All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

28

 

 

31.9A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by that Director. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

32Presumption of Assent

 

A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless their dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless they shall file their written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairperson or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

33Directors’ Interests

 

33.1A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with their office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

33.2A Director may act on their own or by, through or on behalf of their firm in a professional capacity for the Company and they or their firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if they were not a Director.

 

33.3A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by them as a director or officer of, or from their interest in, such other company.

 

33.4No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which they are interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by them at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

29

 

 

33.5A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which they have an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

34Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of Officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

 

35Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

35.1The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee). Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

35.2The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

35.3The Directors may adopt formal written charters for committees. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in the Articles and shall have such powers as the Directors may delegate pursuant to the Articles and as required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. Each of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee, if established, shall consist of such number of Directors as the Directors shall from time to time determine (or such minimum number as may be required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law). For so long as any class of Shares is listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as is required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law.

 

30

 

 

35.4The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

35.5The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in them.

 

35.6The Directors may appoint such Officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of their appointment an Officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An Officer may vacate their office at any time if they give notice in writing to the Company that they resign their office.

 

36No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

37Remuneration of Directors

 

37.1The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine, provided that no cash remuneration shall be paid to any Director by the Company prior to the consummation of a Business Combination. The Directors shall also, whether prior to or after the consummation of a Business Combination, be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

31

 

 

37.2The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond that Director’s ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to their remuneration as a Director.

 

38Seal

 

38.1The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some Officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

38.2The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

38.3A Director or Officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over their signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by them under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

39Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

39.1Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

39.2Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

32

 

 

39.3The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by the Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

39.4The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

39.5Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

39.6The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

39.7Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

39.8No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

39.9Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

33

 

 

40Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

41Books of Account

 

41.1The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

41.2The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

41.3The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

34

 

 

42Audit

 

42.1The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

42.2Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Directors and shall adopt a formal written Audit Committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law.

 

42.3If the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.

 

42.4The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee (if one exists).

 

42.5If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by resignation or death of the Auditor, or by their becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when their services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

42.6Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

42.7Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

42.8Any payment made to members of the Audit Committee (if one exists) shall require the review and approval of the Directors, with any Director interested in such payment abstaining from such review and approval.

 

35

 

 

42.9At least one member of the Audit Committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” as determined by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. The “audit committee financial expert” shall have such past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication.

 

43Notices

 

43.1Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, telex, fax or email to such Member or to such Member’s address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by email by sending it to the email address provided by such Member). Notice may also be served by Electronic Communication in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or by placing it on the Company’s Website.

 

43.2Where a notice is sent by:

 

(a)courier; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier;

 

(b)post; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted;

 

(c)telex or fax; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted;

 

(d)email or other Electronic Communication; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the email to the email address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the email to be acknowledged by the recipient; and

 

(e)placing it on the Company’s Website; service of the notice shall be deemed to have been effected one hour after the notice or document was placed on the Company’s Website.

 

36

 

 

43.3A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

43.4Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves because they are a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for their death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

44Winding Up

 

44.1If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a)if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b)if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

44.2If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

37

 

 

45Indemnity and Insurance

 

45.1Every Director and Officer (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former Officer (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

45.2The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

45.3The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

46Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

38

 

 

47Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

48Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

49Business Combination

 

49.1Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles, this Article shall apply during the period commencing upon the adoption of the Articles and terminating upon the first to occur of the consummation of a Business Combination and the full distribution of the Trust Account pursuant to this Article. In the event of a conflict between this Article and any other Articles, the provisions of this Article shall prevail.

 

49.2Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company shall either:

 

(a)submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval; or

 

(b)provide Members with the opportunity to have their Shares repurchased by means of a tender offer for a per-Share repurchase price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination, including interest earned on the Trust Account (net of taxes paid or payable, if any and up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued Public Shares, provided that the Company shall not repurchase Public Shares in an amount that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than US$5,000,001 upon consummation of such Business Combination. Such obligation to repurchase Shares is subject to the completion of the proposed Business Combination to which it relates.

 

49.3If the Company initiates any tender offer in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act in connection with a proposed Business Combination, it shall file tender offer documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to completing such Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about such Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act. If, alternatively, the Company holds a general meeting to approve a proposed Business Combination, the Company will conduct any redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and file proxy materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

39

 

 

49.4At a general meeting called for the purposes of approving a Business Combination pursuant to this Article, in the event that such Business Combination is approved by Ordinary Resolution, the Company shall be authorised to consummate such Business Combination, provided that the Company shall not consummate such Business Combination unless the Company has net tangible assets of at least US$5,000,001 immediately prior to, or upon such consummation of, or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to, such Business Combination.

 

49.5Any Member holding Public Shares who is not the Sponsor, a Founder, Officer or Director may, at least two business days’ prior to the general meeting at which a Business Combination is to be voted on, elect to have their Public Shares redeemed for cash by submitting to the Company a Redemption Notice, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided for in the related proxy materials (the “IPO Redemption”), provided that no such Member acting together with any Affiliate of their or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares in the aggregate without the prior consent of the Company and provided further that any beneficial holder of Public Shares on whose behalf a redemption right is being exercised must identify itself to the Company in connection with any redemption election in order to validly redeem such Public Shares. If so demanded, the Company shall pay any such redeeming Member, regardless of whether they are voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, a per-Share redemption price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the Trust Account (such interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) and not previously released to the Company to pay its taxes, divided by the number of then issued Public Shares (such redemption price being referred to herein as the “Redemption Price”), but only in the event that the applicable proposed Business Combination is approved and in connection with its consummation. The Company shall not redeem Public Shares that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than US$5,000,001 following such redemptions (the “Redemption Limitation”).

 

49.6A Member may not withdraw a Redemption Notice once submitted to the Company unless the Directors determine (in their sole discretion) to permit the withdrawal of such redemption request (which they may do in whole or in part).

 

40

 

 

49.7In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the IPO (or up to 24 months if such date is extended as described in the prospectus relating to the IPO), or such later time as the Members may approve in accordance with the Articles, the Company shall:

 

(a)cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up;

 

(b)as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-Share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company (less taxes payable and up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then Public Shares in issue, which redemption will completely extinguish public Members’ rights as Members (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and

 

(c)as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Members and the Directors, liquidate and dissolve,

 

subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and other requirements of Applicable Law.

 

49.8In the event that any amendment is made to the Articles:

 

(a)to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with a Business Combination or redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the IPO (or up to 24 months if such date is extended as described in the prospectus relating to the IPO), or such later time as the Members may approve in accordance with the Articles; or

 

(b)with respect to any other provision relating to Members’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity,

 

each holder of Public Shares who is not the Sponsor, a Founder, Officer or Director shall be provided with the opportunity to request, at least two business days prior to the general meeting at which such amendment is to be voted on, to redeem their Public Shares by submitting to the Company a Redemption Notice upon the approval or effectiveness of any such amendment at a per-Share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares. The Company’s ability to provide such redemption in this Article is subject to the Redemption Limitation.

 

41

 

 

49.9A holder of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Account only in the event of an IPO Redemption, a repurchase of Shares by means of a tender offer pursuant to this Article, or a distribution of the Trust Account pursuant to this Article. In no other circumstance shall a holder of Public Shares have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account.

 

49.10After the issue of Public Shares, and prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company shall not issue additional Shares or any other securities that would entitle the holders thereof to:

 

(a)receive funds from the Trust Account; or

 

(b)vote as a class with Public Shares:

 

(i)on a Business Combination or on any other proposal presented to the Members prior to or in connection with the completion of a Business Combination; or

 

(ii)to approve an amendment to the Articles to extend the time the Company has to consummate a Business Combination beyond 18 months from the consummation of the IPO (or up to 24 months if such date is extended as described in the prospectus relating to the IPO) or amend the foregoing provisions.

 

49.11The uninterested Independent Directors shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties:

 

(a)any Member owning an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives such Member a significant influence over the Company; and

 

(b)any Director or Officer and any Affiliate of such Director or Officer.

 

49.12A Director may vote in respect of a Business Combination in which such Director has a conflict of interest with respect to the evaluation of such Business Combination. Such Director must disclose such interest or conflict to the other Directors.

 

49.13As long as the securities of the Company are listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, the Company must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. A Business Combination must not be effectuated with another blank cheque company or a similar company with nominal operations.

 

42

 

 

49.14The Company may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is Affiliated with the Sponsor, a Founder, a Director or an Officer. In the event the Company seeks to consummate a Business Combination with a target that is Affiliated with the Sponsor, a Founder, a Director or an Officer, the Company, or a committee of Independent Directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business the Company is seeking to acquire that is a member of the United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or an independent accounting firm that such a Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.

 

50Certain Tax Filings

 

Each Tax Filing Authorised Person and any such other person, acting alone, as any Director shall designate from time to time, are authorised to file tax forms SS-4, W-8 BEN, W-8 IMY, W-9, 8832 and 2553 and such other similar tax forms as are customary to file with any US state or federal governmental authorities or foreign governmental authorities in connection with the formation, activities and/or elections of the Company and such other tax forms as may be approved from time to time by any Director or Officer. The Company further ratifies and approves any such filing made by any Tax Filing Authorised Person or such other person prior to the date of the Articles.

 

51Business Opportunities

 

51.1To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no individual serving as a Director or an Officer (“Management”) shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for Management, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, Management shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, Director and/or Officer solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself or themself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.

 

51.2Except as provided elsewhere in this Article, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Management, about which a Director and/or Officer who is also a member of Management acquires knowledge.

 

43

 

 

51.3To the extent a court might hold that the conduct of any activity related to a corporate opportunity that is renounced in this Article to be a breach of duty to the Company or its Members, the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of this Article apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.

 

52Exclusive Jurisdiction and Forum

 

52.1Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with the Memorandum, the Articles or otherwise related in any way to each Member’s shareholding in the Company, including but not limited to:

 

(a)any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company;

 

(b)any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any current or former Director, Officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Members;

 

(c)any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Statute, the Memorandum or the Articles; or

 

(d)any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the “Internal Affairs Doctrine” (as such concept is recognised under the laws of the United States of America).

 

52.2Each Member irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes.

 

52.3Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have, each Member acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly the Company shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

 

52.4This Article 52 shall not apply to any action or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

 

44

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of _______, 2025 between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability (the “Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York limited liability company, as rights agent (the “Rights Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has received a firm commitment from D. Boral Capital LLC, as the representative of the several underwriters, (the “Representative”), to purchase up to an aggregate of 20,700,000 units (including up to 2,700,000 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part), each unit (“Unit”) comprised of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Public Rights”) upon the happening of the triggering event described herein, and in connection therewith, will issue and deliver up to an aggregate of 20,700,000 Public Rights upon consummation of such public offering, 2,700,000 of which are attributable to the over-allotment option (“Public Offering”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-284826 (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Public Rights and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable to the holders of the Public Rights;

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue additional rights that are governed by this Agreement (“Post-IPO Rights” and together with the Public Rights, the “Rights”) in connection with, or following the consummation by the Company of, a Business Combination;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Rights Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Rights Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer and exchange of the Rights;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Rights, the terms upon which they shall be issued, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Rights Agent, and the holders of the Rights; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Rights, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Rights Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Rights, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2. Rights.

 

2.1. Form of Right. Each Right shall be issued in registered or book entry form as requested by the Company or the holder of a Right. Any Rights issued in registered form shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Right Certificate shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Right Certificate before such Right Certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

 

 

 

 

2.2. Effect of Countersignature. Unless and until countersigned by the Rights Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Right Certificate shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exchanged for Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

2.3. Registration.

 

2.3.1. Right Register. The Rights Agent shall maintain books (“Right Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Rights. Upon the initial issuance of the Rights, the Rights Agent shall issue and register the Rights in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Rights Agent by the Company.

 

2.3.2. Registered Holder. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Right, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Right shall be registered upon the Right Register (“Registered Holder”) as the absolute owner of such Right and of each Right represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Right Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent), for the purpose of the exchange thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

2.4. Detachability of Rights. The securities comprising the Units, including the Rights, will not be separately transferable until the fifty-second (52nd) day after the closing of the Public Offering unless the Representative informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will separate trading of the securities comprising the Units begin until (i) the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date hereof, and (ii) the Company issues a press release and files a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

 

3. Terms and Exchange of Rights.

 

3.1. Rights. Each Right shall entitle the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event (described below). Subject to Section 3.3.1 below with respect to the Registered Holders of Rights, in the event that the Company is not the surviving entity immediately following the Exchange Event, holders of Rights shall be entitled to automatically receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity as the holders of each one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share is entitled to receive in the Exchange Event. No additional consideration shall be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive his, her or its Class A Ordinary Share upon the Exchange Event as the purchase price for such numbers of Class A Ordinary Shares has been included in the purchase price for the Units. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights or issue fractional share.

 

3.2. Exchange Event. The Exchange Event shall be the Company’s consummation of an initial Business Combination (as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association effective at the time and as amended (the “Memorandum and Articles”)).

 

3.3. Exchange of Rights.

 

3.3.1. Issuance of Certificates. As soon as practicable upon the occurrence of an Exchange Event, the Company shall direct Registered Holders of the Rights to return their Rights Certificates to the Rights Agent subject to dissenter rights as provided in the applicable law, if any, in the event that the Company is not the surviving entity in a Business Combination. Upon receipt of a valid Rights Certificate, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Right(s) a certificate or certificates for the number of whole Class A Ordinary Shares to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. The Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exchange of Rights. At the time of the Exchange Event, the Company will instruct the Rights Agent to round down to the nearest whole Class A Ordinary Share or otherwise inform it how fractional shares will be addressed in accordance with Cayman Islands laws and the Memorandum and Articles as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2

 

 

3.3.2. Valid Issuance. All Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon an Exchange Event in conformity with this Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.3.3. Date of Issuance. Each person in whose name any such certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares is issued and the register of members of the Company updated shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date of the Exchange Event, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate.

 

3.3.4. Company Not Surviving Following Exchange Event. If the Exchange Event results in the Company not continuing as a publicly held reporting entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of Rights to receive the same per share consideration as the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares will receive in the Exchange Event, for the number of shares such holder is entitled to pursuant to Section 3.3.1 above.

 

3.4. Duration of Rights. If the Exchange Event does not occur within 18 months from the closing of the Public Offering (or up to 24 months from the closing of this offering if the Company extend the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time, or such later time as provided in the Memorandum and Articles, as described in the Registration Statement), and such Business Combination has not yet been consummated within the applicable time period, the Rights shall expire and shall be worthless.

 

4. Transfer and Exchange of Rights.

 

4.1. Registration of Transfer. The Rights Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Right upon the Right Register, upon surrender of such Right for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Right Certificate representing an equal aggregate number of Rights shall be issued and the old Right Certificate shall be cancelled by the Rights Agent. The Rights Certificate so cancelled shall be delivered by the Rights Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

4.2. Procedure for Surrender of Rights Certificate. Rights Certificate may be surrendered to the Rights Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Rights Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Rights Certificates as requested by the Registered Holder of the Rights so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Rights; provided, however, that in the event that a Right Certificate surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Rights Agent shall not cancel such Right Certificate and issue new Rights Certificate in exchange therefor until the Rights Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Rights Certificate must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

4.3. Fractional Rights. The Rights Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Right Certificate for a fraction of a Right.

 

4.4. Service Charges. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Rights.

 

4.5. Adjustments to Conversion Ratios. The number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the holders of Rights are entitled to receive as a result of the occurrence of an Exchange Event shall be equitably adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any share subdivision, share dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares occurring on or after the date hereof and prior to the Exchange Event.

 

4.6. Right Certificate Execution and Countersignature. The Rights Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Rights Certificate required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4, and the Company, whenever required by the Rights Agent, will supply the Rights Agent with Rights Certificate duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

3

 

 

5. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Rights.

 

5.1. No Rights as Shareholder. Until exchange of a Right for Class A Ordinary Shares as provided for herein, a Right does not entitle the Registered Holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

5.2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Rights Certificate. If any Right Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Rights Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Right Certificate, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Right Certificate of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Right Certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Right Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

5.3. Reservation of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exchange of all outstanding Rights issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6. Concerning the Rights Agent and Other Matters.

 

6.1. Payment of Taxes. The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Rights Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exchange of Rights, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Rights or such shares.

 

6.2. Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Rights Agent.

 

6.2.1. Appointment of Successor Rights Agent. The Rights Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Rights Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Rights Agent in place of the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Rights Agent or by the holder of the Right (who shall, with such notice, submit his, her or its Right for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Right may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Rights Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Rights Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Rights Agent with like effect as if originally named as Rights Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Rights Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Rights Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Rights Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Rights Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Rights Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

6.2.2. Notice of Successor Rights Agent. In the event a successor Rights Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Rights Agent and the transfer agent for the Class A Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 

4

 

 

6.2.3. Merger or Consolidation of Rights Agent. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Rights Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

6.3. Fees and Expenses of Rights Agent.

 

6.3.1. Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Rights Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Rights Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Rights Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Rights Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

6.3.2. Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.4. Liability of Rights Agent.

 

6.4.1. Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and delivered to the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.4.2. Indemnity. The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Subject to Section 6.6, the Company agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Rights Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 

6.4.3. Exclusions. The Rights Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Right (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right or as to whether any Class A Ordinary Shares will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

6.5. Acceptance of Agency. The Rights Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

6.6. Waiver. The Rights Agent hereby waives any right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Rights Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

7. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

7.1. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

5

 

 

7.2. Notices. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Rights Agent), as follows:

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul

Attn: Sung Hyuk Lee

 

and

 

Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building

666 Third Avenue, 20th floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@rc.com

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, 10004-1561

Attn: Compliance Department

 

and

 

Copley Square Sponsor Limited

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul,

Attn: Sung Hyuk Lee

 

and

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

800 Capitol Street

Suite 2400

Houston, Texas 77002

Attn: Michael Blankenship

Email: mblankenship@winston.com

 

7.3. Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Rights shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 7.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 

6

 

 

7.4. Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the Registered Holders of the Rights and, for the purposes of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof, the Representative, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. the Representative shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and the Representative with respect to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the Registered Holders of the Rights.

 

7.5. Examination of this Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Rights Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the Registered Holder of any Right. The Rights Agent may require any such holder to submit his, her or its Right for inspection by it.

 

7.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

7.7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

7.8. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Registered Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent or vote of the Registered Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Rights. The provisions of this Section 7.8 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

7.9. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION  
   
By:     
  Name: Sung Hyuk Lee  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
   
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, AS RIGHTS AGENT  
   
By:    
  Name:     
  Title:    

 

[Signature Page to Rights Agreement – Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Right

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF CAYMAN ISLANDS

RIGHT

 

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

CUSIP [  ]

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

 

is the registered holder of a right or rights (the “Right”) to automatically receive one Class A ordinary share, $0.0001 par value (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), of Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) for each Right evidenced by this Right Certificate on the Company’s completion of an initial business combination (as defined in the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering (“Prospectus”)) upon surrender of this Right Certificate pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any Right.

 

Upon liquidation of the Company in the event an initial business combination is not consummated during the required period as identified in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association effective at the time, the Right shall expire and be worthless. The holder of a Right shall have no right or interest of any kind in the Company’s trust account (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Right Certificate at the office or agency of the Right Agent, a new Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Rights shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Right Certificate, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge. The Company shall not issue fractional share upon exchange of Rights. The Company reserves the right to deal with any fractional entitlement at the relevant time in any manner (as provided in the Rights Agreement).

 

The Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Right Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any conversion hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Right does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

Dated:

 

     
CHAIRMAN   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Right Agent

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM – as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - __________ Custodian __________
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship under Uniform Gifts to Minors
and not as tenants in common Act __________
  (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

 

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of share or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the rights represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the memorandum and articles of association and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of Class A Ordinary Share (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

 

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

   

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 
 
   
Rights represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  
   
   
Attorney to transfer said rights on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.  

 

Dated _____________________

 

   
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).  

 

The holder of this certificate shall have no right or interest of any kind in or to the funds held in the Company’s trust account (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

Harney Westwood & Riegels

3501 The Center

99 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

Tel: +852 5806 7800

Fax: +852 5806 7810

 

19 September 2025

 

064348.0001

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

the office of Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited

4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street

P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002

Cayman Islands

 

Dear Sir or Madam

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the Company)

 

We are lawyers qualified to practise in the Cayman Islands and have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on or about the date of this opinion (the Registration Statement), relating to the registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in connection with registration of an initial public offering by the Company, of:

 

A.up to 18,000,000 units (plus 2,700,000 units, which D. Boral Capital, who is acting as representative of the underwriters (the Representative), will have a 45-day option to purchase from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any) (the Units) at an offering price of US$10.00 per Unit, each Unit consisting of:

 

a.one Class A ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 of the Company (the Class A Ordinary Shares); and

 

b.one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination (the Rights);

 

B.all Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights issued as part of the Units; and

 

C.all Class A Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units,

 

in each case under the Securities Act and pursuant to the terms of the Registration Statement. In this opinion Companies Act means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

 

We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

 

The British Virgin Islands is Harneys Hong Kong office’s main jurisdiction of practice.
Jersey legal services are provided through a referral arrangement with Harneys (Jersey) which is an
independently owned and controlled Jersey law firm.
Resident Partners: M Chu | JP Engwirda | Y Fan | S Gray | P Kay | MW Kwok | IN Mann
R Ng | ATC Ridgers | PJ Sephton
Anguilla | Bermuda | British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands | Cyprus | Hong Kong | Jersey
London | Luxembourg | Shanghai | Singapore
www.harneys.com

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the Documents (as defined in Schedule 1). We have not examined any other documents, official or corporate records or external or internal registers and have not undertaken or been instructed to undertake any further enquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction which is the subject of this opinion.

 

In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the assumptions set out in Schedule 2 which we have not independently verified.

 

Based solely upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and upon such searches as we have conducted and having regard to legal considerations which we deem relevant, and subject to the qualifications set out in Schedule 3, we are of the opinion that under the laws of the Cayman Islands:

 

1Existence and Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

2Authorised Share Capital. Based on our review of the M&A (as defined in Schedule 1), the authorised share capital of the Company is USD50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares of a par value of USD0.0001 each, comprising (i) 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of USD0.0001 each, (ii) 90,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of USD0.0001 each, and (iii) 10,000,000 preferred shares of a par value of USD0.0001 each.

 

3Valid Issuance of Shares. The Shares to be issued by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement (including the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents (as defined in Schedule 1)) have been duly authorised and, when allotted, issued and fully paid for in accordance with the Resolutions (as defined in Schedule 1), and when the name of the shareholder is entered in the register of members of the Company, the Shares (including the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents) will be validly issued, allotted, fully paid and non-assessable and there will be no further obligation on the holder of any of the Shares to make any further payment to the Company in respect of such Shares.

 

4Due Authorisation and Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance of the Unit Certificate (as defined in Schedule 1) and the Rights Documents have been authorised by and on behalf of the Company and, once the Unit Certificate and the Rights Documents have been executed and delivered by any director or officer of the Company, the Unit Certificate and the Rights Documents will be duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

5Cayman Islands Law. The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects as at the date of this opinion and such statements constitute our opinion.

 

This opinion is confined to the matters expressly opined on herein and given on the basis of the laws of the Cayman Islands as they are in force and applied by the Cayman Islands courts at the date of this opinion. We have made no investigation of, and express no opinion on, the laws of any other jurisdiction. Except as specifically stated herein, we express no opinion as to matters of fact.

 

In connection with the above opinion, we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the headings, “Taxation”, “Legal Matters” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

2

 

 

This opinion is limited to the matters referred to herein and shall not be construed as extending to any other matter or document not referred to herein.

 

This opinion shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
/s/ Harney Westwood & Riegels    
   
Harney Westwood & Riegels  

 

3

 

 

Schedule 1

 

List of Documents and Records Examined

 

1the Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the M&A) dated 15 August 2024.

 

2a certificate of good standing in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands dated 17 September 2025;

 

3the register of member of the Company provided to us on 14 August 2025;

 

4the register of directors of the Company provided to us on 18 October 2024;

 

5the Register of Writs and other Originating Process of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands via the Court’s Digital System from the incorporation date of the Company to 17 September 2025;

 

6a copy of the written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 19 September 2024 (the Resolutions); and

 

7a certificate dated 17 September 2025 provided by a director of the Company confirming certain matters to us which are relevant to our opinion,

 

copies of 1 to 7 above are collectively referred to in this opinion as the Corporate Documents.

 

8the Registration Statement;

 

9a draft of the form of the unit certificate representing the Units (the Unit Certificate);

 

10a draft of the form of the rights agreement and the rights certificate constituting the Rights (the Rights Documents); and

 

11a draft of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the Representative,

 

copies of 8 to 11 above are collectively referred to in this opinion as the Transaction Documents.

 

the Corporate Documents and the Transaction Documents are collectively referred to in this opinion as the Documents.

 

4

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Assumptions

 

1Validity under Foreign Laws. That (i) each party to the Transaction Documents (other than the Company) has the necessary capacity, power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and perform its obligations thereunder, and each such party has duly executed the Transaction Documents; (ii) the Transaction Documents will constitute valid, legally binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto under the laws of New York State by which law they are expressed to be governed; (iii) all formalities required under the laws of New York State and any other applicable laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) have been complied with; and (iv) no other matters arising under any foreign law will affect the views expressed in this opinion.

 

2Draft Documents. That the Company will duly execute and deliver each Transaction Document (save for the Registration Statement) in the form of the drafts provided to us for review.

 

3Choice of Laws. The choice of the laws of New York State selected to govern the respective Transaction Documents has been made in good faith and will be regarded as a valid and binding selection which will be upheld in the courts of that jurisdiction and all other relevant jurisdictions (other than the Cayman Islands) and the entry into and performance of the Transaction Documents will not cause any of the parties thereto to be in breach of any agreement or undertaking.

 

4Directors. The board of directors of the Company considers the execution of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby to be in the best interests of the Company and no director has a financial interest in or other relationship to a party or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents which has not been properly disclosed in the Resolutions.

 

5Bona Fide Transaction. No disposition of property effected by the Transaction Documents is made for an improper purpose or wilfully to defeat an obligation owed to a creditor and at an undervalue. Each director has exercised proper care, diligence and skill in relation to the Transaction Documents.

 

6Solvency. The Company was on the date of execution of the Transaction Documents able to pay its debts as they became due from its own moneys, any disposition or settlement of property effected by the Transaction Documents is made in good faith and for valuable consideration and, at the time of and following each such disposition of property by the Company pursuant to the Transaction Documents, the Company will be able to pay its debts as they become due from its own moneys.

 

7Authenticity of Documents. All original Documents are authentic, all signatures, initials and seals are genuine, all copies of Documents are true and correct copies and the Transaction Documents conform in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and, where the Transaction Documents have been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents, all such changes have been so indicated.

 

8Corporate Documents. All matters required by law to be recorded in the Corporate Documents are so recorded, and all corporate minutes, resolutions, certificates, documents and records which we have reviewed are accurate and complete, and all facts expressed in or implied thereby are accurate and complete.

 

9Court Search. The Register of Writs and other Originating Process of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands examined by us via the Court’s Digital System on the Court Search Date, constitutes a complete record of the proceedings for such period before the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands.

 

5

 

 

10No Steps to Wind-up. The directors and shareholders of the Company have not taken any steps to have the Company struck off or placed in liquidation, no steps have been taken to wind up the Company and no receiver has been appointed over any of the property or assets of the Company.

 

11Resolutions. The Resolutions have been duly executed by or on behalf of each director, and the signatures and initials thereon are those of a person or persons in whose name the Resolutions have been expressed to be signed. The Resolutions remain in full force and effect.

 

12Execution. Each Transaction Document was either executed as a single physical document (whether in counterpart or not) in full and final form or, where any Transaction Document was executed by or on behalf of any company, body corporate or corporate entity, the relevant signature page was attached to such Transaction Document by, or on behalf of, the relevant person or otherwise with such person’s express or implied authority.

 

13Unseen Documents. Save for the Documents provided to us there are no resolutions, agreements, documents or arrangements which materially affect, amend or vary the transactions envisaged in the Documents and, in particular, that the entry into and performance of the Transaction Documents will not cause any of the parties thereto to be in breach of any agreement or undertaking.

 

14Proceeds of Crime. No monies paid to or for the account of any party under the Transaction Documents represent or will represent criminal property or terrorist property (as defined in the Proceeds of Crime Act (2025 Revision) and the Terrorism Act (2018 Revision), respectively).

 

6

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Qualifications

 

1Enforceability. The term enforceable as used above means that the obligations assumed by the Company under the relevant instrument are of a type which the courts of the Cayman Islands enforce. It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their terms. In particular:

 

(a)Insolvency. Rights and obligations may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, moratorium, readjustment of debts, arrangements and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)Limitation Periods. Claims under the Transaction Documents may become barred under the Limitation Act (1996 Revision) relating to the limitation of actions in the Cayman Islands or may be or become subject to defences of set-off, estoppel or counterclaim;

 

(c)Equitable Rights and Remedies. Equitable rights may be defeated by a bona fide purchaser for value without notice. Equitable remedies such as injunctions and orders for specific performance are discretionary and will not normally be available where damages are considered an adequate remedy;

 

(d)Fair Dealing. Strict legal rights may be qualified by doctrines of good faith and fair dealing - for example a certificate or calculation as to any matter might be held by a Cayman Islands court not to be conclusive if it could be shown to have an unreasonable or arbitrary basis, or in the event of manifest error;

 

(e)Prevention of Enforcement. Enforcement may be prevented by reason of fraud, coercion, duress, undue influence, unreasonable restraint of trade, misrepresentation, public policy or mistake or limited by the doctrine of frustration of contracts;

 

(f)Penal Provisions. Provisions, for example, for the payment of additional interest in certain circumstances, may be unenforceable to the extent a court of the Cayman Islands determines such provisions to be penal;

 

(g)Currency. A Cayman Islands court retains a discretion to denominate any judgment in Cayman Islands dollars;

 

(h)Confidentiality. Provisions imposing confidentiality obligations may be overridden by the requirements of legal process;

 

(i)Award of Costs. In principle the courts of the Cayman Islands will award costs and disbursements in litigation in accordance with the relevant contractual provisions but there remains some uncertainty as to the way in which the rules of the Grand Court will be applied in practice. Whilst it is clear that costs incurred prior to judgment can be recovered in accordance with the relevant contract, it is likely that post-judgment costs (to the extent recoverable at all) will be subject to taxation in accordance with Grand Court Rules Order 62; and

 

(j)Inappropriate Forum. The courts of the Cayman Islands may decline to exercise jurisdiction in relation to substantive proceedings brought under or in relation to the Transaction Documents in matters where they determine that (i) such proceedings may be tried in a more appropriate forum; (ii) proceedings are already underway in a different forum; or (iii) the issues have already been finally determined by another forum.

 

7

 

 

2Stamp Duty. Cayman Islands stamp duty may be payable if the original Transaction Documents are executed in, brought to, or produced before a court of, the Cayman Islands.

 

3Severability. The courts in the Cayman Islands will determine in their discretion whether or not an illegal or unenforceable provision may be severed.

 

4Several Remedies. In certain circumstances provisions in the Transaction Documents that (i) the election of a particular remedy does not preclude recourse to one or more others; or (ii) delay or failure to exercise a right or remedy will not operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy, may not be enforceable.

 

5Exculpation and Indemnity Provisions. The effectiveness of any of the terms in the Transaction Documents excusing any party from a liability or duty otherwise owed or indemnifying that party from the consequences of incurring such liability or breaching such duty are limited by law.

 

6Foreign Statutes. We express no opinion in relation to provisions making reference to foreign statutes in the Transaction Documents.

 

7Non-assessable. The term non-assessable means, with respect to shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

8Amendment. A Cayman Islands court would not treat as definitive a statement in a contract that it could only be amended or waived in writing, but would be able to consider all the facts of the case (particularly where consideration had passed) to determine whether a verbal amendment or waiver had been effected and, if it found that it had, such verbal amendment or waiver would be deemed to have also amended the stated requirement for a written agreement.

 

9Good Standing. The Company shall be deemed to be in good standing at any time if all fees (including annual filing fees) and penalties under the Companies Act have been paid and the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands has no knowledge that the Company is in default under the Companies Act.

 

10Court Search. The search of the Register of Writs and other Originating Process of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands has been undertaken on a digital system made available through the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands (the Court’s Digital System), and through inadvertent errors or delays in updating the digital system (and/or the Register from which the digital information is drawn) may not constitute a complete record of all proceedings as at the Court Search Date and in particular may omit details of very recent filings. The Court Search of the Court Register would not reveal, amongst other things, an Originating Process filed with the Grand Court which, pursuant to the Grand Court rules or best practice of the Clerk of the Courts’ office, should have been entered in the Court Register but was not in fact entered in the Court Register (properly or at all), or any Originating Process which has been placed under seal or anonymised (whether by order of the Court or pursuant to the practice of the Clerk of the Courts’ office).

 

11Conflict of Laws. An expression of an opinion on a matter of Cayman Islands law in relation to a particular issue in this opinion should not necessarily be construed to imply that the Cayman Islands courts would treat Cayman Islands law as the proper law to determine that issue under its conflict of laws rules.

 

12Sanctions. The obligations of the Company may be subject to restrictions pursuant to United Nations and United Kingdom sanctions as implemented under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

13Economic Substance. We have undertaken no enquiry and express no view as to the compliance of the Company with the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (2024 Revision).

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

[*], 2025

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

 

  Re: Initial Public Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) entered into by and between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and D. Boral Capital LLC, as representative (the “Representative”) of the several underwriters named on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the Company’s units (the “Units”), each comprised of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Rights”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 14 hereof.

 

In order to induce the Company and the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the IPO, and in recognition of the benefit that such IPO will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees with the Company as follows:

 

1. If the Company solicits approval of its shareholders of a Business Combination, the undersigned will vote all Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by him, her or it, whether acquired before, in or after the IPO, in favor of such Business Combination, except that it, he or she shall not vote any Class A Ordinary Shares that it, he or she purchased outside the redemption process after the Company publicly announces its intention to engage in such proposed Business Combination for or against such proposed Business Combination. If the Company seeks to consummate a proposed Business Combination by engaging in a tender offer, each Insider agrees that it, he or she will not sell or tender any Class A Ordinary Shares owned by it, him or her in connection herewith.

 

2. (a) Unless the Company’s shareholders are previously given the option to redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with amending applicable documents to extend the time that the Company has to complete a Business Combination, in the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the closing the IPO (or, in the event that the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination up to two times, each by additional three months, up to 24 months from the closing of the IPO) (such period that the Company must complete its initial Business Combination in accordance with its governing document is herein after referred as the “Prescribed Period”), the undersigned shall take all reasonable steps to (i) cause the Trust Fund to be liquidated and distributed to the holders of the IPO Shares and (ii) cause the Company to liquidate as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(b) The undersigned hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Fund and any remaining net assets of the Company as a result of such liquidation with respect to his, her or its Insider Shares (“Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim the undersigned may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever.

 

 

 

 

(c) In the event of the liquidation of the Trust Fund, the Sponsor (which for purposes of clarification shall not extend to any other shareholders, members or managers of the Sponsor) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) which the Company may become subject to as a result of any claim by any vendor or other person who is owed money by the Company for services rendered or products sold or contracted for, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Fund; provided, that such indemnity shall not apply if such vendor or other person has executed an agreement waiving any claims against the Trust Fund.

 

(d) [Reserved].

 

(e) To the extent that the Underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 2,700,000 Units (as described in the Registration Statement), the Sponsor agrees, upon the expiration or waiver of such option, to forfeit and surrender for no consideration for cancellation, a number of Insider Shares equal to the product of 900,000 multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 2,700,000 minus the number of Units purchased by the Underwriters upon the exercise of their over-allotment option, and (ii) the denominator of which is 2,700,000. The forfeiture and surrender will be adjusted to the extent that the over-allotment option is not exercised in full by the Underwriters so that the Insider Shares will represent approximately 25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares after the IPO. The Sponsor further agrees that, to the extent that the size of the IPO is increased or decreased and the Sponsor has either purchased or sold Class A Ordinary Shares or an adjustment to the number of Insider Shares has been effected by way of a share dividend or share capitalization, or a surrender for no consideration or share contribution back to capital, or otherwise, in each case in connection with such increase or decrease in the size of the IPO, then (A) the references to 2,700,000 in the numerator and denominator of the formula in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be changed to a number equal to 15% of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Units issued in the IPO and (B) the reference to 900,000 in the formula set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be adjusted to such number of Insider Shares that the Sponsor would have to collectively return to the Company in order for all holders of Insider Shares to hold an aggregate of approximately 25% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares after the IPO.

 

3. In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination and must liquidate and its remaining net assets are insufficient to complete such liquidation, the Sponsor agrees to advance such funds necessary to complete such liquidation and agrees not to seek recourse for such expenses.

 

4. [Reserved].

 

5. Transfer Restrictions.

 

2

 

 

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth herein, each Insider agree not to Transfer any Insider Shares held by it, him or her until the earlier of (i) six months after the completion of a Business Combination, (ii) subsequent to a Business Combination, the date on which the last reported sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and other similar transactions) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after the initial Business Combination, the Insider Shares will be released from such lock-up as provided under this Section 5(a), and (iii) the post-Business Combination company completes a transaction after the initial Business Combination which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property.

 

(b) Subject to the exceptions set forth herein, each Insider agrees not to Transfer any Private Placement Units (including the underlying securities) or Working Capital Units (including the underlying securities) held by it, he or she until after at least 30 days following the completion of the initial Business Combination.

 

(c) subject to the exceptions set forth herein, each Insider agrees not to Transfer any Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares, once vested, held by it, he or she until after at least 90 days following the completion of the initial Business Combination.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in paragraphs 5(a) and 5(b), transfers of the Insider Shares, Private Placement Units (including the underlying securities), or Working Capital Units (including the underlying securities), or Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares that are held by the Sponsor, any Insider or any of their permitted transferees, as applicable (that have complied with any applicable requirements of this paragraph 5(c)), are permitted (i) among the Insiders or to the Insiders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates or to the affiliates of the Company ; (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial Business Combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent) on the condition that prior to such registration for Transfer, the security agent shall be presented with written documentation pursuant to which each transferee or the trustee or legal guardian for such permitted transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions contained in any applicable agreement the transferor is bound by.

 

6. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, except as otherwise provided in the Registration Statement, each Insider agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire a target business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations the undersigned might have. Each Insider has full right and power, without violating any agreement to which it, he or she is bound (including, without limitation, any non-competition or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or former employer), to enter into this letter agreement and, as applicable, to serve as an officer of the Company or as a director on the board of directors of the Company and each Insider hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as an officer and/or director of the Company, as applicable.

 

3

 

 

7. Each Insider acknowledges and agrees that prior to entering into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with any Insiders of the Company or their affiliates, including any company that is a portfolio company of, or otherwise affiliated with, or has received financial investment from, an entity with which any Insider or their affiliates is affiliated, such transaction must be approved by a majority of the Company’s disinterested independent directors and the Company must obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that such Business Combination is fair to the Company’s unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

8. Neither each Insider, any member of the family of such Insider, nor any affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation or other cash payment prior to, or for services rendered in connection with, the consummation of the Business Combination; provided that the Company shall be allowed to repay working capital loans or extension loans made by the undersigned or their respective affiliates/designees to the Company in cash upon consummation of the Business Combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Insider and any affiliate of such Insider shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating a Business Combination.

 

9. Neither each Insider, any member of the family of such Insider, nor any affiliate of such Insider will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the Insider, any member of the family of the Insider or any affiliate of the Insider originates a Business Combination.

 

10. The undersigned, as applicable, agrees to be a director/officer of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. Such undersigned’s biographical information previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s biography and contains all of the information required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. Such undersigned’s FINRA Questionnaire previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects. Such undersigned represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) He, she or it has never had a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law been filed by or against (i) him, her or it, or any partnership in which he or she was a general partner at or within two years before the time of filing; or (ii) any corporation or business association of which he or she was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;
     
  (b) He, she or it has never had a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer been appointed by a court for his business or property, or any such partnership;
     
  (c) He, she or it has never been convicted of fraud in a civil or criminal proceeding;
     
  (d) He, she or it has never been convicted in a criminal proceeding or named the subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and minor offenses);

 

4

 

 

  (e) He, she or it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining or otherwise limiting him, her or it from (i) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity; or (ii) engaging in any type of business practice; or (iii) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities or federal commodities laws;
     
  (f) He, she, or it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days his, her or its right to engage in any activity described in 10(e)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;
     
  (g) He, she, or it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;
     
  (h) He, she, or it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the CFTC to have violated any federal commodities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the CFTC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;
     
  (i) He, she, or it has never been the subject of, or a party to, any Federal, State or foreign judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of (i) any Federal, State or foreign securities or commodities law or regulation, (ii) any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and desist order, or removal or prohibition order or (iii) any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity;
     
  (j) He, she or it has never been the subject of, or party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, or any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity, or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member;

 

  (k) He, she or it has never been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment advisor or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

 

5

 

 

  (l) He, she or it was never subject to a final order of a state or foreign securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state or foreign authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state or foreign insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal or foreign banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that is based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct;
     
  (m) He, she or it has never been subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, that, at the time of the sale of the Units, restrained or enjoined him, her or it from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC or any foreign regulatory agency with similar functions; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;
     
  (n) He, she or it has never been subject to any order of the SEC or any foreign regulatory agency with similar functions that orders him, her or it to cease and desist from committing or causing a future violation of: (i) any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, Section 15(c) and Section 206(1) of the Advisers Act or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or (ii) Section 5 of the Securities Act;
     
  (o) He, she or it has never filed (as a registrant or issuer), or been named as an underwriter in any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the SEC that was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, currently, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued;
     
  (p) He, she or it has never been subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order, or is currently subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations;
     
  (q) He, she or it is not subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that bars the undersigned from: (i) association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency or officer; (ii) engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or (iii) engaging in savings association or credit union activities;
     
  (r) He, she or it is not subject to an order of the SEC entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or section 203(e) or 203(f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) that: (i) suspends or revokes the undersigned’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser; (ii) places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or imposes civil money penalties on, such person; or (iii) bars the undersigned from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock; and

 

  (s) He, she or it has never been suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a securities self-regulatory organization (e.g., a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association) for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.

 

6

 

 

11. The undersigned hereby waives his, her or its right to exercise redemption rights with respect to any Class A Ordinary Shares owned or to be owned by the undersigned, directly or indirectly (or to sell such shares to the Company in a tender offer), whether purchased by the undersigned prior to the IPO, in the IPO or in the aftermarket, and agrees that he, she or it will not seek redemption with respect to or otherwise sell, such shares (i) in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Prescribed Period, or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, and (iii) if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within Prescribed Period or if the Company liquidates prior to the expiration of the Prescribed Period.

 

12. The undersigned hereby agrees to not propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would (i) that would modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemptions in connection with its initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Company’s public shares if the Company does not complete its initial Business Combination within the Prescribed Period provided in the Company’s amended and Restated Articles of association or (ii) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Fund in connection with any such vote.

 

13. In connection with Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitration shall be brought before the AAA International Center for Dispute Resolution’s offices in New York City, New York, will be conducted in English and will be decided by a panel of three arbitrators selected from the AAA Commercial Disputes Panel and that the arbitrator panel’s decision shall be final and enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party from whom enforcement is sought. The cost of such arbitrators and arbitration services, together with the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses, shall be borne by the non-prevailing party or as otherwise directed by the arbitrators.

 

7

 

 

14. As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers, directors and shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Insider Shares” shall mean 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, or underlying Class A ordinary shares, if converted, held by the Insiders prior to the IPO (up to 900,000 of which are subject to surrender for no consideration depending on the extent to which the Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised); (iv) “IPO Shares” shall mean the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued in the Company’s IPO; (v) “Private Placement Securities” shall mean in aggregate 339,964 Private Placement Units and 1,109,892 Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares that the Sponsor has agreed to purchase for an aggregate purchase price of $3,399,640 in the aggregate, in a private placement that shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO; (vi) “Private Placement Units” shall mean 339,964 units included in the Private Placement Securities, (vii) “Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with respect to the IPO; (viii) “Restricted Class A Ordinary Shares” shall mean 1,019,892 Class A ordinary shares included in the Private Placement Securities; (ix) “Sponsor” shall mean [ ], a Cayman Islands company; (x) “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust fund into which a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s IPO will be deposited; (xi) “Working Capital Units” shall mean private placement units issuable upon conversion of working capital loans or extension loans of up to $3,000,000, at $10.00 per unit, upon the consummation of a Business Combination; and (xii) “Transfer” shall mean the (a) sale of, offer to sell, contract or agreement to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant of any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agreement to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with any respect to, any security, (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) public announcement of any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).

 

15. Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile transmission.

 

If to the Company:

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

Attn: Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer

 

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building

666 Third Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@rc.com

 

8

 

 

16. No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This letter agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and any successors and assigns thereof.

 

17. This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. This letter agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error) as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

 

18. The undersigned acknowledges and understands that the Underwriters and the Company will rely upon the agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein in proceeding with the IPO. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to render the Underwriters a representative of, or a fiduciary with respect to, the Company, its shareholders or any creditor or vendor of the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9

 

 

  Sincerely,
   
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
  Name:   Sung Hyuk Lee
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
     
  [    ]
     
  By:  
  Name: [   ]
  Title: [    ]r
     
   
  Sung Hyuk Lee
     
   
  Hoon Ji Choi
     
   
  Gary Dvorchak
     
   
  Benjamin Berry
   
   
  Qing Tong

 

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement - Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Trust Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of [●], 2025, by and between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York Corporation (the “Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, File No.333-284826 (the “Registration Statement”) for the initial public offering of the Company’s units (the “Units”), each of which consists of one Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share”) of the Company, and one right, each whole right entitling the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (such initial public offering hereinafter referred to as the “Offering”), has been declared effective as of the date hereof by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with D. Boral Capital LLC, as the representative (the “Representative”) of the several underwriters (the “Underwriters”) named therein; and

 

WHEREAS, as described in the Registration Statement, $180,000,000 of the gross proceeds of the Offering and sale of the Private Placement Units (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (or $207,800,000 if the Underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised in full) will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in a segregated trust account located at all times in the United States (the “Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Units issued in the Offering as hereinafter provided (the amount to be delivered to the Trustee (and any interest subsequently earned thereon) is referred to herein as the “Property,” the shareholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Shareholders,” and the Public Shareholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Property equal to $5,400,000, or $6,210,000 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, is attributable to deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that will be payable by the Company to the Underwriters upon the consummation of the Business Combination (as defined below) (the “Deferred Discount”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property.

 

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee. The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

  

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in the Trust Account established by the Trustee in the United States at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (or at another U.S. chartered commercial bank with consolidated assets of $100 billion or more) and at a brokerage institution selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(c) In a timely manner, upon the written instruction of the Company, (i) invest and reinvest the Property in United States government securities within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (or any successor rule), which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company, (ii) hold the Property as uninvested cash or (iii) hold the Property in an interest bearing or (iii) hold the Property in an interest bearing or non-interest bearing demand deposit account at a US chartered commercial bank with consolidated asset of $100 billion or more selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company: it being understood that the Trust Account will earn no interest while account funds are uninvested awaiting the Company’s instructions hereunder and while the account funds are invested or uninvested, the Trustee may earn bank credits or other consideration during such periods;

 

 

 

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all interest or other income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

 

(e) Promptly notify the Company and the Representative of all communications received by the Trustee with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

 

(f) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company (or its authorized agents) in connection with the Company’s preparation of tax returns relating to assets held in the Trust Account or in connection with the preparation or completion of the audit of the Company’s financial statements by the Company’s auditors;

 

(g) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so;

 

(h) Render to the Company monthly written statements of the activities of, and amounts in, the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account;

 

(i) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after and within two business days following (x) receipt of, and only in accordance with the terms of, a letter from the Company (“Termination Letter”) in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable, signed on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Representative (as such term is defined below), and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay any taxes (net of any taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest that may be released to the Company to pay dissolution expenses), only as directed in the Termination Letter and other documents referred to therein, or (y) upon the date which is the later of (1) 18 months after the closing of the Offering (or up to 24 months if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), and (3) such a later date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of associations (the “Memorandum and Articles”); or (z) upon the end of a 30-day cure period after the date any additional funds were required to be deposited into the Trust Account as a condition of any extension of such last date approved by the Company’s shareholders, but were not deposited; provided, if a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee prior to such date, in which case the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B and the Property in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay any taxes (net of any taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest that may be released to the Company to pay dissolution expenses) shall be distributed to the Public Shareholders of record as of such date; 

  

(j) Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C (a “Tax Payment Withdrawal Instruction”), withdraw from the Trust Account and distribute to the Company the amount of interest earned on the Property requested by the Company to cover any tax obligation owed by the Company as a result of assets of the Company or interest or other income earned on the Property, which amount shall be delivered directly to the Company by electronic funds transfer or other method of prompt payment, and the Company shall forward such payment to the relevant taxing authority, as applicable; provided, however, that to the extent there is not sufficient cash in the Trust Account to pay such tax obligation, the Trustee shall liquidate such assets held in the Trust Account as shall be designated by the Company in writing to make such distribution so long as there is no reduction in the principal amount per share initially deposited in the Trust Account, plus any additional amounts required to be deposited for an extension of the last date to complete a business combination as a condition of any extension of such date approved by the Company’s shareholders; provided, further, however that if the tax to be paid is a franchise tax, the written request by the Company to make such distribution shall be accompanied by a copy of the franchise tax bill from the State of Delaware for the Company and a written statement from the principal financial officer of the Company setting forth the actual amount payable (it being acknowledged and agreed that any such amount in excess of interest income earned on the Property shall not be payable from the Trust Account). The written request of the Company referenced above shall constitute presumptive evidence that the Company is entitled to said funds, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to look beyond said request;

 

2

 

 

(k) Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit D (a “Shareholder Redemption Withdrawal Instruction”), the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount requested by the Company to be used to redeem Class A Ordinary Shares from Public Shareholders properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public Class A Ordinary Shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within such time as is described in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles, or with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-business combination activity . The written request of the Company referenced above shall constitute presumptive evidence that the Company is entitled to distribute said funds, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility to look beyond said request;

 

(l) Only release the Property in accordance with a written instruction, signed by an Authorized Representative (as such term is defined below) of the Company substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A, B, C or D, as applicable, attached hereto (each, a “Written Direction” and collectively, the “Written Direction”); and

 

(m) Not make any withdrawals or distributions from the Trust Account other than pursuant to Section 1(i), (j) or (k) above.

 

2. Agreements and Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by an Authorized Representative (as such term is defined below) of the Company. In addition, except with respect to its duties under Sections 1(i), 1(j) or 1(k) hereof, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it, in good faith and with reasonable care, believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

 

(b) Subject to Section 4 hereof, hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against any and all out-of-pocket expenses, including reasonable outside counsel fees and disbursements, or losses suffered by the Trustee in connection with any action taken by it hereunder and in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand, which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any interest earned on the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this Section 2(b), it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”), provided, that no failure or delay by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except as and to the extent it is found, in a final, unappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, that such failure or delay actually and materially prejudiced the Company. The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim; provided that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Company, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel and at its sole cost and expense;

 

(c) Pay the Trustee the fees set forth on Schedule A hereto, including an initial acceptance fee, annual administration fee and transaction processing fee, which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time. It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees unless and until it is distributed to the Company pursuant to Sections 1(i) through 1(k) hereof. The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and the first annual administration fee at the consummation of the Offering. The Company shall not be responsible for any other fees or charges of the Trustee except as set forth in this Section 2(c), Schedule A and as may be provided in Section 2(b) hereof;

 

3

 

 

(d) In connection with any vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding any merger, capital share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of the inspector of elections for the shareholder meeting verifying the vote of such shareholders regarding such Business Combination;

 

(e) Provide the Representative with a copy of any Termination Letter(s) and/or any other correspondence that is sent to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after it issues the same;

 

(f) Expressly provide in any Instruction Letter (as defined in Exhibit A) delivered in connection with a Termination Letter in the Form of Exhibit A that the Deferred Discount be paid directly to the account or accounts directed by the Representative.

 

(g) Instruct the Trustee to make only those distributions that are permitted under this Agreement, and refrain from instructing the Trustee to make any distributions that are not permitted under this Agreement;

 

(h) Designate, on an incumbency certificate delivered to Trustee on the date hereof (the “Incumbency Certificate”), its authorized representatives for purposes of this Agreement (each such individual, an “Authorized Representative” of the Company), which shall certify that the title, contact information and specimen signature of each such Authorized Representative as set forth therein is true and correct; and

 

(i) Amend, at any time, the Incumbency Certificate by signing and submitting to the Trustee an amended Incumbency Certificate, which shall be effective upon receipt by the Trustee of such amendment.

 

3. Limitations of Liability. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

 

(a) Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this Agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein;

 

(b) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in Section 1 hereof, and the Trustee shall have no liability to any third party except for liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(c) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

 

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

 

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

 

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the Trustee’s best judgment, except for the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any Written Direction, order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee, which counsel may be the Company’s counsel), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which the Trustee believes, in good faith and with reasonable care, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall be deemed to be acting with reasonable care with respect to any Written Direction if it takes such action in conformity with its standard procedures for confirming instructions for wires applicable to the Company. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee, signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

 

4

 

 

(g) Verify the accuracy of the information contained in the Registration Statement or any other filings made by the Company with the SEC;

 

(h) Provide any assurance that any Business Combination entered into by the Company or any other action taken by the Company is as contemplated by the Registration Statement;

 

(i) File information returns with respect to the Trust Account with any local, state or federal taxing authority or provide periodic written statements to the Company documenting the taxes payable by the Company, if any, relating to any interest income earned on the Property;

 

(j) Prepare, execute and file tax reports, income or other tax returns and pay any taxes with respect to any income generated by, and activities relating to, the Trust Account, regardless of whether such tax is payable by the Trust Account or the Company, including, but not limited to, income tax obligations, except pursuant to Section 1(j) hereof; or

 

(k) Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve the Company’s written requests for distributions pursuant to Sections 1(i), 1(j) or 1(k) hereof.

 

The Company also agrees that the Trustee will only be responsible for direct damages, and not for any type of indirect, special, consequential, or punitive damages, even if the Trustee is aware of the potential for such damages.

 

4. Trust Account Waiver. The Trustee has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future. In the event the Trustee has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof, the Trustee shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the Property or any monies in the Trust Account.

 

5. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

 

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee, pending which the Trustee shall continue to act in accordance with this Agreement. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement (whether following the Trustee giving notice that it desires to resign under this Agreement or the Company otherwise electing to replace the Trustee under this Agreement), the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety (90) days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

 

(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account and its obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(i) hereof and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Section 2(b).

 

(c) If the Offering is not consummated within ten (10) business days of the date of this Agreement, in which case any funds received by the Trustee from the Company or Copley Square Sponsor Limited (Sponsor), as applicable, shall be returned promptly following the receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company.

 

5

 

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth herein with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such confidential information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee shall rely upon all information supplied to it by the Company, including, account names, account numbers, and all other identifying information relating to a Beneficiary, Beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. Except for any liability arising out of the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or out-of-pocket expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the funds.

 

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, applicable to contracts wholly performed within the borders of such state and without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. This Agreement may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

 

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except for Section 1(i) through (m) (which sections may not be modified, amended or deleted without (x) the approval of at least two-thirds of the shareholders of the Company who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, or (y) the approval by unanimous written resolutions of all shareholders of the Company; provided that no such amendment will affect any shareholder of the Company who has validly elected to redeem his, her or its Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with a shareholder vote sought to amend this Agreement), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified (other than to correct a typographical error) by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, State of New York, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder. AS TO ANY CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery, by facsimile transmission or by email:

 

if to the Trustee, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Francis Wolf and Celeste Gonzalez

Email: fwolf@continentalstock.com

Email: cgonzalez@continentalstock.com

 

in each case, with copies to:

 

if to the Company, to:

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

Attn: Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer  

 

in each case, with copies to:

 

Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Robinson & Cole LLP

azhou@rc.com

666 Third Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10017

 

6

 

 

(f) Except as specified herein, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of the other.

  

(g) Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder. The Trustee acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the Trust Account, including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance.

 

(h) The Trustee hereby consents to the inclusion of the Trustee in the Registration Statement and other materials relating to the Offering and the Business Combination.

 

(i) Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Representative, on behalf of the Underwriters, is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

(j) Except as specified herein, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of the other.

 

(k) In the event that any Property shall be attached, garnished or levied upon by any court order, or the delivery thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of a court, or any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court order affecting the Property, the Trustee is hereby expressly authorized, in its reasonable discretion, to comply with all writs, orders or decrees so entered or issued, or which it is advised by legal counsel of its own choosing is binding upon it. In the event that the Trustee obeys or complies with any such writ, order or decree it shall not be liable to any of the Parties or to any other person, firm or corporation, should, by reason of such compliance notwithstanding, such writ, order or decree be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

 

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligation under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; wars; acts of terrorism; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemic; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental action (any such event, a “Force Majeure Event”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of all services provided pursuant to this Agreement (the “Services”), Trustee shall continuously maintain business continuity and disaster recovery plans (including regular updates) that are consistent with then-current industry standards applicable to similarly situated providers of services comparable to the Services. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the business continuity and/or disaster recovery plans will cover the computer software, computer hardware, telecommunications capabilities and other similar or related items of automated, computerized, software system(s) and network(s) or system(s) and will be designed, among other things, to permit the ongoing operation and functionality of the Services on a continuous basis and/or to facilitate the continuation and/or resumption of, the Services. In the event of disruption in the Services for any reason including the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event that causes Trustee to be required to allocate limited resources between or among Trustee’s affected customers, Trustee shall not do so in a manner that is intended to treat the Company less favorably than other similarly situated affected customers generally. In addition, in the event Trustee has knowledge that there is, or has been, an incident affecting the integrity or availability of Trustee’s business continuity and disaster recovery system (the “System”), Trustee shall endeavor to notify the Company in writing, as promptly as practicable, of the incident.

 

(m) The Trustee shall be entitled to consult with legal counsel in the event that a question or dispute arises with regard to the construction of any of the provisions hereof, and shall incur no liability and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:  Sung Hyuk Lee
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

  TRUSTEE:
     
  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
  as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:   Francis Wolf
    Title:  Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement-Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Fee Schedule

Trust Services

 

Acceptance Fee:    

 

Waived

 

Initial Fees as they relate to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting in the capacity of Trustee and includes review of the Investment Management/Trustee Agreement; acceptance of the Trustee appointment; setting up of the Trust Account(s) and associated records; and coordination of receipt of funds, if any, for deposit to the Trust Account(s). Acceptance Fee payable at time of Trust Agreement execution 

 

Trustee - Administration Fee  

 

$6,500 per annum

 

For review and execution of SPAC trust agreement, including KYC review and onboarding; reporting; investment management of SPAC proceeds; dissolution of SPAC trust and distribution of proceeds to transfer agent and/or investors; and other ongoing administrative services as required.

 

Paying Agent Services

 

As required pursuant to Section 1(i) and 1(k) are billed at prevailing rates.

 

Out-of-Pocket Expenses: If any, Billed At Cost

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

[Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Francis Wolf and Celeste Gonzalez

 

Re: Trust Account - Termination Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to Section 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of ___, 2025 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement with___________________ (the “Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (the “Business Combination”) on or about [insert date]. The Company shall notify you at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the actual date (or such shorter time period as you may agree) of the consummation of the Business Combination (the “Consummation Date”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to commence to liquidate all of the assets of the Trust Account and to transfer proceeds to the account in the United States at JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of the funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that D. Boral Capital LLC (the “Representative”) (with respect to the Deferred Discount) and the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date. It is acknowledged and agreed that while the funds are on deposit in the trust account at JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. awaiting distribution, neither the Company nor the Representative will earn any interest or dividends.

 

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated, or will be consummated substantially, concurrently with your transfer of funds to the accounts as directed by the Company (the “Notification”) and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you (a) [an affidavit] [a certificate] of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, which verifies that the Business Combination has been approved by a vote of the Company’s shareholders, if a vote is held, and (b) joint written instruction signed by the Company and the Representative with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account, including payment of the Deferred Discount from the Trust Account (the “Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the Notification and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company in writing of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and be distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds, net of any payments necessary for reasonable unreimbursed expenses related to liquidating the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in Section 1(c) of the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice as soon thereafter as possible.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:   Sung Hyuk Lee     
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

D. Boral Capital LLC

 

By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

[Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Francis Wolf and Celeste Gonzalez

 

Re: Trust Account - Termination Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to Section 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of ___, 2025 (the “Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a business combination with a Target Business (the “Business Combination”) within the time frame specified in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles, as described in the Company’s Registration Statement relating to the Offering. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate all of the assets in the Trust Account and to transfer the total proceeds into the trust operating account in the United States at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A to await distribution to the Public Shareholders. The Company has selected [●] as the effective date for the purpose of determining when the Public Shareholders will be entitled to receive their share of the liquidation proceeds. Upon the distribution of all the funds, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 1(i) of the Trust Agreement.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:  Sung Hyuk Lee         
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

D. Boral Capital LLC

 

By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

[Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Francis Wolf and Celeste Gonzalez

 

Re: Trust Account - Tax Payment Withdrawal Instruction

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to Section 1(j) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of ___, 2025 (the “Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $____________ of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

The Company needs such funds to pay for the tax obligations as set forth on the attached tax return or tax statement. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

 

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:   Sung Hyuk Lee     
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Letterhead of Company]

 

[Insert date]

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Francis Wolf and Celeste Gonzalez

 

Re: Trust Account - Shareholder Redemption Withdrawal Instruction

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to Section 1(k) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”), dated as of ___, 2025 (the “Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $___________ of the principal and interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

The Company needs such funds to pay its Public Shareholders who have properly elected to have their Class A ordinary shares redeemed by the Company in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company has not consummated an initial Business Combination within such time as is described in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles, or with respect to any other provision relating to shareholder’s rights or pre-business combination activity. As such, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the redeeming Public Shareholders in accordance with your customary procedures.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:   Sung Hyuk Lee     
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●], by and among Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”) and the undersigned parties listed under the heading “Investor” on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of the securities held by them as of the date hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

“Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Business Combination” means the acquisition of direct or indirect ownership through a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar type of transaction, of one or more businesses or entities.

 

“Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

“Class B Ordinary Shares” means the class B ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

“Company” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Demand Registration” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

“Demanding Holder” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

“Form S-3” is defined in Section 2.3.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

“Initial Shares” means all of the outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares issued prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

“Investor” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Investor Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

“Maximum Number of Share” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

“Notices” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

“Ordinary Shares” means collectively or respectively the Class A Ordinary Shares and/or the Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be.

 

“Piggy-Back Registration” is defined in Section 2.2.1.

 

 

 

 

“Private Placement Units” means 339,964 units which the Sponsor is privately purchasing simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, each comprised of one Class A Ordinary Share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

“Private Placement Shares” means 1,019,892 Class A Ordinary Shares which the Sponsor is privately purchasing simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

“Register,” “Registered” and “Registration” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

“Registrable Securities” means (i) the Initial Shares, (ii) the Private Placement Units (and underlying securities), (iii) the Private Placement Shares, and (iv) any securities issuable upon conversion of loans from Investors to the Company for the Company’s payment of its working capital, if any, and extensions for the time that the Company need to complete its initial business combination as provided in the Company’s amended and restate memorandum and articles of association (the “Working Capital Loan Securities”). Registrable Securities include any rights, capital shares or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such Initial Shares, Private Placement Units (and underlying securities), Private Placement Shares, and Working Capital Loan Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Registrable Securities are freely saleable under Rule 144 without volume limitations.

 

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

“Sponsor” means Copley Square Sponsor Limited, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Underwriter” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

“Units” means the units of the Company, each comprised of one Class A Ordinary Share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

2.1 Demand Registration.

 

2.1.1 Request for Registration. At any time and from time to time on or after the date that the Company consummates a Business Combination with respect to the Registrable Securities, the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities, as the case may be, held by the Investors, officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates, or the transferees of the Investors, on no more than two occasions, may make a written demand for Registration of all or part of their Registrable Securities. Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify, in writing, all holders of Registrable Securities of the demand, with ten (10) days of the Company’s receipt of such demand, and each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “Demanding Holder”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.

 

2

 

 

2.1.2 Effective Registration. A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.

 

2.1.3 Underwritten Offering. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the holders initiating the Demand Registration.

 

2.1.4 Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of share of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of share that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Share”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of share that each such person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of share held by each such person (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share.

 

2.1.5 Withdrawal. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Demand Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

 

2.2 Piggy-Back Registration.

 

2.2.1 Piggy-Back Rights. If at any time on or after the date the Company consummates a Business Combination the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee share option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of share of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “Piggy-Back Registration”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

3

 

 

2.2.2 Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Share, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

a) If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Share or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share;

 

b) If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than either the holders of Registrable Securities, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), collectively the Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Registrable Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share.

 

2.2.3 Withdrawal. Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

 

2.2.4 Registrations on Form S-3. The holders of Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“Form S-3”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of all or such portion of such holder’s or holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company, if any, of any other holder or holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) if the holders of the Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

 

3.1 Filings; Information. Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

 

3.1.1 Filing Registration Statement. The Company shall use its best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and use its best efforts to keep it effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to the holders a certificate signed by Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, however, that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in this provision more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.

 

4

 

 

3.1.2 Copies. The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.

 

3.1.3 Amendments and Supplements. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn.

 

3.1.4 Notification. After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall object.

 

3.1.5 State Securities Laws Compliance. The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

3.1.6 Agreements for Disposition. The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

 

5

 

 

3.1.7 Cooperation. The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

 

3.1.8 Records. The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.9 Opinions and Comfort Letters. In the case of any underwritten offering or if reasonably requested by any participant in any other offering pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall obtain opinions of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of a registration pursuant to this Agreement, addressed to the holders participating in such registration, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to such registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as such holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to a holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. In the case of any underwritten offering or if reasonably requested by any participant in any other offering pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall obtain a “cold comfort” letters from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an underwritten public offering pursuant to this Agreement, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter.

 

3.1.10 Earnings Statement. The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

3.1.11 Listing. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

3.1.12 Road Show. If the registration involves the registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of $15,000,000, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any underwritten offering.

 

3.2 Obligation to Suspend Distribution. Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors , of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

6

 

 

3.3 Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form S-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling shareholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the Underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of share each is selling in such offering.

 

3.4 Information. The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with Federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

4. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

 

4.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “Investor Indemnified Party”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.

 

4.2 Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each Underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each other selling holder or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.

 

7

 

 

4.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

 

4.4 Contribution.

 

4.4.1 If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

4.4.2 The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1.

 

4.4.3 The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5. RULE 144.

 

5.1.1 Rule 144. The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to (A) whether the Company has filed (i) all reports and other materials required to be filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K and (ii) current “Form 10 information” (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) with the Commission reflecting the Company’s status as an entity that is no longer an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (B) the first date that the Company filed “Form 10 information” (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) with the Commission.

 

8

 

 

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

6.1 Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that, except as disclosed in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-284826), no person, other than the holders of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any of the Company’s share capital for sale or to include the Company’s share capital in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of share capital for its own account or for the account of any other person.

 

6.2 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to the permitted assigns of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2. Any additional holder of Registrable Securities may become party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder to the Company and the Sponsor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

6.3 Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided, that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.

 

To the Company:

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

Attn: Sung Hyuk Lee, Chief Executive Officer

 

with a copy to:

 

Robinson & Cole LLP

Chrysler East Building

666 Third Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@rc.com

 

To an Investor, to the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

 

6.4 Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.

 

9

 

 

6.7 Modifications and Amendments. No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Company unless executed in writing by the Company. No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon the holders of the Registrable Securities unless executed in writing by the holders of the majority Registrable Securities.

 

6.8 Titles and Headings. Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.9 Waivers and Extensions. Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement. Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

 

6.10 Remedies Cumulative. In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

6.11 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. The venue for any action taken with respect to the Agreement shall be any state or federal court in New York County in the State of New York.

 

6.12 Waiver of Trial by Jury. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
   
  By:                                
    Name: Sung Hyuk Lee
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  INITIAL SHAREHOLDERS:
   
  [   ]
     
  By:                                
    Name: [   ]
    Title: [   ]

 

    
  Sung Hyuk Lee
   
   
  Hoon Ji Choi

 

   
  Gary Dvorchak
   
   
  Benjamin Berry
   
   
  Qing Tong

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement- Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Name and Address of Initial Shareholders

 

To all Initial Shareholders:

 

c/o Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

PRIVATE PLACEMENT UNITS AND
RESTRICTED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Private Placement Units and Restricted Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of __________, 2025 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and ________________, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (the “Purchaser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to consummate an initial public offering of the Company’s units (the “Public Offering”), each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share (a “Class A Ordinary Share” or “Share”), and one right (“Right”) to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Share (the “Right Shares”) upon the consummation of an initial business combination, as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 related to the Public Offering (the “Registration Statement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to sell, and the Purchaser desires to purchase, on a private placement basis (the “Offering”), an aggregate of _________ units (“Units”) of the Company, each Unit comprised of one Share, and one Right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Share (the “Rights Shares”) upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination (as defined below) to be governed by the Rights Agreement (as defined below), and _________ contractually restricted Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Restricted Shares” and together with the Units, the “Private Placement Securities”), of the Company (which Restricted Shares shall Vest (as defined below) upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination), for an aggregate purchase price of _________;

 

[WHEREAS, the aggregate Capital Contributions (as defined in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Purchaser, dated _________, 2025 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, waived and otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Purchaser LLC Agreement”)) received by the Purchaser from Class __ Members (as defined in the Purchaser LLC Agreement) of the Purchaser equals $_________; and]

 

WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to purchase the Private Placement Securities on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Company wishes to accept such subscription.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Agreement to Subscribe.

 

1.1 Purchase and Issuance of the Units and Restricted Shares; Vesting of Restricted Shares. For the aggregate sum of _________ (the “Purchase Price”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser, on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.2) _________ Units and _________ Restricted Shares (which Restricted Shares shall Vest upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination). As used in this Agreement, “Vest” means that the Restricted Shares shall become transferable by the Purchaser, subject to the terms of the Purchaser LLC Agreement, the Insider Letter (as defined below), any other applicable contractual limitations, and applicable law. The Purchaser further agrees not to exercise voting rights attaching to the Restricted Shares until Vesting and hereby affirmatively waives any voting rights that may otherwise attach to the Restricted Shares.

 

 

 

 

1.2 Closing. The closing (the “Closing”) of the Offering shall take place by electronic exchange of executed documents simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”, and such date, the “Closing Date”).

 

1.3 Delivery of the Purchase Price. At least one business day prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the IPO, the Purchaser agrees to deliver the Purchase Price by certified bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds denominated in United States Dollars to the Company. The Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited into the trust account which will be established for the benefit of the Company’s public shareholders, managed pursuant to that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, (“CST”), and into which substantially all of the proceeds of the IPO will be deposited (the “Trust Account”), on the applicable Closing Date, no more than $____ (or $______if the over-allotment option of the Company’s underwriters in connection with the IPO is exercised in full) in total, from the aggregate proceeds of the IPO, the Purchase Price and the sale of Private Placement Securities by the Company to the Purchaser, or affiliates thereof, on a private placement basis concurrently with the IPO (such aggregate proceeds, the “Aggregate Proceeds”). The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited any remaining amount of the Aggregate Proceeds into an account or accounts, other than the Trust Account, for the Company’s use in connection with the Company’s working capital requirements. If the IPO is not consummated within 14 days of the date the Purchase Price is delivered to the Company, the Purchase Price shall be returned to the Purchaser by certified bank check or wire transfer of immediately available funds denominated in United States Dollars, without interest or deduction.

 

1.4 Delivery of Unit Certificate. Upon the applicable Closing Date after delivery of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 1.3, the Purchaser shall become irrevocably entitled to receive a unit certificate representing the Units and an updated register of members of the Company reflecting the issue of Restricted Shares purchased hereunder.

 

1.5 Termination. This Agreement and each of the obligations of the undersigned shall be null and void and without effect if the Closing does not occur prior to, 2025.

 

Section 2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.

 

The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

2.1 No Government Recommendation or Approval. It understands that no United States federal or state agency or similar agency of any other country has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Company, the Offering, the Units, the Restricted Shares, or the Class A Ordinary Shares, Rights, and the Right Shares included in the Units (the “Unit Shares” and, collectively with the Units, the Rights, the Rights Shares, the “Securities”).

 

2

 

 

2.2 Organization. It is a company, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and possesses all requisite power and authority necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.3 Private Offering. It is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or it is not a “U.S. Person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the Securities Act. It acknowledges that the sale contemplated hereby is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption to “Accredited Investors” within the meaning of Section 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and similar exemptions under state law or a non-U.S. Person under Regulation S.

 

2.4 Authority. This Agreement has been validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser and is a valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

2.5 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby do not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under (i) the Purchaser’s organizational documents, (ii) any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or (iii) any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Purchaser is subject, or any agreement, order, judgment or decree to which the Purchaser is subject.

 

2.6 No Legal Advice from Company. It acknowledges it has had the opportunity to review this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto with its own legal counsel and investment and tax advisors. Except for any statements or representations of the Company made in this Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto, it is relying solely on such counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its representatives or agents for legal, tax or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction.

 

2.7 Access to Information; Independent Investigation. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, it has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company concerning an investment in the Company, as well as the finances, operations, business and prospects of the Company, and the opportunity to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of all information so obtained. In determining whether to make this investment, it has relied solely on its own knowledge and understanding of the Company and its business based upon its own due diligence investigation and the information furnished pursuant to this paragraph. It understands that no person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations which were not furnished pursuant to this Section 2 and it has not relied on any other representations or information in making its investment decision, whether written or oral, relating to the Company, its operations and/or its prospects.

 

3

 

 

2.8 Reliance on Representations and Warranties. It understands the Private Placement Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, and analogous provisions in the laws and regulations of various states, and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement in order to determine the applicability of such provisions.

 

2.9 No Advertisements. It is not subscribing for the Private Placement Securities as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, or presented at any seminar or meeting.

 

2.10 Legends. It acknowledges and agrees that any certificates evidencing the Securities and Restricted Shares shall bear the restrictive legend(s), in form and substance as set forth in Section 4 hereof, as applicable.

 

2.11 Experience, Financial Capability and Suitability. It is (i) sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Private Placement Securities Private Placement Securities and (ii) able to bear the economic risk of his investment in the Private Placement Securities for an indefinite period of time because the Private Placement Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and therefore cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. It has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests. It has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.

 

2.12 Investment Purposes. It is purchasing the Private Placement Securities solely for investment purposes, for its own account and not for the account or benefit of any other person, and not with a view towards the distribution or dissemination thereof and it has no present arrangement to sell the interest in the Private Placement Securities to or through any person or entity. It shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the Private Placement Securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

2.13 Restrictions on Transfer. It acknowledges and understands the Private Placement Securities are being offered in a transaction not involving a public offering in the United States within the meaning of the Securities Act. The Private Placement Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future, it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Private Placement Securities, such Securities and Restricted Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, (B) pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), if available, or (C) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state or any other jurisdiction. It agrees that if any transfer of its Securities, the Restricted Shares or any interest therein is proposed to be made, as a condition precedent to any such transfer, it may be required to deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company. Absent registration or another available exemption from registration, it agrees it will not resell the Securities or the Restricted Shares. It further acknowledges that because the Company is a shell company, Rule 144 may not be available to it for the resale of the Securities or the Restricted Shares until the one year anniversary following consummation of the initial Business Combination of the Company, despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 and the release or waiver of any contractual transfer restrictions.

 

4

 

 

Section 3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser that:

 

3.1 Valid Issuance of Share Capital. The total number of all classes of share capital which the Company has authority to issue is 400,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each, 90,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each. As of the date hereof, the Company has issued 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares (of which 900,000Class B ordinary shares are subject to forfeiture as described in the Registration Statement) to the Company’s sponsor, and the Company’s sponsor subsequently transferred an aggregate of 220,000Class B ordinary shares to the Company’s independent director nominees and certain members of the Company’s management team for their services. As of the date hereof, no preferred shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued share capital of the Company has been duly authorized, validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

3.2 Title to Securities and Restricted Shares. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof the rights agreement to be entered into with CST on or prior to the closing of the IPO (the “Rights Agreement”) and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as applicable), as the case may be, (i) the Shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) the Rights will be valid and legally binding obligation of the company, enforceable against the company in accordance with their terms. On the date of issuance of the Units, the Shares, and the Rights Shares shall have been reserved for issuance. Upon issuance in accordance with, and the payment pursuant to, the terms hereof and the Rights Agreement, the Purchaser will have or receive good title to the shares underlying the Rights, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind other than (i) transfer restrictions hereunder and pursuant to the insider letter to be entered into on or prior to the closing of the IPO (the “Insider Letter”) and (ii) transfer restrictions under federal and state securities laws. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company, the Restricted Shares will be duly and validly issued, shall Vest upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination, subject to Section 1.1, and shall be subject to (i) the transfer restrictions hereunder and pursuant to the Insider Letter and (ii) transfer restrictions under federal and state securities laws.

 

5

 

 

3.3 Organization and Qualification. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a Cayman Islands exempted company and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

3.4 Authorization; Enforcement. (i) The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to issue the Private Placement Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no further consent or authorization of the Company or its Board of Directors or shareholders is required, and (iii) this Agreement constitutes, and upon the execution and delivery thereof, the Rights and Rights Agreement, will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization, or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by equitable principles of general application and except as enforcement of rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal and state securities laws or principles of public policy.

 

3.5 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not (i) result in a violation of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default under any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party or (iii) conflict with any law statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject or any agreement, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject. Other than any federal, state or foreign securities filings which may be required to be made by the Company subsequent to the Closing, and any registration statement which may be filed pursuant thereto, the Company is not required under federal, state or local law, rule or regulation to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency or self-regulatory entity in order for it to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or issue the Private Placement Securities in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 4. Legends.

 

4.1 Legends. The Company will issue the Units, the Restricted Shares, the Rights and the Unit Shares, and when issued, the Rights Shares purchased by the Purchaser, in the name of the Purchaser. The Securities and Restricted Shares will bear the following legend(s), as applicable, and appropriate “stop transfer” instructions:

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO THE RESALE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN RULE 905 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

6

 

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND [SPONSOR LLC] AND MAY ONLY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF DURING THE TERM OF THE APPLICABLE LOCKUP PURSUANT TO THE TERMS SET FORTH THEREIN.

 

RESTRICTED SHARES: THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO VESTING, AS SET FORTH IN THE UNIT AND RESTRICTED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF _________, 2025, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, BETWEEN HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND [SPONSOR LLC].

 

4.2 Purchaser’s Compliance. Nothing in this Section 4 shall affect in any way the Purchaser’s obligations and agreements to comply with all applicable securities laws upon resale of the Securities and Restricted Shares.

 

4.3 Company’s Refusal to Register Transfer of the Securities. The Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the Securities or Restricted Shares, if in the sole judgment of the Company such purported transfer would not be made (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or (ii) pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and (iii) in compliance herewith.

 

4.4 Registration Rights. The Purchaser will be entitled to certain registration rights which will be governed by a registration rights agreement (“Registration Rights Agreement”) to be entered into with the Company on or prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

Section 5. Lockup.

 

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Securities shall not be transferable, saleable or assignable until one hundred eighty (180) days after the consummation by the Company of an acquisition, share exchange, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of, or any other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), except to the permitted transferees as provided in the Insider Letter. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Restricted Shares shall not be transferable, saleable or assignable until ninety (90) days after the consummation of the initial Business Combination, except to permitted transferees (as provided in the Insider Letter).

 

7

 

 

Section 6. Securities Laws Restrictions.

 

The Purchaser agrees not to sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Securities or Restricted Shares unless, prior thereto (a) a registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws with respect to the Securities proposed to be transferred shall then be effective or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion from counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such registration is not required because such transaction complies with the Securities Act and the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and with all applicable state securities laws.

 

Section 7. Waiver of Redemption Rights.

 

In connection with the Securities and Restricted Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby waives any and all redemption rights (i) in connection with the Company’s completion of the Business Combination, (ii) upon the Company’s failure to complete the Business Combination within 18 months (or 24 months by means of up to two three-month extensions after the closing of the IPO) (or during any extended time that the Company has to consummate a Business Combination beyond 18 months (or 24 months by means of up to two three-month extensions after the closing of the IPO) as a result of a shareholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (an “Extension Period”)) from the completion of the IPO or the liquidation of the Company prior to the expiration of such 18 month period (or 24 months by means of up to two three-month extensions after the closing of the IPO) or any Extension Period, or (iii) if the Company seeks an amendment to its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold as part of the units offered in the IPO or any other provision of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or the Company’s pre-initial Business Combination activity.

 

Section 8. Rescission Right Waiver and Indemnification.

 

8.1 Rescission Waiver. The Purchaser understands and acknowledges that an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act requires there be no general solicitation of purchasers of the Private Placement Securities. In this regard, if the Offering were deemed to be a general solicitation with respect to the Private Placement Securities, the offer and sale thereof may not be exempt from registration and, if not, the Purchaser may have a right to rescind its purchase of the Private Placement Securities. In order to facilitate the completion of the Offering and in order to protect the Company, its shareholders and the Trust Account from claims that may adversely affect the Company or the interests of its shareholders, the Purchaser hereby agrees to waive, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any claims, right to sue or rights in law or arbitration, as the case may be, to seek rescission of its purchase of the Private Placement Securities as a result of the issuance of the Private Placement Securities being deemed to be in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees this waiver is being made in order to induce the Company to sell the Private Placement Securities to the Purchaser. The Purchaser agrees the foregoing waiver of rescission rights shall apply to any and all known or unknown actions, causes of action, suits, claims or proceedings (each, a “Claim” and collectively, the “Claims”) and related losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, whether compensatory, consequential or exemplary, and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ and expert witness fees and disbursements and all other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any Claims, whether pending or threatened, in connection with any present or future actual or asserted right to rescind the purchase of the Private Placement Securities hereunder or relating to the purchase of the Private Placement Securities and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8

 

 

8.2 No Recourse Against Trust Account. The Purchaser agrees not to seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever in connection with its purchase of the Private Placement Securities or any Claim that may arise now or in the future.

 

8.3 Section 8 Waiver. The Purchaser agrees that to the extent any waiver of rights under this Section 8 is ineffective as a matter of law, the Purchaser has offered such waiver for the benefit of the Company as an equitable right that shall survive any statutory disqualification or bar that applies to a legal right. The Purchaser acknowledges the receipt and sufficiency of consideration received from the Company hereunder in this regard.

 

Section 9. Conditions of the Purchaser’s Obligations

 

The obligations of the Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Private Placement Securities are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

A. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct at and as of the Closing as though then made.

 

B. Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

C. No Injunction. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby, which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Rights Agreement.

 

D. Rights Agreement. The Company shall have entered into the Rights Agreement.

 

Section 10. Conditions of the Company’s Obligations

 

The obligations of the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

A. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct at and as of the Closing as though then made.

 

9

 

 

B. Performance. The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before the Closing.

 

C. No Injunction. No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby, which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Rights Agreement.

 

D. Rights Agreement. The Company shall have entered into the Rights Agreement.

 

Section 11. Terms of the Units.

 

The Units shall be substantially identical to the Units offered in the IPO as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement to be entered into between the Company and D. Boral Capital LLC in connection with the IPO, except the Units: (i) will be subject to the transfer restrictions described herein, and (ii) are being purchased pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and will become freely tradable only after certain conditions are met or the resale of the securities underlying the Units is registered under the Securities Act.

 

Section 12. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for agreements made and to be wholly performed within such territory. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 13. Assignment; Entire Agreement; Amendment.

 

13.1 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by any party to any other person other than by the Purchaser, without the prior consent of the Company, to one or more persons agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof and the transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchaser set forth in the Letter Agreement. Upon such assignment by the Purchaser, the assignee(s) shall become Purchaser hereunder and have the rights and obligations provided for herein to the extent of such assignment.

 

13.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior discussions, agreements and understandings of any and every nature.

 

13.3 Amendment. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

13.4 Binding upon Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

10

 

 

Section 14. Notices; Indemnity.

 

14.1 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the receiving party’s address set forth on the signature page hereto or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be either (a) delivered by hand, (b) sent by overnight courier, or (c) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either (i) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party set forth above, (ii) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, or (iii) if sent by certified mail, on the fifth business day following the day such mailing is made.

 

14.2 Indemnification. Subject to Section 8, each party shall indemnify the other party against any loss, cost or damages (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred as a result of such party’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 15. Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or any other form of electronic delivery, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

Section 16. Survival; Severability.

 

16.1 Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto shall survive the Closing until one (1) year following the consummation of an initial Business Combination.

 

16.2 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision; provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

 

Section 17. Headings.

 

The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

Section 18. Construction.

 

The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. The words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:  
     
HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION  
       
By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    
       
PURCHASER:  
   
[Purchaser]  
   
By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

[Signature Page to Private Placement Units and Restricted Shares Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

 

[*], 2025

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro

Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea

 

  Re: Administrative Service Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement by and between Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and [ ](the “Sponsor”), dated as of the date hereof, will confirm our agreement that, commencing on the effective date of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (the “Start Date”), and continuing until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of an initial business combination or the Company’s liquidation (in each case as described in the Registration Statement) (such earlier date hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”):

 

(i) The Sponsor shall make available, or cause to be made available, to the Company, at 3rd Floor, 166 Yeongsin-ro, Yeongdengpo-gu, Seoul, 07362, Republic of Korea (or any successor location of the Sponsor), certain office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support as may be reasonably required by the Company. In exchange therefor, the Company shall pay to the Sponsor the sum of $10,000 per month on the Start Date and continuing monthly thereafter until the Termination Date;

 

(ii) The Sponsor hereby agrees that the Company may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by the Company’s audit committee that the Company lacks sufficient funds held outside the Trust Account (defined below) to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with the Company’s initial business combination as described in the Registration Statement. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination; and

 

(iii) The Sponsor hereby irrevocably waives any and all right, title, interest, causes of action and claims of any kind as a result of, or arising out of, this letter agreement (each, a “Claim”) in or to, and any and all right to seek payment of any amounts due to it out of, the trust account established for the benefit of the public shareholders of the Company and into which substantially all of the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering will be deposited (the “Trust Account”) as a result of, or arising out of, this letter agreement, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim it may have in the future, which Claim would reduce, encumber or otherwise adversely affect the Trust Account or any monies or other assets in the Trust Account, and further agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction of any Claim against the Trust Account or any monies or other assets in the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

This letter agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its choice of law principles.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:   
    Name:  Sung Hyuk Lee
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

[     ]

 

By:    
  Name:  [        ]  
  Title: [      ]  

 

[Signature Page to Administrative Service Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation

 

(the Company)

 

(a Cayman Islands exempted company)

 

SHARE TRANSFER

 

Copley Square Sponsor Limited of 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, George Town, Cayman Islands (the Transferor), for good and valuable consideration received by us from Copley Square LLC of 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, George Town, Cayman Islands (the Transferee), hereby transfers to the Transferee 6,680,000 Ordinary Class B Shares of USD0.0001 nominal or par value standing in our name in the Register of Members of the Company, free of any liens, encumbrances or other restrictions thereon.

 

This Share Transfer is governed by Cayman Islands law.

 

Executed on behalf of ) /s/ Hongbo Xing
Copley Square Sponsor Limited )
by an authorised signatory ) Name:
on August 14, 2025 (Authorised Signatory)

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

SECURITIES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

This Securities Transfer Agreement is dated as of September 16, 2025 (this “Transfer Agreement”), by and among Copley Square LLC, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (the “Seller”), Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and Northlake Partners Ltd., a British Virgin Islands Company(the “Buyer”).

 

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Transfer Agreement, the Seller wishes to transfer to the Buyer certain amount of Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (“Ordinary Shares”) of the Company, a newly-organized blank check company, or special purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), and the Buyer wish to purchase and receive such Initial Shares (as defined below) from the Seller.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Transfer Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Transfer of Initial Shares. Seller hereby agrees to transfer immediately as of the date hereof 2,438,546 Ordinary Shares to the Buyer (the “Initial Shares”), and the Buyer have agreed to pay the Seller $8,778.8 (the “Purchase Price”), in consideration of the transfer of the Initial Shares.

 

Section 2. No Conflicts. Each party represents and warrants that neither the execution and delivery of this Transfer Agreement by such party, nor the consummation or performance by such party of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, will with or without notice or lapse of time, constitute, create or result in a breach or violation of, default under, loss of benefit or right under or acceleration of performance of any obligation required under any agreement to which it is a party.

  

Section 3. Buyer Representations. The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Seller as follows:.

 

3.1. Organization and Authority. The Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the place of its incorporation or formation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted. The Buyer has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Transfer Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Transfer Agreement by the Purchaser, and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Buyer. Upon the execution and delivery of this Transfer Agreement by the Buyer, this Transfer Agreement will be a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

3.2. Experience, Financial Capability and Suitability. The Buyer is: (i) sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Initial Shares and (ii) able to bear the economic risk of its investment in the Initial Shares for an indefinite period of time because the Initial Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and therefore cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Buyer has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests. The Buyer must bear the economic risk of this investment until the Initial Shares are sold pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) an exemption from registration available with respect to such sale. The Buyer is able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Initial Shares and to afford a complete loss of Buyer’s investment in the Initial Shares.

 

 

 

 

3.3. Access to Information; Independent Investigation. Prior to the execution of this Transfer Agreement, the Buyer has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company and the Seller concerning an investment in the Company, as well as the Company’s business, properties, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and the opportunity to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of all information so obtained. In determining whether to make this investment, the Buyer has relied solely on the Buyer’s own knowledge and understanding of the Company and its business based upon the Buyer’s own due diligence investigation and the information furnished pursuant to this paragraph. The Buyer understands that no person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations which were not furnished pursuant to this Section 3 and the Buyer has not relied on any other representations or information in making its investment decision, whether written or oral, relating to the Company’s business, properties, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

3.4. Investment Purposes. The Buyer is purchasing the Initial Shares solely for investment purposes, for the Buyer’s own account and not for the account or benefit of any other person, and not with a view towards the distribution thereof and the Buyer has no present arrangement to sell an interest in the Initial Shares to or through any person or entity.

 

3.5. Exempt Offering; Restrictions on Transfer; Shell Company; Affiliate Status. The Buyer understands that the transfer of the Initial Shares is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Buyer understands the Initial Shares will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act and Buyer understands that the certificates representing the Initial Shares will contain a legend in respect of such restrictions. If in the future the Buyer decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Initial Shares, such Initial Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only pursuant to: (i) registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) an available exemption from registration. The Buyer agrees that if any transfer of its Initial Shares or any interest therein is proposed to be made, as a condition precedent to any such transfer, the Buyer may be required to deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company. Absent registration or an exemption, the Buyer agrees not to resell the Initial Shares. The Buyer further acknowledges that because the Company is a shell company, Rule 144 under the Securities Act may not be available to the Buyer for the resale of the Initial Shares until one year following consummation of the initial business combination of the Company, despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 and the release or waiver of any contractual transfer restrictions. The Buyer (a) acknowledges that after the issuance of the Initial Shares, the Buyer may be deemed an “affiliate” of the Company under the Securities Act, (b) acknowledges understanding the additional restrictions under the Securities Act applicable to an affiliate of the Company, and (c) acknowledges that it had a full and fair opportunity and the means to obtain United States securities counsel and discuss such restrictions prior to entering into this Transfer Agreement.

 

3.6. No Governmental Consents. No governmental, administrative or other third-party consents or approvals are required, necessary or appropriate on the part of Buyer in connection with this Transfer Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Transfer Agreement.

 

3.7. No Legal Advice from Company. The Buyer acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review this Transfer Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Transfer Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto with its own legal counsel and investment and tax advisors. Except for any statements or representations of the Seller made in this Transfer Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto, the Buyer is relying solely on such counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its representatives or agents for legal, tax or investment advice with respect to an investment in the Initial Shares, the transactions contemplated by this Transfer Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction.

 

3.8. Reliance on Representations and Warranties. The Buyer understands the Initial Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, and analogous provisions in the laws and regulations of various states, and that the Seller and the Company are relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Buyer set forth in this Transfer Agreement in order to determine the applicability of such provisions.

 

3.9. No General Solicitation or General Advertising; No Directed Selling Efforts. The Buyer is not aware of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502 under the Securities Act) or “directed selling efforts” (as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”)) in connection with the transfer of the Initial Shares.

 

3.10. Accredited Investor; Non-U.S. Person. The Buyer represents that either: (i) it is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act); or (ii) it is not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S) and is located outside of the United States as of the date hereof.

 

Section 4.  Miscellaneous. This Transfer Agreement, together with the certificates, documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter. This Transfer Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Transfer Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto. Except as otherwise provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Transfer Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

[signature page follows]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Transfer Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

  SELLER:
   
  Copley Square LLC
     
  By: /s/ Hongbo Xing
  Name: Hongbo Xing
  Title: Manager

  

  BUYER:
     
  Northlake Partners Ltd.  
     
  By: /s/ Tian Wang
  Name: Tian Wang
  Title: Director

 

  COMPANY:
     
  Harvard Ave Acquisition Corporation
     
  By: /s/ Hoon Ji Choi
  Name: Hoon Ji Choi
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Securities Transfer Agreement]

 

3

 

Exhibit 14

 

HARVARD AVE ACQUISITION CORPORATION (the “Company”)

 

Code of Conduct and Ethics

 

I. Introduction

 

The Company requires the highest standards of professional and ethical conduct from its employees, officers and directors. Our reputation for honesty and integrity is key to the success of its business. The Company intends that its business practices will comply with the laws of all of the jurisdictions in which it operates and that honesty, integrity and accountability will always characterize the Company’s business activity. No employee, officer or director may achieve results through violations of laws or regulations or unscrupulous dealings.

 

This Code reflects the Company’s commitment to this culture of honesty, integrity and accountability and outlines the basic principles and policies with which all employees, officers and directors are expected to comply. Therefore, we expect you to read this Code thoroughly and carefully.

 

In addition to following this Code in all aspects of your business activities, you are expected to seek guidance in any situation where there is a question regarding compliance issues, whether with the letter or the spirit of the Company’s policies and applicable laws. Cooperation with this Code is essential to the continued success of the Company’s business and the cultivation and maintenance of its reputation as a good corporate citizen. Misconduct is never justified, even where sanctioned or ordered by an officer or other individual in a position of higher management. No individual, regardless of stature or position, can authorize actions that are illegal, or that jeopardize or violate Company standards. We note that this Code sets forth general principles of conduct and ethics and is intended to work in conjunction with the specific policies and procedures that are covered in the Company’s compliance manual or in separate specific policy statements, such as the Securities Trading Policy and the Related Persons Transaction Policy, and you should refer to those policies and procedures for more detail in the specified context.

 

Nothing in this Code prohibits you from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. You do not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and you are not required to notify the Company that you have made such reports or disclosures.

 

II. Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when your private interest interferes, appears to interfere or is inconsistent in any way with the interests of the Company. For example, conflicts of interest may arise if:

 

 

  ● You cause the Company to engage in business transactions with a company that you, your friends or your relatives control without having obtained the appropriate prior approvals required.
     
  ● You are in a position to (i) compete with, rather than help, the Company or (ii) make a business decision not on the basis of the Company’s interest but rather for your own personal advantage.
     
  ● You take actions, or have personal or family interests, which may make it difficult to perform your work (or discharge your duties and obligations) effectively.
     
  ● You, or any of your family members or affiliates, receive improper personal benefits other than gratuities and payments received or provided in compliance with the guidelines set forth in “Gifts and Entertainment” below, as a result of your position in the Company.

 

A conflict of interest may not be immediately recognizable, so potential conflicts must be reported immediately to the Secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”). Further, if you become aware of a conflict or potential conflict involving another employee, officer or director, you should bring it to the attention of the Secretary or a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors at the principal executive offices of the Company.

 

 

 

 

If the concern requires confidentiality, including keeping particular individuals anonymous, then this confidentially will be protected, except to the extent necessary to conduct an effective investigation or as required by under applicable law, regulation or legal proceedings.

 

III. Related Party Transactions

 

Before entering any such transaction, arrangement or relationship, the Secretary must be notified of the facts and circumstances of the proposed transaction, arrangement or relationship. If the Secretary determines that a transaction, arrangement or relationship is indeed a related party transaction, then such transaction will be sent to the Audit Committee (or the Chair of such committee) for their review and approval. Only those transactions that are in the best interests of the Company shall be approved.

 

IV. Corporate Opportunities

 

When carrying out your duties or responsibilities, you owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests. The Company’s certificate of incorporation and corporate governance guidelines contain important policies with respect to corporate opportunities.

 

V. Public Reporting 

 

Full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure must be made in the reports and other documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the SEC and in its other public communications. Such disclosure is critical to ensure that the Company maintains its good reputation, complies with its obligations under the securities laws and meets the expectations of its shareholders.

 

Persons responsible for the preparation of such documents and reports and other public communications must exercise the highest standard of care in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

  ● all accounting records, and the reports produced from such records, must comply with all applicable laws;
     
  ● all accounting records must fairly and accurately reflect the transactions or occurrences to which they relate;
     
  ● all accounting records must fairly and accurately reflect in reasonable detail the Company’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses;
     
  ● accounting records must not contain any false or intentionally misleading entries;
     
  ● no transactions should be intentionally misclassified as to accounts, departments or accounting periods;
     
  ● all transactions must be supported by accurate documentation in reasonable detail and recorded in the proper account and in the proper accounting period;
     
  ● no information should be concealed from the internal auditors or the independent auditors; and
     
  ● compliance with the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures is required.

 

VI. Confidentiality 

 

Employees, officers and directors must maintain and protect the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company, or that otherwise comes into their possession, during the course of their employment or while carrying out their duties and responsibilities, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or legally mandated.

 

The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employees, officers and directors leave the Company.

 

Confidential information encompasses all non-public information (including, for example, “inside information” or information that third-parties have entrusted to the Company) that may be of use to competitors, or may otherwise be harmful to the Company or its key stakeholders, if disclosed. Financial information is of special sensitivity and should under all circumstances be considered confidential, except where its disclosure is approved by the Company or when the information has been publicly disseminated.

 

2

 

 

VII. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets 

 

All employees, officers and directors should promote and ensure the efficient and responsible use of the Company’s assets and resources by the Company. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any suspected incidents of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation.

 

Company assets, such as proprietary information, funds, materials, supplies, products, equipment, software, facilities, and other assets owned or leased by the Company or that are otherwise in the Company’s possession, may only be used for legitimate business purposes and must never be used for illegal purposes.

 

Proprietary information includes any information that is not generally known to the public or would be valued by, or helpful to, our competitors. Examples of proprietary information are intellectual property, business and strategic plans and employee information. The obligation to use proprietary information only for legitimate business purposes continues even after individuals leave the Company.

 

VIII. Insider Trading 

 

Insider trading is unethical and illegal. Employees, officers and directors must not trade in securities of a company while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is also illegal to “tip” or pass on inside information to any other person who might make an investment decision based on that information or pass the information to third parties. The Company has an Insider Trading Policy, which sets forth obligations in respect of trading in the Company’s securities.

 

IX. Fair Dealing 

 

Each employee, officer and director, in carrying out his or her duties and responsibilities, should endeavor to deal fairly with each other and the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. No employee, officer or director should take unfair advantage of anyone through illegal conduct, manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

X. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations 

 

Compliance with both the letter and spirit of all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company, including any securities exchange or other organization or body that regulates the Company, is critical to our reputation and continued success. All employees, officers and directors must respect and obey the laws of the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates and avoid even the appearance of impropriety.

 

Employees, officers or directors who fail to comply with this Code and applicable laws will be subject to disciplinary measures, up to and including discharge from the Company.

 

XI. Compliance with Antitrust Laws 

 

The Company believes in fair and open competition, and adheres strictly to applicable antitrust laws. It should be noted however that the following section is not an exhaustive summary of relevant antitrust laws. Additional antitrust considerations not covered in this section include participation in trade association, monopolization, price discrimination and other practices that affect competition.

 

As a general proposition, any contact with a competitor may be problematic under antitrust laws. Accordingly, all employees, officers and directors should avoid any such contact relating to the business of the Company or the competitor without first obtaining the approval of the Secretary. Any additional concerns relating to the aforementioned areas of potential antitrust breach should also be directed to the Secretary.

 

The Company notes below some general rules concerning contact with competitors:

 

  ● Agreements among competitors, whether written or oral, that relate to prices are illegal per se. In other words, such agreements, by themselves, constitute violations of the antitrust laws. There are no circumstances under which agreements among competitors relating to prices may be found legal. Price fixing is a criminal offense, and may subject the Company to substantial fines and penalties and the offending employee to imprisonment and fines.
     
  ● Antitrust laws may be violated even in the absence of a formal agreement relating to prices. Under certain circumstances, an agreement to fix prices may be inferred from conduct, such as the exchange of price information, and from communications among competitors even without an express understanding. Although exchanges of price information are permitted in certain circumstances, employees of the Company should not participate in such exchanges without first obtaining the approval of the Secretary.

 

3

 

 

  ● It is a per se violation of antitrust laws for competitors to agree, expressly or by implication, to divide markets by territory or customers.
     
  ● It is a per se violation of the antitrust laws for competitors to agree not to do business with a particular customer or supplier. As with agreements to fix prices, the antitrust laws can be violated even in the absence of an express understanding.
     
  ● Any communication between competitors concerning problems with any customer or supplier may violate antitrust laws and should be avoided.

 

XII. Compliance with Environmental Laws 

 

The Company is sensitive to the environmental, health and safety consequences of its operations. Accordingly, the Company strictly complies with all applicable Federal and State environmental laws and regulations, including, among others, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and considers sustainability in its planning decisions. If any individual has any doubt as to the applicability or meaning of a particular environmental, health or safety regulation, he or she should discuss the matter with the Secretary.

 

XIII. Discrimination and Harassment 

 

The Company values a diverse working environment and is committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of our business. Abusive, harassing or offensive conduct is unacceptable, whether verbal, physical or visual. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances. The Company encourages the reporting of harassment when it occurs.

 

XIV. Safety and Health 

 

The Company is committed to keeping its workplaces free from hazards. You should report any accidents, injuries or unsafe equipment, practices or conditions immediately to a supervisor or other designated person. Threats or acts of violence or physical intimidation are prohibited.

 

You must not engage in the use of any substance that could prevent you from discharging your work duties and responsibilities safely and effectively.

 

XV. Company Records and Document Retention 

 

Records created, received or used during the conduct of Company business, including all communications sent or received using the Company’s email system, are at all times the property of the Company wherever those records may be located. At any time, the Company and, in certain circumstances, third parties (including government officials), may review, without prior notice to personnel, any and all firm records, including records marked “Personal” or “Private.”

 

Any records that you create and store are subject to this Code and may be demanded by third parties during the course of litigation or a government investigation or, in the case of records sent outside the Company, subject to the records retention policies of the recipients.

 

You should, therefore, avoid discriminatory remarks, harassment and threats of violence or similar inappropriate or unlawful conduct. This applies to communications of all kinds, including e-mail, instant messaging, voice mail messages, text messages, video recordings and informal notes or interoffice memos. Records should be retained and destroyed in accordance with the Company’s records retention policy.

 

XVI. Use of Electronic Media 

 

The Company has developed a policy to ensure that you understand the rules governing your use of the Company’s computer network, and options for e-mail and voicemail or other messaging services, Internet access or other use of electronic media. All Company equipment, including desks, computers and computer systems, computer software, electronic storage devices, cellphones or other mobile devices, e-mail, voicemail and other physical items are for business use only. The Company at all times retains the right to access and search all such electronic media or other items contained in or used in conjunction with the Company’s computer, e-mail, voicemail and Internet access systems and equipment with no prior notice.

 

4

 

 

Like the Company’s computer network, e-mail and voicemail services, access to Internet services such as web-browsing or newsgroups is provided to employees by the Company only for business use. Any personal use must be infrequent and must not involve any prohibited activity, interfere with the productivity of the employee or his or her coworkers, consume system resources or storage capacity on an ongoing basis or involve large file transfers or otherwise deplete system resources available for business purposes.

 

Your messages and computer information are considered Company property and consequently, employees should not have an expectation of privacy in the context of computer and voice mail use. Unless prohibited by law, the Company reserves the right to access and disclose this information as necessary for business purposes. Use good judgment, and do not access, send messages or store any information that you would not want to be seen or heard by other individuals.

 

The Company also recognizes that many employees are choosing to express themselves by using Internet technologies, such as blogs, wikis, file-sharing, user generated audio and video, virtual worlds, and social networking sites, such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. Whether you choose to participate in such social networking outside of work on your own time is your own decision.

 

XVII. Business Gifts and Entertainment 

 

Business gifts and entertainment are often customary courtesies designed to build goodwill among business partners and clients. However, issues may arise when such courtesies compromise, or appear to compromise, the recipient’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions. In addition, issues can arise when the intended recipient is a government official. Offering or receiving any gift, gratuity or entertainment that might be perceived to unfairly influence a business relationship should be avoided. These guidelines apply at all times, and do not change during traditional gift giving seasons, and apply equally to employees, officers or directors offering gifts and entertainment to the Company’s business associates.

 

The value of gifts should be nominal, both with respect to frequency and monetary amount. Frequent gifting to a recipient may be perceived as an attempt to create an obligation to the giver, and is therefore inappropriate. Likewise, business entertainment should be moderately scaled and intended only to facilitate legitimate business goals. For example, should tickets to a sporting or cultural event be offered, the offeror must attend the event as well. The following questions may provide guidance in the instance of doubt:

 

  ● Is the action legal?
     
  ● Does the action raise doubts or concerns?
     
  ● Should another individual be consulted?
     
  ● Is the action clearly business-related?
     
  ● Is the action or gift moderate, reasonable, and in good taste?
     
  ● Would public disclosure of the action or gift embarrass or harm the Company?
     
  ● Is there an expectation of reciprocation or favors?

 

Strict rules apply when the Company does business with governmental agencies and officials, whether in the U.S. or in other countries, as discussed in more detail below.

 

Because of the sensitive nature of these relationships, you must seek approval from a supervisor and/or the Secretary before offering or making any gifts or hospitality to governmental officials or employees.

 

XVIII. Political Activities and Contributions 

 

The Company respects the right of each of its employees to participate in the political process and to engage in political activities of his or her choosing; however, while involved in their personal and civic affairs employees must make clear at all times that their views and actions are their own, and not those of the Company. Employees may not use the Company’s resources to support their choice of political parties, causes or candidates.

 

The Company may occasionally express its views on local and national issues that affect its operations. In such cases, Company funds and resources may be used, but only when permitted by law and by Company guidelines. The Company may also make limited contributions to political parties or candidates in jurisdictions where it is legal and customary to do so. The Company may pay related administrative and solicitation costs for political action committees formed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Any use of Company resources for the Company’s political activities, including contributions or donations, requires advance approval by the Company’s Secretary.

 

5

 

 

XIX. Bribery and Corruption 

 

Employees, officers and directors must comply with all laws prohibiting bribery, corruption and kickbacks, including laws prohibiting improper payments to domestic and foreign officials such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). While this section focuses primarily on foreign officials, this Policy equally prohibits bribery of domestic officials and commercial or private sector parties.

 

The FCPA prohibits an offer, payment, promise of payment or authorization of the payment of any money or thing of value to a foreign official, foreign political party, official of a foreign political party or candidate for political office to induce or influence any act or decision of such person or party or to secure any improper advantage. The FCPA prohibits such conduct whether done directly or indirectly through an agent or other intermediary.

 

Although U.S. law does allow certain payments to foreign officials intended solely to expedite non-discretionary routine government action, sometimes called “grease” or “facilitating” payments, this exception is a narrow one and such payments are often illegal under other laws. Accordingly, the Company’s policy is to avoid such payments.

 

Therefore, no payment may be made to a foreign official even for non-discretionary action without first consulting with and obtaining written authorization from the Secretary or a Chief Executive Officer. If a facilitating payment is authorized, such payment must be accurately and fairly recorded in the Company’s books, records and accounts.

 

The FCPA further requires compliance by the Company with record keeping and internal controls requirements. The Company must maintain financial records which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and disposition of corporate assets. In particular, all bank accounts that receive or disburse funds on behalf of the Company shall be properly authorized and any such transactions recorded on the official books and records of the Company. In addition, the Company must maintain a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that the Company’s assets are used only in accordance with directives and authorizations by the board of directors and senior management, and that checks and balances are employed so as to prevent the by-passing or overriding of these controls.

 

Violation of the FCPA is an offense, subjecting the Company to substantial fines and penalties and any officer, director, employee or shareholder acting on behalf of the Company to imprisonment and fines. The FCPA prohibits the Company from paying, directly or indirectly, a fine imposed upon an individual pursuant to the FCPA. Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary actions up to and including discharge from the Company.

 

XX. Compliance with and Amendments of This Code 

 

Failure to comply with this Code or applicable laws, rules or regulations may result in disciplinary measures, including discharge from your position with the Company. Violations of this Code may also constitute violations of law and may result in civil or criminal penalties for such person, such person’s supervisors and/or the Company. The Board of Directors will determine, or designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of a violation of this Code in relation to Executives and Directors. In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board of Directors or its designee will consider the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation was a single occurrence or repeated occurrences, whether the violation was intentional or inadvertent, whether the individual in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action and whether or not the individual in question had committed other violations in the past. The Secretary will determine appropriate actions to be taken in the event of a violation of this code in relation to all other employees.

 

6

 

 

This Code cannot, and is not intended to, address all of the ethical complexities that may arise during the course of employment or association with the Company. There will be occasions where circumstances not covered by policy or procedure arise, and where a judgment must be made as to the appropriate course of action. In such circumstances, the Company encourages common sense decision-making, and consultation with a manager, member of human resources, or the Secretary for guidance pursuant to the methods discussed below in “Compliance and Contact Details”.

 

Any material amendment of this Code will be made only by the Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

XXI. Compliance and Contact Details 

 

1. Confidential Advice 

 

If you think that an actual or possible violation has occurred, it is important to report your concerns immediately. If you do not feel comfortable discussing the matter with your supervisor, manager or human resources, please contact the Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Company strives to ensure that all questions or concerns are handled fairly, discreetly and thoroughly. You may choose to remain anonymous.

 

2. Employee Reporting 

 

The Company proactively promotes ethical behavior and encourages employees, officers and directors promptly to report evidence of illegal or unethical behavior, or violations of this Code to the Secretary or for issues involving officers and directors to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Audit Committee. You may choose to remain anonymous in reporting any possible violation of this Code.

 

Once a report is made and received, the Company will investigate promptly and all employees, officers and directors are expected to cooperate candidly with relevant investigatory procedures. Appropriate remedial action may be taken, based on the outcome of such investigation.

 

The Company has a no-tolerance policy for retaliation against persons who raise good faith compliance, ethics or related issues. However, it is unacceptable to file a report knowing it to be false.

 

3. Waiver 

 

Any waiver of this Code for any executive officer or director will be made only by the Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

7